QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document



UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549


FORM 40-F


o

REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12 OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

ý

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13(a) OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004

Commission File Number 333-105024


CASCADES INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Not Applicable
(Translation of Registrant's name into English)

Quebec, Canada
(Province or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

2600
(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)

98-0140192
(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

404 Marie-Victorin Blvd.
Kingsey Falls, Quebec
Canada J0A 1B0
(819) 363-5100
(Address and telephone number of Registrant's principal executive offices)

Cascades USA Inc.
148 Hudson River Road
Waterford, NY 12188
(518) 238-1900
(Name, address (including zip code) and telephone number (including area code)
of agent for service in the United States)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

        Not Applicable.

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

        Not Applicable.

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:

        7 1 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2013

For annual reports, indicate by check mark the information filed with this Form:

ý     Annual information form   ý     Audited annual financial statements

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer's classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report:

        81,361,580 shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2004

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant by filing the information contained in this Form is also thereby furnishing the information to the Commission pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act"). If "Yes" is marked, indicate the file number assigned to the Registrant in connection with such Rule.

Yes     o     82-                No     ý

        Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes     ý                         No     o




Undertaking

        Cascades Inc. (the "Registrant" or "Cascades" or the "Company") undertakes to make available, in person or by telephone, representatives to respond to inquiries made by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"), and to furnish promptly, when requested to do so by the SEC staff, information relating to: the securities registered pursuant to Form 40-F; the securities in relation to which the obligation to file an annual report on Form 40-F arises; or transactions in said securities.

        The Company has concurrently filed a Form F-X/A, changing the name and address of the Company's agent for service, in connection with the class of securities in relation to which the obligation to file this report arises.

Annual Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

        For Annual Audited Consolidated Financial Statements, including the Auditors' Report with respect thereto, see pages 39 to 85 and part of page 39, respectively of Cascades' 2004 Annual Report attached hereto as Exhibit 13.2. See Note 24 of the Notes to the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements on pages 76 through 84 of Cascades' 2004 Annual Report, reconciling the important differences between Canadian and United States generally accepted accounting principles.

Management's Discussion and Analysis

        For management's discussion and analysis of financial position and results of operations, see pages 16 to 38 of Cascades' 2004 Annual Report attached hereto as Exhibit 13.3.

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

        The Registrant conducted an evaluation (under the supervision and with the participation of the Registrant's management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer as of December 31, 2004), pursuant to Rule 13a-15 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act") of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Registrant's disclosure controls and procedures. Based on this evaluation, the Registrant's Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that such disclosure controls and procedures are effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the registrant in reports it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC. It should be noted that while the Registrant's Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer believe that the Registrant's disclosure controls and procedures provide a reasonable level of assurance that they are effective, they do not expect that the Registrant's disclosure controls and procedures or internal control over financial reporting will prevent all errors and fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived or operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met.

Changes in Internal Controls

        There was no change in the Registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by this report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, its internal control over financial reporting.

Code of Ethics

        For a discussion of the Company's Code of Ethics, see pages 19 to 20 of Cascades' Annual Information Form ("AIF") for the year ended December 31, 2004 attached hereto as Exhibit 13.1. There were neither amendments to nor waivers, including implicit waivers, from any provision of the Code of Ethics during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 that applied to the Company's principal

2



executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions.

Audit Committee

        The Registrant has a separately designated standing audit committee established in accordance with section 3(a) (58) (A) of the Exchange Act. The Audit Committee is composed entirely of directors who are "independent", as such term is defined in the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange. All members of the Audit Committee are financially literate and there are two "audit committee financial experts". In considering criteria for the determination of financial literacy, the Board of Directors considers the ability to read and understand a set of financial statements that present a breadth and level of complexity of accounting issues that are generally comparable to the breadth and complexity of the issues that can reasonably be expected to be raised by the Registrant's financial statements. In determining who the "audit committee financial experts" are, the Board of Directors and the Audit Committee have considered the attributes described by the SEC. The "audit committee financial experts" are André Desaulniers and Robert Chevrier. The other member of the Audit Committee is Laurent Verreault.

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

        The aggregate fees for professional services rendered by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP for the Company for the 2004 and 2003 fiscal years are shown in the table below:

Fees in Canadian dollars

  Year Ended
December 31, 2004

  Year ended
December 31, 2003

Audit Fees   $ 1,525,000   $ 1,114,200
Audit-Related Fees   $ 288,267   $ 1,050,074
Tax Fees   $ 293,370   $ 146,456
All Other Fees     N/A     N/A
Total   $ 2,106,637   $ 2,310,730

        The nature of each category of fees is described below:

        Audit Fees:    Includes services provided by the independent auditor in connection with statutory and regulatory filings and audit of the annual financial statements of the Company.

        Audit Related Fees:    Includes services provided by the independent auditor in connection with the Company's issuance of Senior Notes as well as consultations on accounting and regulatory matters.

        Tax Fees:    Includes services rendered by the independent auditor mainly for tax compliance.

        All other Fees:    Non applicable

Audit And Non-Audit Services Pre-Approval Policy

        The Company's Audit Committee (the "Committee") has adopted a Pre-approval Policy and Procedures for services provided by the Company's independent auditors, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP which sets forth the procedures and the conditions pursuant to which permissible services proposed to be performed by external auditors are pre-approved. Under the terms of the policy, services that involve annual fees of less than $35,000 are pre-approved. The Committee has delegated to the Chairman of the Committee pre-approval authority for any services not previously approved by the Committee that involve the payment of unbudgeted fees in excess of $35,000 up to a maximum of $50,000. Services that involve fees of more than $50,000 require pre-approval of all the members of the Committee.

3



Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

        For a discussion of off-balance sheet arrangements, please see the section entitled "Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements" on page 27 of Cascades' Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Position and Operating Results (which is incorporated by reference in Cascades' AIF) and attached hereto as Exhibit 13.3.

Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations

        For a tabular disclosure and discussion of contractual obligations, please see the section entitled "Contractual Obligations and other commitments" on page 27 of Cascades' Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Position and Operating Results (which is incorporated by reference in the AIF) and attached hereto as Exhibit 13.3.

Forward-Looking Statements

        Certain statements in this annual report on Form 40-F or in documents incorporated by reference are forward-looking statements (as such term is defined under the United States Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995) based on current expectations. The accuracy of such statements is subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions that may cause actual results to differ materially from those projected, including, but not limited to, the effect of general economic conditions, decreases in demand for the Company's products, increases in raw material costs, changes in the relative values of certain currencies, fluctuations in selling prices, adverse changes in general market and industry conditions. Reference is made to the section entitled "Business Risks" on page 20 of the AIF and to the section entitled "Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures Regarding Market Risk" on pages 31 to 33 in Cascades' Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Position and Operating Results" (which is incorporated by reference in the AIF) and attached hereto as Exhibit 13.3.

        Consequently, all of the forward-looking statements made herein are qualified by these cautionary statements and there can be no assurance that the actual results on developments anticipated by the Company will be realized. The Company undertakes no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements.

4



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Exchange Act, the Registrant certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 40-F and has duly caused this annual report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereto duly authorized,

    CASCADES INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
CHRISTIAN DUBÉ       
    Name:   Christian Dubé
    Title:   Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
    Date:   March 24, 2005

5



EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit Number

  Description of Exhibit (and document from which incorporated by reference if applicable)

  Note

1.1   Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 31, 2003, among Cascades Inc., certain of the Company's subsidiaries, Salomon Smith Barney Inc. and Scotia Capital (USA) Inc., as representatives of the Initial Purchasers named therein   (C)

1.2

 

Amendment, dated February 4, 2003, to the Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 31, 2003, among Cascades Inc., certain of the Company's subsidiaries, Salomon Smith Barney Inc. and Scotia Capital (USA) Inc., as representatives of the Initial Purchasers named therein

 

(C)

1.3

 

Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2003, among Cascades Inc., certain of the Company's subsidiaries, and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as representative of the Initial Purchasers named therein

 

(C)

1.4

 

Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2004, among Cascades Inc., certain of the Company's subsidiaries, CIBC World Markets Corp. and Scotia Capital (USA) Inc., as representatives of the Initial Purchasers named therein

 

(C)

3.1

 

Articles of Amalgamation of Cascades Inc. filed with the Inspector general of financial institutions of Quebec on January 10, 2004

 

(C)

3.2

 

By-laws of Cascades Inc., as amended

 

(B)

4.1

 

Indenture, dated as of February 5, 2003, between Cascades Inc., the Subsidiary Guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York, as Trustee

 

(A)

4.2

 

First Supplemental Indenture, dated May 30, 2003, to the Indenture, dated February 5, 2003, among Cascades Inc., the Existing Subsidiary Guarantors named therein, the New Subsidiary Guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York, as Trustee

 

(B)

4.3

 

Second Supplemental Indenture, dated December 30, 2003, to the Indenture, dated February 5, 2003, among Cascades Inc., the Existing Subsidiary Guarantors named therein, the New Subsidiary Guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York, as Trustee

 

(C)

4.4

 

Third Supplemental Indenture, dated March 16, 2004, to the Indenture, dated February 5, 2003, among Cascades Inc., the Existing Subsidiary Guarantors named therein, the New Subsidiary Guarantor named therein and The Bank of New York, as Trustee

 

(C)

4.5

 

Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated July 8, 2004, to the Indenture, dated February 5, 2003, among Cascades Inc., the Existing Subsidiary Guarantors named therein, the New Subsidiary Guarantor named therein and The Bank of New York, as Trustee

 

(C)

4.6

 

Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated August 26, 2004, to the Indenture, dated February 5, 2003, among Cascades Inc., the Existing Subsidiary Guarantors named therein, the New Subsidiary Guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York, as Trustee

 

(C)

4.7

 

Sixth Supplemental Indenture, dated November 30, 2004, to the Indenture, dated February 5, 2003, among Cascades Inc., the Existing Subsidiary Guarantors named therein, the New Subsidiary Guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York, as Trustee

 

(C)

10.1

 

Credit Agreement, dated as of February 5, 2003, among Cascades Inc., Cascades Boxboard Group Inc., Cascades SPG Holding Inc., Cascades Boxboard U.S. Inc., Cascades G.P.S. S.A., Cascades S.A., Cascades Arnsberg GhbH, The Bank of Nova Scotia, as administrative and collateral agent, and the financial institutions named therein, as lenders

 

(B)
         

6



10.2

 

First Amendment, dated March 31, 2003, to the Credit Agreement, dated as of February 5, 2003, among Cascades Inc., Cascades Boxboard Group Inc., Cascades SPG Holding Inc., Cascades Boxboard U.S. Inc., Cascades G.P.S. S.A., Cascades S.A., Cascades Arnsberg GhbH, The Bank of Nova Scotia, as administrative and collateral agent, and the financial institutions named therein, as lenders

 

(C)

10.3

 

Second Amendment, dated December 17, 2003, to the Credit Agreement, dated as of February 5, 2003, among Cascades Inc., Cascades Boxboard Group Inc., Cascades SPG Holding Inc., Cascades Boxboard U.S. Inc., Cascades G.P.S. S.A., Cascades S.A., Cascades Arnsberg GhbH, The Bank of Nova Scotia, as administrative and collateral agent, and the financial institutions named therein, as lenders

 

(C)

10.4

 

Third Amendment Agreement, dated January 23, 2004, to the Credit Agreement, dated as of February 5, 2003, among Cascades Inc., Cascades Boxboard Group Inc., Cascades SPG Holding Inc., Cascades Boxboard U.S. Inc., Cascades G.P.S. S.A., Cascades S.A., Cascades Arnsberg GhbH, The Bank of Nova Scotia, as administrative and collateral agent, and the financial institutions named therein, as lenders

 

(C)

10.5

 

Fourth Amendment, dated March 26, 2004, to the Credit Agreement, dated as of February 5, 2003, among Cascades Inc., Cascades Boxboard Group Inc., Cascades SPG Holding Inc., Cascades Boxboard U.S. Inc., Cascades G.P.S. S.A., Cascades S.A., Cascades Arnsberg GhbH, The Bank of Nova Scotia, as administrative and collateral agent, and the financial institutions named therein, as lenders

 

(C)

10.6

 

Fifth Amendment, dated December 27, 2004, to the Credit Agreement, dated as of February 5, 2003, among Cascades Inc., Cascades Boxboard Group Inc., Cascades SPG Holding Inc., Cascades Boxboard U.S. Inc., Cascades G.P.S. S.A., Cascades S.A., Cascades Arnsberg GhbH, The Bank of Nova Scotia, as administrative and collateral agent, and the financial institutions named therein, as lenders

 

(C)

13.1

 

Annual Information Form for the year ended December 31, 2004

 

(C)

13.2

 

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2004 together with the Auditors' Report thereon

 

(C)

13.3

 

Management's Discussion and Analysis for the year ended December 31, 2004

 

(C)

23.1

 

Independent Auditors' Consent

 

(C)

31.1

 

CEO 302 Certification

 

(C)

31.2

 

CFO 302 Certification

 

(C)

32.2

 

CEO and CFO 906 Certification

 

(C)

99.1

 

Comments by Auditors for U.S. Readers on Canada-U.S. Reporting Differences

 

(C)

(A)
Previously filed as an exhibit to Cascades Inc.'s Registration Statement on Forms F-4 and S-4 (Reg. No. 333-105024), filed on May 6, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.

(B)
Previously filed as an exhibit to Amendment No. 1 to Cascades Inc.'s Registration Statement on Forms F-4 and S-4 (Reg. No. 333-105024), filed on July 18, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.

(C)
Filed herewith.

7




QuickLinks

SIGNATURES
EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit 1.1

 

CASCADES INC.

 

US$450,000,000

 

7¼% Senior Notes Due 2013

 

Purchase Agreement

 

New York, New York

January 31, 2003

 

Salomon Smith Barney Inc.

Scotia Capital (USA) Inc.

As Representatives of the Initial Purchasers

 

c/o Salomon Smith Barney Inc.

388 Greenwich Street

New York, New York 10013

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Cascades Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the Province of Québec (the “Company”), proposes to issue and sell to the several parties named in Schedule I hereto (the “Initial Purchasers”), for whom you (the “Representatives”) are acting as representatives, US$450,000,000 principal amount of its 7¼% Senior Notes Due 2013 (the “Notes,” and together with the Guarantees (as defined below), the “Securities”).  The Securities are to be issued under an indenture (the “Indenture”), to be dated as of the Closing Date (as defined below), among the Company, the Guarantors (as defined below) and The Bank of New York, as trustee (the “Trustee”).  The sale of the Securities to the Initial Purchasers will be made without registration of the Securities under the Act in reliance upon exemptions from the registration requirements of the Act.  However, the Securities will have the benefit of a registration rights agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”), to be dated as of the Closing Date (as defined below), among the Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers, pursuant to which the Company and the Guarantors will agree to register a new series of notes (the “Exchange Notes”) and related guarantees (the “Exchange Guarantees” and, together with the Exchange Notes, the “Exchange Securities”) under the Act, subject to the terms and conditions specified therein.  Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Exchange Securities will be offered in exchange for the Securities.

 

The Notes will be unconditionally guaranteed (the “Guarantees”) by each of the Company’s Subsidiaries that are set forth on the signature page hereto (the “Guarantors”).  To the extent there are no additional parties listed on Schedule I other than you, the term “Representatives” as used herein shall mean you as the Initial Purchasers, and the terms Representatives and Initial Purchasers shall mean either the singular or plural as the context requires.  The use of the neuter in this Agreement shall include the feminine and masculine wherever appropriate.  Certain terms used herein are defined in Section 22 hereof.

 



 

In connection with the offering of the Securities, the Company, the Guarantors and certain of its other Subsidiaries will enter into a new senior secured revolving credit facility in the amount of up to CDN$500,000,000 with CIBC World Markets Inc., as administrative agent, and the other lenders thereto (the “Senior Credit Facility”).

 

In connection with the sale of the Securities, the Company has prepared a preliminary offering memorandum, dated January 22, 2003 (as amended or supplemented at the Execution Time, including any and all exhibits thereto, the “Preliminary Memorandum”), and a final offering memorandum, dated January 31, 2003 (as amended or supplemented at the Execution Time, including any and all exhibits thereto, the “Final Memorandum”).  Each of the Preliminary Memorandum and the Final Memorandum sets forth certain information concerning the Company and the Securities.  The Company hereby confirms that it has authorized the use of the Preliminary Memorandum and the Final Memorandum, and any amendment or supplement thereto, in connection with the offer and sale of the Securities by the Initial Purchasers.

 

1.  Representations and Warranties of the Company and the Guarantors .  The Company and each of the Guarantors, jointly and severally, represent and warrant to each Initial Purchaser as set forth below in this Section 1.

 

(a) The Preliminary Memorandum (other than pricing terms and other financial and other items intentionally left blank), at the date thereof, did not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.  At the Execution Time, the Final Memorandum did not, and on the Closing Date will not (and any amendment or supplement thereto, at the date thereof, on the Closing Date will not), contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided , however , that neither the Company nor any of the Guarantors makes any representation or warranty as to the information contained in or omitted from the Preliminary Memorandum or the Final Memorandum, or any amendment or supplement thereto, in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company in writing by or on behalf of the Initial Purchasers through the Representatives specifically for inclusion therein.  The Company and the Guarantors hereby acknowledge that the statements set forth in the Preliminary Memorandum and the Final Memorandum on the front cover page in the last paragraph, and under the heading “Plan of Distribution” the sixth and seventh sentences of the ninth paragraph, the entire tenth paragraph, and the fifth and eighth sentences of the eleventh paragraph constitute the only information furnished to the Company in writing by or on behalf of the Initial Purchasers for inclusion in the Preliminary Memorandum or the Final Memorandum (or in any amendment or supplement thereto).

 

(b) None of the Company, the Guarantors or any of its or their Affiliates, nor any person acting on its or their behalf (other than the Initial Purchasers and their Affiliates, as to whom no representation is made) has engaged in any form of general solicitation or general advertising (within the meaning of Regulation D) in connection with any offer or sale of the Securities in the United States or in any manner involving a public offering within the meaning of Section 4(2) of the Act.

 

2



 

(c) The Securities satisfy the eligibility requirements of Rule 144A(d)(3) under the Act.

 

(d) The Company is a foreign issuer (as defined in Regulation S).

 

(e) None of the Company, the Guarantors or any of its or their Affiliates, nor any Person acting on its or their behalf (other than the Initial Purchasers and their Affiliates, as to whom no representation is made) has, directly or indirectly, made offers or sales of any security, or solicited offers to buy any security, under circumstances that would require the registration of the Securities under the Act or has engaged in any directed selling efforts with respect to the Securities.  Terms used in this paragraph have the meanings given to them by Regulation S.

 

(f) The Company reasonably believes that there is no substantial U.S. market interest (as defined in Regulation S) in the Securities.

 

(g) It is not necessary in connection with the offer, sale or delivery of the Securities to the Initial Purchasers in the manner contemplated by the Final Memorandum and this Agreement to qualify the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.

 

(h) None of the Company or the Guarantors is, and after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Securities and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Final Memorandum will be, an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act, without taking account of any exemption arising out of the number of holders of the Company’s securities.

 

(i) None of the Company, the Guarantors or any of its or their Affiliates, nor any person acting on its or their behalf has paid or agreed to pay to any person any compensation for soliciting another to purchase any securities of the Company (except as contemplated by this Agreement and as set forth in or contemplated in the Final Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto)).

 

(j) None of the Company, the Guarantors or any of its or their Affiliates, nor any person acting on its or their behalf (other than the Initial Purchasers and their Affiliates, as to whom no representation is made) has, directly or indirectly, taken any action designed to cause or which has constituted or which might reasonably be expected to cause or result, under the Exchange Act or otherwise, in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities.

 

(k) Each of the Company, its Subsidiaries listed on Schedule II hereto (the “Significant Subsidiaries”), the Guarantors (the Significant Subsidiaries and the Guarantors, without duplication, being collectively referred to as the “Material Subsidiaries”) and the entities listed on Schedule III hereto (the “Joint Ventures”) has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation or partnership in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated or organized with full corporate or other power and authority to own or lease, as the case may be, and to operate its properties and conduct its business as described in the Final Memorandum,

 

3



 

and is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation or partnership and is in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction that requires such qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing would not individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(l) All the outstanding shares of capital stock of each of the Company, its Material Subsidiaries and the Joint Ventures have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully paid and nonassessable where such concepts exist, and, except as otherwise set forth in the Final Memorandum, all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Subsidiaries are owned by the Company either directly or through wholly-owned Subsidiaries free and clear of any perfected security interest or any other security interests, claims, liens or encumbrances, except for any liens securing indebtedness to be refinanced with the proceeds of the sale of the Securities pursuant hereto and the Senior Credit Facility (as defined below).

 

(m) The Significant Subsidiaries are the only significant subsidiaries of the Company, as defined by Rule l-02(w) of Regulation S-X under the Act.

 

(n) The Company’s authorized equity capitalization is as set forth in the Final Memorandum.

 

(o) The Securities conform in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Final Memorandum under the heading “Description of the Notes.”

 

(p) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and each of the Guarantors.

 

(q) The Indenture has been duly authorized and, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery thereof by the Trustee, when executed and delivered by the Company and each of the Guarantors, will constitute a valid, binding and enforceable instrument of the Company and each of the Guarantors (subject, as to enforcement, to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally from time to time in effect and to general principles of equity).

 

(r) The Securities and the Exchange Securities have been duly authorized, and, when executed and authenticated in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture and delivered to and (in the case of the Securities) paid for by the Initial Purchasers or (in the case of the Exchange Securities) delivered to the holders of the Securities in exchange therefor as contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement, will be duly executed and delivered by the Company and each of the Guarantors and will constitute valid, binding and enforceable obligations of the Company and each of the Guarantors entitled to the benefits of the Indenture (subject, as to enforcement, to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally from time to time in effect and to general principles of equity).

 

4



 

(s) The Registration Rights Agreement has been duly authorized and, when executed and delivered by the Company and each of the Guarantors, will constitute a valid, binding and enforceable instrument of the Company and each of the Guarantors (subject, as to enforcement, to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally from time to time in effect and to general principles of equity).

 

(t) Each of the Company and the Guarantors has all requisite corporate power and authority, and has taken all requisite corporate action necessary to enter into and perform this Agreement, the Indenture, the Securities, the Exchange Securities and the Registration Rights Agreement.  No consent, approval, authorization, filing with or order of any court or governmental agency or body is required in connection with the transactions contemplated herein or in the Indenture or the Registration Rights Agreement, except, to the extent required, (i) such as will be obtained under the Act and the Trust Indenture Act and Canadian or provincial securities laws, (ii) such as may be required under the blue sky laws of any jurisdiction in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Securities by the Initial Purchasers and the distribution of the Exchange Securities in the manner contemplated herein and in the Final Memorandum and the Registration Rights Agreement, and (iii) notices that may have to be filed with appropriate Canadian provincial securities commissions along with the Final Memorandum, accompanied by payment of the requisite fees.

 

(u) Each of the Company and the Subsidiaries party to the Senior Credit Facility (collectively, the “Credit Parties”) have all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into (A) the Senior Credit Facility and (B) any and all other agreements and instruments ancillary to or entered into in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Senior Credit Facility (collectively with the Senior Credit Facility, the “Credit Documents”).

 

(v) Each of the Credit Documents has been duly and validly authorized, and, as of the Closing Date, will be duly executed and delivered by each of the Credit Parties and (assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties thereto) will constitute a valid, binding and enforceable obligation of such Credit Party (subject, as to enforcement, to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally from time to time in effect and to general principles of equity).  All representations and warranties made by each of the Credit Parties in the Senior Credit Facility are true and correct.

 

(w) Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement or the Senior Credit Facility, nor the issue and sale of the Securities or the Exchange Securities, nor the consummation of any other of the transactions contemplated herein or therein or in the Final Memorandum, nor the fulfillment of the terms hereof or thereof will conflict with, result in a breach or violation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or asset of the Company, any of its Material Subsidiaries or any of the Joint Ventures pursuant to (i) the articles of association, certificate of incorporation, by-laws or other organizational documents of the Company, any of its Material Subsidiaries or any of the Joint Ventures;

 

5



 

(ii) the terms of any indenture, contract, lease, mortgage, deed of trust, note agreement, loan agreement or other agreement, obligation, condition, covenant or instrument to which the Company, any of its Material Subsidiaries or any of the Joint Ventures is a party or bound or to which its or their property is subject; or (iii) any statute, law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree applicable to the Company, any of its Material Subsidiaries or any of the Joint Ventures of any court, regulatory body, administrative agency, governmental body, arbitrator or other authority having jurisdiction over the Company, any of its Material Subsidiaries or any of the Joint Ventures or any of its or their properties, except in the cases of clauses (ii) and (iii) such as would not have a Material Adverse Effect, and except to the extent that notices may have to be filed with appropriate Canadian provincial securities commissions along with the Final Memorandum, accompanied by payment of the requisite fees.

 

(x) The consolidated historical financial statements and schedules of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries included in the Final Memorandum present fairly in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of the dates and for the periods indicated, comply as to form with the applicable accounting requirements of the Act and have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in Canada (“Canadian GAAP”) applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved with a note to such financial statements reconciling them to generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“US GAAP”).  The historical financial information set forth under the captions “Summary” and “Selected Historical Financial Information” included in the Final Memorandum fairly present, on the basis stated in the Final Memorandum, the information included therein.  The financial data in the line items entitled “Pro forma interest expense” and “Pro forma total debt” and the related footnote thereto, set forth under the caption “Summary – Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial Information” included in the Final Memorandum include assumptions that provide a reasonable basis for presenting the significant effects directly attributable to the transactions and events described therein, the related pro forma adjustments give appropriate effect to those assumptions, and the pro forma adjustments reflect the proper application of those adjustments to the historical financial statement amounts of the Company.

 

(y) Except as described in the Final Memorandum, no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company, any of its Material Subsidiaries or any of the Joint Ventures or its or their directors, officers or property is pending or, to the best knowledge of the Company, threatened that (i) would have a material adverse effect on the performance of this Agreement, the Indenture or the Registration Rights Agreement, or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or (ii) would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(z) Each of the Company, its Material Subsidiaries and, to the Company’s knowledge, the Joint Ventures has good and marketable title in fee simple to all real property and good and marketable title to all personal property owned by them, in each case, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and defects except such as are described in

 

6



 

the Final Memorandum, such that do not materially affect the value of such property and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company and its Material Subsidiaries, and such that secure the indebtedness to be refinanced with the proceeds of the sale of the Securities pursuant hereto and the Senior Credit Facility.  All assets held under lease by the Company and its Subsidiaries are held by them under valid and enforceable leases, with such exceptions as are not material and do not interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such assets by the Company and its Material Subsidiaries.

 

(aa)                             Set forth in Schedule IV hereto is a list of all contracts, indentures, mortgages, deeds or trusts, loan or credit agreements, notes, leases or other agreements or instruments to which the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of the Joint Ventures is a party or bound or to which its property is subject, that are material to the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

(bb)                           Neither the Company nor any of its Material Subsidiaries nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any of the Joint Ventures is in violation or default of (i) any provision of its articles of association, certificate of incorporation, by-laws or other organizational documents; (ii) the terms of any indenture, contract, lease, mortgage, deed of trust, note agreement, loan agreement or other agreement, obligation, condition, covenant or instrument to which the Company, any of its Material Subsidiaries, or any of the Joint Ventures is a party or bound or to which its or their property is subject; or (iii) any statute, law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree of any court, regulatory body, administrative agency, governmental body, arbitrator or other authority having jurisdiction over the Company, any of its Material Subsidiaries, or any of the Joint Ventures or any of its or their properties, as applicable, except, in the cases of clauses (ii) and (iii), such as would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(cc)                             PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, who have certified certain consolidated financial statements of the Company and delivered their report with respect to such audited consolidated financial statements included in the Final Memorandum, are independent public accountants with respect to the Company within the meaning of the Act and the applicable published rules and regulations thereunder.

 

(dd)                           There are no stamp or other issuance or transfer taxes or duties or other similar fees or charges required to be paid in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement or the Indenture by the Company or the Guarantors or the issuance or sale of the Securities or the Exchange Securities by the Company or the Guarantors.

 

(ee)                             All interest, principal, premium (if any) and other payments due or made on the Securities or the Exchange Securities may be paid by the Company to each holder thereof in U.S. dollars that may be freely transferred out of Canada, and, except for payments made to a holder with which the Company does not deal at arm’s length (within the meaning of the Income Tax Act (Canada)) at the time the payment is made, all such payments made to holders who are non-residents of Canada will not be subject to income, withholding or other taxes under laws and regulations of Canada or any political

 

7



 

subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein and will otherwise be free and clear of any other tax, duty, withholding or deduction in Canada or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein and without the necessity of obtaining any governmental authorization in Canada or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein.

 

(ff)                                 The Company has filed all foreign, federal, provincial, state and local tax returns that are required to be filed or has requested extensions thereof, except in any case in which the failure so to file would not have a Material Adverse Effect, and has paid all taxes required to be paid by it and any other assessment, fine or penalty levied against it, to the extent that any of the foregoing is due and payable, except for any such assessment, fine or penalty that is currently being contested in good faith or as would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(gg)                           Since the date of the most recent financial statements included in the Final Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto), there has been no material adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise), prospects, earnings, business or properties of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, except as set forth in or contemplated by the Final Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto).

 

(hh)                           No labor problem or dispute with the employees of the Company, any of its Material Subsidiaries or any of the Joint Ventures exists, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Final Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto), or, to the knowledge of the Company, is threatened or imminent; there are no amounts owing or promised by the Company, any of its Material Subsidiaries or, to the Company’s knowledge, any of the Joint Ventures to any present or former directors or employees of the Company, any of its Material Subsidiaries or, to the Company’s knowledge, any of the Joint Ventures, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Final Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto); no individuals named in the Final Memorandum under the caption “Management” have given or been given notice terminating their contracts of employment, except such as would not have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(ii)                                   Each of the Company, its Material Subsidiaries and, to the Company’s knowledge, the Joint Ventures is insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are prudent and customary in the businesses in which they are engaged; and neither the Company nor any of its Material Subsidiaries nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any of the Joint Ventures has any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(jj)                                   Except as described in or contemplated by the Final Memorandum, no Material Subsidiary of the Company is currently prohibited, directly or indirectly, from

 

8



 

paying any dividends to the Company or any other Subsidiary, from making any other distribution on such Subsidiary’s capital stock, from repaying to the Company or any other Subsidiary any loans or advances to such Subsidiary from the Company or from transferring any of such Subsidiary’s property or assets to the Company or any other Subsidiary, except that no representation is made regarding prohibitions imposed by laws and regulations applicable to companies organized outside Canada, the United States and the United Kingdom.

 

(kk)                             Each of the Company, its Material Subsidiaries and, to the Company’s knowledge, the Joint Ventures possesses all licenses, certificates, permits and other authorizations issued by the appropriate federal, provincial, state or foreign regulatory authorities necessary to conduct their respective businesses, except such as would not have a Material Adverse Effect; and neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any of the Joint Ventures has received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such certificate, authorization or permit which, singly or in the aggregate, would likely result in an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding or would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(ll)                                   Each of the Company, its Material Subsidiaries and, to the Company’s knowledge, the Joint Ventures maintains a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with Canadian GAAP and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.

 

(mm)                       To the best knowledge of the Company, each of the Company, its Material Subsidiaries and the Joint Ventures (i) is in compliance with any and all applicable U.S., Canadian, foreign, federal, provincial, state and local laws and regulations relating to the protection of human health and safety, the environment or hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants (“Environmental Laws”); (ii) has received and is in compliance with all permits, licenses or other approvals required of it under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct its businesses; and (iii) has not received notice of any actual or potential liability for the investigation or remediation of any disposal or release of hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants, except, in each ease, where such failure would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect; except as set forth in the Final Memorandum, neither the Company nor any of the Material Subsidiaries nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any of the Joint Ventures has been named as a “potentially responsible party” under the U.S. Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended.

 

(nn)                           In the ordinary course of its business, the Company periodically reviews the effect of Environmental Laws on the business, operations and properties of the Company and its Subsidiaries, in the course of which it identifies and evaluates

 

9



 

associated costs and liabilities (including, without limitation, any capital or operating expenditures required for clean-up, closure of properties or compliance with Environmental Laws, or any permit, license or approval, any related constraints on operating activities and any potential liabilities to third parties); on the basis of such review, the Company has reasonably concluded that such associated costs and liabilities would not, singly or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(oo)                           The Company, its Material Subsidiaries and, to the Company’s knowledge, the Joint Ventures own, possess, license or have other rights to use, on reasonable terms, all patents, patent applications, trade and service marks, trade and service mark registrations, trade names, copyrights, licenses, inventions, trade secrets, technology, know-how and other intellectual property (collectively, the “Intellectual Property”) necessary for the conduct of the Company’s business as now conducted or as proposed in the Final Memorandum to be conducted, except where the failure to own, possess, license or have other rights to use such Intellectual Property would not have a Material Adverse Effect.  There is no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the validity or scope of any of the Intellectual Property, and the Company is unaware of any facts that would form a reasonable basis for any such claim. There is no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others that the Company or any of its Material Subsidiaries infringes or otherwise violates any patent, trademark, copyright, trade secret or other proprietary rights of others, and the Company is unaware of any other fact that would form a reasonable basis for any such claim.

 

(pp)                           Each of the Company, its Material Subsidiaries and, to the Company’s knowledge, the Joint Ventures has fulfilled its obligations, if any, under the minimum funding standards of Section 302 of the United States Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder with respect to each “plan” (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA and such regulations and published interpretations) in which employees of the Company, its Material Subsidiaries and the Joint Ventures are eligible to participate, and each such plan is in compliance in all material respects with the presently applicable provisions of ERISA and such regulations and published interpretations, except for such failures as would not have a Material Adverse Effect.  Neither the Company, nor any of its Material Subsidiaries, nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any of the Joint Ventures has incurred any unpaid liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (other than for the payment of premiums in the ordinary course) or to any such plan under Title IV of ERISA or to any other pension plan on an ongoing or termination basis, except for such failures as would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(qq)                           Immediately after the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Final Memorandum, the fair value and present fair saleable value of the assets of each of the Company and of the Guarantors will exceed the sum of its stated liabilities and identified contingent liabilities.  Neither the Company nor any of the Guarantors is, nor will the Company or any of the Guarantors be, after giving effect to the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the Indenture, the Securities and the Registration Rights Agreement and the consummation of any other of

 

10



 

the transactions contemplated herein or therein or in the Final Memorandum, (A) left with unreasonably small capital with which to carry on its business as it is proposed to be conducted, (B) unable to pay its debts (contingent or otherwise) as they mature or (C) otherwise insolvent.

 

(rr)                                 The Company has no reason to believe that the statistical and market-related data included in the Final Memorandum are based on or derived from sources that are not reliable and accurate.

 

(ss)                             Each of the relationships and transactions specified in Item 404 of Regulation S-K that would have been required to be described in a prospectus if this offering had been registered under the Act has been so described in the Final Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto).

 

(tt)                                 Except for the Guarantors, Cascades Boxboard Group Inc. and its Subsidiaries, the Company has no Subsidiaries organized under the laws of Canada, any province thereof, or any state of the United States.

 

Any certificate signed by any officer of the Company or any Guarantor and delivered to the Representatives or counsel for the Initial Purchasers in connection with the offering of the Securities shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Company or such Guarantor, as to matters covered thereby, to each Initial Purchaser.

 

2.  Purchase and Sale .  Subject to the terms and conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties herein set forth, the Company and the Guarantors agree to sell to each Initial Purchaser, and each Initial Purchaser agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company and the Guarantors, at a purchase price of 98.25% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued interest, if any, from February 5, 2003 to the Closing Date, the principal amount of Securities set forth opposite such Initial Purchaser’s name in Schedule I hereto.

 

3.  Delivery and Payment .  Delivery of and payment for the Securities shall be made no later than 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on February 5, 2003, or at such time on such later date as the Representatives shall designate, which date and time may be postponed by agreement between the Representatives and the Company or as provided in Section 9 hereof (such date and time of delivery and payment for the Securities being herein called the “Closing Date”).  Delivery of the Securities shall be made to the Representatives for the respective accounts of the several Initial Purchasers against payment by the several Initial Purchasers through the Representatives of the purchase price thereof to or upon the order of the Company by wire transfer payable in same-day funds to the account specified by the Company.  The Securities shall be delivered in such names, forms and amounts as the Representatives shall specify at least two Business Days in advance of the Closing Date, and delivery shall be made through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company unless the Representatives shall otherwise instruct.

 

11



 

4.  Representations and Warranties of the Initial Purchasers .  Each Initial Purchaser, severally and not jointly, represents and warrants to and agrees with the Company and the Guarantors that:

 

(a) It has not offered or sold, and will not offer or sell, any Securities except (i) to those it reasonably believes to be qualified institutional buyers (as defined in Rule 144A under the Act (“Rule 144A”)) and that, in connection with each such sale, it has taken or will take reasonable steps to ensure that the purchaser of such Securities is aware that such sale is being made in reliance on Rule 144A; or (ii) in accordance with the restrictions set forth in Schedule V hereto.

 

(b) Neither it nor any person acting on its behalf has made or will make offers or sales of the Securities in the United States by means of any form of general solicitation or general advertising (within the meaning of Regulation D) in the United States.

 

(c) It is either a qualified institutional buyer (as defined in Rule 144A) or an “accredited investor” (within the meaning of Regulation D).

 

(d) It will comply with the Selling Restrictions for offers and sales outside the United States as set forth in Schedule V hereto.

 

5.  Agreements .  The Company agrees with each Initial Purchaser that:

 

(a) The Company will furnish to each Initial Purchaser and to counsel for the Initial Purchasers, without charge, during the period referred to in paragraph (c) below, as many copies of the Final Memorandum and any amendments and supplements thereto as they may reasonably request.

 

(b) The Company will not amend or supplement the Final Memorandum unless, prior to a proposed amendment or supplement, the Company shall have furnished the Representatives a copy of such document for review and the Representatives shall not have reasonably objected to such document.

 

(c) If at any time prior to the completion of the sale of the Securities by the Initial Purchasers (as determined by the Representatives), any event occurs as a result of which the Final Memorandum, as then amended or supplemented, would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or if it should be necessary to amend or supplement the Final Memorandum to comply with applicable law, the Company promptly (i) will notify the Representatives of any such event or non-compliance; (ii) subject to the requirements of paragraph (b) of this Section 5, will prepare an amendment or supplement that will correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance; and (iii) will supply any supplemented or amended Final Memorandum to the several Initial Purchasers and counsel for the Initial Purchasers without charge in such quantities as they may reasonably request.  The Company will also promptly inform the Representatives of any litigation or

 

12



 

administrative action with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Final Memorandum.

 

(d) The Company will arrange, if necessary, for the qualification of the Securities for sale by the Initial Purchasers under the laws of such jurisdictions as the Initial Purchasers may reasonably designate and will maintain such qualifications in effect so long as required for the sale of the Securities by the Initial Purchasers; provided that in no event shall the Company be obligated to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not now so qualified or to take any action that would subject it to service of process in suits in any jurisdiction in which it is not now so subject.  The Company will promptly advise the Representatives of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose.

 

(e) None of the Company, the Guarantors or any of its or their Affiliates, nor any person acting on its or their behalf (other than the Initial Purchasers and their Affiliates, as to whom no representation is made) will, prior to completion of the exchange offer to be made by the Company pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, resell any Securities that have been acquired by any of them.  The Company will cause all Securities accepted in such exchange offer to be canceled.

 

(f) None of the Company, the Guarantors or any of its or their Affiliates, nor any person acting on its or their behalf (other than the Initial Purchasers and their Affiliates, as to whom no representation is made) will, directly or indirectly, make offers or sales of any security, or solicit offers to buy any security, under circumstances that would require the registration of the Securities under the Act.

 

(g) None of the Company, the Guarantors or any of its or their Affiliates, nor any person acting on its or their behalf (other than the Initial Purchasers and their Affiliates, as to whom no representation is made) will engage in any form of general solicitation or general advertising (within the meaning of Regulation D) in connection with any offer or sale of the Securities in the United States.

 

(h) So long as any of the Securities are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the Act, the Company will, during any period in which it is not subject to and in compliance with Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or it is not exempt from such reporting requirements pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 12g3-2(b) under the Exchange Act, provide to each holder of such restricted securities and to each prospective purchaser (as designated by such holder) of such restricted securities, upon the request of such holder or prospective purchaser, any information required to be provided by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Act.

 

(i) None of the Company, the Guarantors or any of its or their Affiliates, nor any person acting on its or their behalf (other than the Initial Purchasers and their Affiliates, as to whom no representation is made) will engage in any directed selling efforts with respect to the Securities.  Terms used in this paragraph have the meanings given to them by Regulation S.

 

13



 

(j) The Company will cooperate with the Representatives and use its reasonable best efforts to permit the Securities and the Exchange Securities to be eligible for clearance and settlement through The Depository Trust Company.

 

(k) None of the Company, the Guarantors or any of its or their Affiliates will, for a period of 180 days following the Execution Time, without the prior written consent of Salomon Smith Barney, offer, sell or contract to sell, or otherwise dispose of (or enter into any transaction that is designed to, or might reasonably be expected to, result in the disposition (whether by actual disposition or effective economic disposition due to cash settlement or otherwise) by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company or any person in privity with the Company or any Affiliate of the Company), directly or indirectly, or announce the offering of, any debt securities issued or guaranteed by the Company (other than the Securities and the Exchange Securities), except that the foregoing shall not apply to any offering of debt securities whose proceeds are used substantially to purchase all the capital stock of Norampac Inc. not currently owned by the Company.

 

(l) None of the Company, the Guarantors or any of its or their Affiliates will take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or which has constituted or which might reasonably be expected to cause or result, under the Exchange Act or otherwise, in stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities or the Exchange Securities.

 

(m) The Company will apply the net proceeds from the sale of the Securities as set forth under the heading “Use of Proceeds” in the Final Memorandum.

 

(n) The Company agrees to pay the costs and expenses relating to the transactions contemplated hereunder, including, without limitation, the following:  (i) the preparation of the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement, the issuance of the Securities and the Exchange Securities and the fees of the Trustee; (ii) the preparation, printing or reproduction of the Preliminary Memorandum and Final Memorandum and each amendment or supplement to either of them; (iii) the printing (or reproduction) and delivery (including postage, air freight charges and charges for counting and packaging) of such copies of the Preliminary Memorandum and Final Memorandum, and all amendments or supplements to either of them, as may, in each case, be reasonably requested for use in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities; (iv) the preparation, printing, authentication, issuance and delivery of certificates for the Securities, including any stamp or transfer taxes in connection with the original issuance and sale of the Securities; (v) the printing (or reproduction) and delivery of this Agreement, any blue sky memorandum and all other agreements or documents printed (or reproduced) and delivered in connection with the offering of the Securities; (vi) any registration or qualification of the Securities for offer and sale under the blue sky laws of the several states or any jurisdiction outside the United States and Canada (including filing fees and the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the Initial Purchasers relating to such registration and qualification not to exceed US$10,000); (vii) admitting the Securities for trading in the PORTAL Market; (viii) the reasonable transportation and other expenses incurred by or on behalf of Company representatives in connection with

 

14



 

presentations to prospective purchasers of the Securities; (ix) the fees and expenses of the Company’s accountants and the fees and expenses of counsel (including local and special counsel) for the Company; and (x) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder.

 

(o) The Company will, for a period of twelve months following the Execution Time, furnish to the Initial Purchasers all reports or other communications (financial or other) generally made available to stockholders, and deliver to the Initial Purchasers (i) as soon as they are available, copies of any reports and financial statements furnished to or filed with the Commission or any securities exchange on which any class of securities of the Company is listed and (ii) such additional information concerning the business and financial condition of the Company as the Initial Purchasers may from time to time reasonably request (such statements to be on a consolidated basis to the extent the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries are consolidated in reports furnished to stockholders).

 

(p) In connection with sales in Canada, the Company agrees to make all filings reasonably required to be made with securities regulatory authorities in Canada with respect to the offering, sale and delivery of the Securities to the Initial Purchasers or their Affiliates and the initial resale of the Securities by the Initial Purchasers to purchasers in Canada, including, without limitation, any required reports of the trades constituting such initial resales, and to pay all filing or other fees applicable in connection therewith.

 

6.  Conditions to the Obligations of the Initial Purchasers .  The obligations of the Initial Purchasers to purchase the Securities shall be subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties on the part of the Company and the Guarantors contained herein at the Execution Time and the Closing Date pursuant to Section 1 hereof, to the accuracy of the statements of the Company and the Guarantors made in any certificates pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the performance by the Company and the Guarantors of its or their obligations hereunder and to the following additional conditions:

 

(a) The Company shall have requested and caused Fraser Milner Casgrain LLP, Canadian counsel to the Company and the Guarantors, to furnish to the Representatives its opinion, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto.

 

(b) The Company shall have requested and caused Jones Day, U.S. counsel to the Company and the Guarantors, to furnish to the Representatives its opinion, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives, substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto.

 

(c) The Company shall have requested and caused Goulston & Storrs, P.C., special Massachusetts counsel to the Company, to furnish to the Representatives its opinion, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives, substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto.

 

15



 

(d) The Company shall have requested and caused Torys LLP, U.S. counsel to the Company, to furnish to the Representatives its opinion, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives, substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto.

 

(e) The Company shall have requested and caused Robert F. Hall, Vice President, Legal Affairs and Corporate Secretary of the Company, to furnish to the Representatives his opinion, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives, substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto.

 

(f) The Company shall have requested and caused Manning, Fulton & Skinner, P.A., special North Carolina counsel to the Company, to furnish to the Representatives its opinion, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives, substantially in the form of Exhibit F hereto.

 

(g) The Company shall have requested and caused Jones Day, special French counsel to the Company, to furnish to the Representatives its opinion, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives, substantially in the form of Exhibit G hereto.

 

(h) The Company shall have requested and caused Jones Day, special German counsel to the Company, to furnish to the Representatives its opinion, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives, substantially in the form of Exhibit H hereto.

 

(i) The Company shall have requested and caused Jones Day, special U.K. counsel to the Company, to furnish to the Representatives its opinion, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives, substantially in the form of Exhibit I hereto.

 

(j) The Company shall have requested and caused Fasken Martineau DuMoulin s.r.l., counsel to the Company in connection with the Senior Credit Facility, to furnish to the Representatives a letter authorizing them to rely on their opinion delivered in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Senior Credit Facility, substantially in the form of Exhibit J hereto.

 

(k) The Representatives shall have received from Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP, U.S. counsel for the Initial Purchasers, such opinion or opinions, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives, with respect to the issuance and sale of the Securities, the Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Final Memorandum (as amended or supplemented at the Closing Date) and other related matters as the Representatives may reasonably require, and the Company shall have furnished to such counsel such documents as they request for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon such matters.

 

(l) The Representatives shall have received from Davies Ward Phillips & Vineberg LLP, Canadian counsel for the Initial Purchasers, such opinion or opinions, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives, with respect to the issuance and sale of the Securities, the Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Final

 

16



 

Memorandum (as amended or supplemented at the Closing Date) and other related matters as the Representatives may reasonably require, and the Company shall have furnished to such counsel such documents as they request for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon such matters.

 

(m) The Company, on behalf of itself and each Guarantor, shall have furnished to the Representatives a certificate of the Company, signed by the Chairman of the Board or the President and the principal financial or accounting officer of the Company, dated the Closing Date, to the effect that the signers of such certificate have carefully examined the Final Memorandum, any amendment or supplement to the Final Memorandum and this Agreement and that (i) the representations and warranties of each of the Company and the Guarantors in this Agreement are true and correct on and as of the Closing Date with the same effect as if made on the Closing Date, and each of the Company and the Guarantors has complied with all the agreements and satisfied all the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to the Closing Date; and (ii) since September 30, 2002, there has been no material adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise), prospects, earnings, business or properties of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, except as set forth in or contemplated by the Final Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto).

 

(n) At the Execution Time and at the Closing Date, the Company shall have requested and caused PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP to furnish to the Representatives letters, dated respectively as of the Execution Time and as of the Closing Date, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit K (with respect to the letter dated as of the Execution Time) and in the form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives (with respect to the letter dated as of the Closing Date).

 

(o) The Company and each of the Guarantors shall have entered into the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

(p) Each of the Credit Parties shall have entered into the Senior Credit Facility.  There shall not exist at and as of the Closing Date any conditions that would constitute a default (or an event that with notice or the lapse of time, or both, would constitute a default) under the Senior Credit Facility.

 

(q) The Securities shall have been designated as PORTAL-eligible securities in accordance with the rules and regulations of the NASD, and the Securities shall be eligible for clearance and settlement through The Depository Trust Company.

 

(r) Subsequent to the Execution Time and on or prior to the Closing Date, there shall not have been any decrease in the rating of any of the Company’s debt securities (including the Securities) by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” (as defined for purposes of Rule 436(g) under the Act) or any notice given of any intended or potential decrease in any such rating or of a possible change in any such rating that does not indicate the direction of the possible change.

 

17



 

(s) Prior to the Closing Date, the Company shall have obtained all consents, approvals, authorizations and orders of, and shall have duly made all registrations, qualifications and filing with, any court or regulatory authority or other governmental agency or instrumentality required in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Final Memorandum and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, except where the failure to have done so (i) would not have a material adverse effect on the performance of this Agreement or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby, and (ii) would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(t) Prior to the Closing Date, the Company shall have furnished to the Representatives such further information, certificates and documents as the Representatives may reasonably request.

 

If any of the conditions specified in this Section 6 shall not have been fulfilled in all material respects when and as provided in this Agreement, or if any of the opinions and certificates mentioned above or elsewhere in this Agreement shall not be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Representatives and counsel for the Initial Purchasers, this Agreement and all obligations of the Initial Purchasers hereunder may be canceled at, or at any time prior to, the Closing Date by the Representatives.  Notice of such cancellation shall be given to the Company in writing or by telephone or facsimile confirmed in writing.

 

The documents required to be delivered by this Section 6 shall be delivered at the office of counsel for the Initial Purchasers, Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP, 767 Fifth Avenue, New York, New York 10153, on the Closing Date.

 

7.  Reimbursement of Expenses .  If the sale of the Securities provided for herein is not consummated because any condition to the obligations of the Initial Purchasers set forth in Section 6 hereof is not satisfied, because of any termination pursuant to Section 10 hereof or because of any refusal, inability or failure on the part of the Company or any Guarantor to perform any agreement herein or comply with any provision hereof other than by reason of a default by any of the Initial Purchasers, the Company will reimburse the Initial Purchasers severally through Salomon Smith Barney on demand for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Initial Purchasers) that shall have been incurred by them in connection with the proposed purchase and sale of the Securities.

 

8.  Indemnification and Contribution .

 

(a) The Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Initial Purchaser, the directors, officers, employees and agents of each Initial Purchaser and each person who controls any Initial Purchaser within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which they or any of them may become subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or other federal, state or foreign statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) relate to, arise out of, or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Preliminary Memorandum, the Final Memorandum (or in any supplement or amendment

 

18



 

thereto) or any information provided by the Company or any Guarantor to any holder or prospective purchaser of Securities pursuant to Section 5(h), or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and agrees to reimburse each such indemnified party, as incurred, for any legal or other out-of-pocket expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided , however , that the Company and the Guarantors will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in the Preliminary Memorandum or the Final Memorandum, or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of any Initial Purchasers through the Representatives specifically for inclusion therein; provided further, that with respect to any untrue statement or omission of material fact made in any Preliminary Memorandum, the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 8(a) shall not inure to the benefit of any Initial Purchaser from whom the person asserting any such loss, claim, damage or liability purchased Securities, to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability of such Initial Purchaser occurs under the circumstance where it shall have been determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment that (w) the Company had previously furnished copies of the Final Memorandum to the Representatives, (x) such Initial Purchaser has not used reasonable commercial efforts deliver the Final Memorandum to such person, (y) the untrue statement or omission of a material fact contained in the Preliminary Memorandum was corrected in the Final Memorandum and (z) there was not sent or given to such person, at or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of such securities to such person, a copy of the Final Memorandum.  This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability that the Company and the Guarantors may otherwise have.

 

(b) Each Initial Purchaser severally and not jointly agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the Guarantors, each of their directors, officers, employees, agents and each person who controls the Company or any Guarantor within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act, to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company and the Guarantors to each Initial Purchaser, but only with reference to written information relating to such Initial Purchaser furnished to the Company and the Guarantors by or on behalf of such Initial Purchaser through the Representatives specifically for inclusion in the Preliminary Memorandum or the Final Memorandum (or in any amendment or supplement thereto).  This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability that any Initial Purchaser may otherwise have.

 

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 8 of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section 8, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the indemnifying party (i) will not relieve it from liability under paragraph (a) or (b) above unless and to the extent it did not otherwise learn of such action and such

 

19



 

failure results in the forfeiture by the indemnifying party of substantial rights and defenses; and (ii) will not, in any event, relieve the indemnifying party from any obligations to any indemnified party other than the indemnification obligation provided in paragraph (a) or (b) above.  The indemnifying party shall be entitled to appoint counsel (including local counsel) of the indemnifying party’s choice at the indemnifying party’s expense to represent the indemnified party in any action for which indemnification is sought (in which case the indemnifying party shall not thereafter be responsible for the fees and expenses of any separate counsel, other than local counsel if not appointed by the indemnifying party, retained by the indemnified party or parties except as set forth below); provided , however , that such counsel shall be satisfactory to the indemnified party.  Notwithstanding the indemnifying party’s election to appoint counsel (including local counsel) to represent the indemnified party in an action, the indemnified party shall have the right to employ separate counsel for all indemnified parties (including local counsel), and the indemnifying party shall bear the reasonable fees, costs and expenses of such separate counsel if (i) the use of counsel chosen by the indemnifying party to represent the indemnified party would present such counsel with a conflict of interest; (ii) the actual or potential defendants in, or targets of, any such action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties that are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party; (iii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party within a reasonable time after notice of the institution of such action; or (iv) the indemnifying party shall authorize the indemnified party in writing to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party.  An indemnifying party will not, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceeding.

 

(d) In the event that the indemnity provided in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 8 is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party for any reason, the Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Initial Purchasers, on the other, agree to contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending same) (collectively “Losses”) to which the Company and any Guarantor and one or more of the Initial Purchasers may be subject in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Initial Purchasers, on the other, from the offering of the Securities; provided , however , that in no case shall any Initial Purchaser (except as may be provided in any agreement among the Initial Purchasers relating to the offering of the Securities) be responsible for any amount in excess of the purchase discount or commission applicable to the Securities purchased by such Initial Purchaser hereunder.  If the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is unavailable for any reason, the Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers shall contribute in such

 

20



 

proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of the Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and of the Initial Purchasers, on the other, in connection with the statements, omissions, actions or failure to act that resulted in such Losses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  Benefits received (or anticipated to be received) by the Company and the Guarantors shall be deemed to be equal to the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by it, and benefits received (or anticipated to be received) by the Initial Purchasers shall be deemed to be equal to the total purchase discounts and commissions in each case set forth on the cover page of the Final Memorandum.  Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any untrue or any alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact or any other alleged conduct relates to information provided by the Company or the Guarantors or other conduct by the Company or the Guarantors, on the one hand, or the Initial Purchasers, on the other, the intent of the parties and their relative knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission.  The Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution were determined by pro rata allocation or any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above.  Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph (d), no person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.  For purposes of this Section 8, each person who controls an Initial Purchaser within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act and each director, officer, employee and agent of an Initial Purchaser shall have the same rights to contribution as such Initial Purchaser, and each person who controls the Company or a Guarantor within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act and each officer and director of the Company or a Guarantor shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company or such Guarantor, subject in each case to the applicable terms and conditions of this paragraph (d).

 

9.  Default by an Initial Purchaser .  If any one or more Initial Purchasers shall fail to purchase and pay for any of the Securities agreed to be purchased by such Initial Purchaser hereunder and such failure to purchase shall constitute a default in the performance of its or their obligations under this Agreement, the remaining Initial Purchasers shall be obligated severally to take up and pay for (in the respective proportions which the amount of Securities set forth opposite their names in Schedule I hereto bears to the aggregate amount of Securities set forth opposite the names of all the remaining Initial Purchasers) the Securities which the defaulting Initial Purchaser or Initial Purchasers agreed but failed to purchase; provided , however , that in the event that the aggregate amount of Securities that the defaulting Initial Purchaser or Initial Purchasers agreed but failed to purchase shall exceed 10% of the aggregate amount of Securities set forth in Schedule I hereto, the remaining Initial Purchasers shall have the right to purchase all, but shall not be under any obligation to purchase any, of the Securities, and if such nondefaulting Initial Purchasers do not purchase all the Securities, this Agreement will terminate without liability to any nondefaulting Initial Purchaser or the Company and the Guarantors.  In the event of a default by any Initial Purchaser as set forth in this Section 9, the Closing Date shall be postponed for such period, not exceeding five Business Days, as the Representatives shall determine in order that the required changes in the Final Memorandum or in any other

 

21



 

documents or arrangements may be effected.  Nothing contained in this Agreement shall relieve any defaulting Initial Purchaser of its liability, if any, to the Company, the Guarantors or any nondefaulting Initial Purchaser for damages occasioned by its default hereunder.

 

10.  Termination .  This Agreement shall be subject to termination in the absolute discretion of the Representatives, by notice given to the Company prior to delivery of and payment for the Securities, if at any time prior to such time (i) trading in the Company’s Common Stock shall have been suspended by the Toronto Stock Exchange or trading in securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange or the Toronto Stock Exchange shall have been suspended or limited or minimum prices shall have been established on either of such Exchanges; (ii) a banking moratorium shall have been declared by U.S. Federal, Canadian or New York State authorities; or (iii) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities, declaration by the United States or Canada of a national emergency or war or other calamity or crisis the effect of which on the financial markets is such as to make it, in the sole judgment of the Representatives, impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering or delivery of the Securities as contemplated by the Final Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto).

 

11.  Representations and Indemnities to Survive .  The respective agreements, representations, warranties, indemnities and other statements of the Company, the Guarantors or their officers and of the Initial Purchasers set forth in or made pursuant to this Agreement will remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Initial Purchasers or the Company, the Guarantors or any of the officers, directors, employees, agents or controlling persons referred to in Section 8 hereof, and will survive delivery of and payment for the Securities.  The provisions of Sections 7 and 8 hereof shall survive the termination or cancellation of this Agreement.

 

12.  Notices .  All communications hereunder will be in writing and effective only on receipt, and, if sent to the Representatives, will be mailed, delivered or telefaxed to the Salomon Smith Barney General Counsel (fax no.:  (212) 816-7912) and confirmed to the General Counsel, Salomon Smith Barney at 388 Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10013 Attention:  General Counsel; or, if sent to the Company or any Guarantor, will be mailed, delivered or telefaxed c/o Corporate Secretary (fax no.: (819) 363-5127) and confirmed to it at 404 Marie-Victorin Boulevard, Kingsey Falls, Quebec, Canada J0A 1B0, attention of the Legal Department.

 

13.  Successors .  This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and the officers, directors, employees, agents and controlling persons referred to in Section 8 hereof, and, except as expressly set forth in Section 5(h) hereof, no other person will have any right or obligation hereunder.

 

14.  Applicable Law .  This Agreement and any claim, counterclaim or dispute of any kind or nature whatsoever arising out of or in any way relating to this Agreement (“ Claim ”), directly or indirectly, shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed within the State of New York.

 

22



 

15.  Submission to Jurisdiction .  Except as set forth below, no Claim may be commenced, prosecuted or continued in any court other than any New York State or U.S. federal court located in the Borough of Manhattan, the city of New York, New York, which courts shall have exclusive jurisdiction over the adjudication of such matters, and each of the Company and the Guarantors consents to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of such courts and personal service with respect thereto.  Each of the Company and the Guarantors hereby consents to personal jurisdiction, service and venue in any court in which any Claim arising out of or in any way relating to this Agreement is brought by any third party against any Initial Purchaser or any indemnified party.  Each of the Initial Purchasers, the Company and the Guarantors (on their respective behalf and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, on behalf of their respective shareholders and affiliates) waives all right to trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim (whether based upon contract, tort or otherwise) in any way arising out of or relating to this Agreement.  The Company and the Guarantors agree that a final judgment in any such action, proceeding or counterclaim brought in any such court shall be conclusive and binding upon the Company and the Guarantors, as the case may be, and may be enforced in any other courts in the jurisdiction of which the Company and the Guarantors are or may be subject, by suit upon such judgment.

 

By execution and delivery of this Agreement, each of the Company and the Guarantors acknowledges that it has, by separate written instrument, appointed and designated, without power of revocation, CT Corporation System, with offices on the date hereof located at 111 8th Avenue, 13th Floor, New York, New York 10011 (and any successor entity) as its authorized agent (the “Authorized Agent”) to accept and acknowledge on its behalf service of any and all process which may be served in any Claim in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby brought in any New York State or U.S. federal court located in the Borough of Manhattan, the city of New York, New York.  Such service may be made by delivering a copy of such process to each of the Company and such Guarantor in care of the Authorized Agent at the address specified above for the Authorized Agent and obtaining a receipt therefor, and each of the Company and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs the Authorized Agent to accept such service on its behalf.  Each of the Company and the Guarantors represents and warrants that the Authorized Agent has agreed to act as said agent for service of process, and agrees that service of process in such manner upon the Authorized Agent shall be deemed to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, in every respect effective service of process upon each of the Company and such Guarantor in any Claim.  Each of the Company and the Guarantors further agree to take any and all action, including the execution and filing of any and all such documents and instruments, as may be necessary to continue such designation and appointment of the Authorized Agent in full force and effect.  Nothing herein contained shall, however, in any manner limit the rights of the Initial Purchasers to serve process in any other manner permitted by applicable law or obtain jurisdiction over the Company or any of the Guarantors or bring suits, actions or proceedings against the Company or any of the Guarantors in such other jurisdictions, and in such manner as may be permitted by applicable law.

 

16.  Waiver of Immunity .  Each of the Company and the Guarantors irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, with respect to itself and its revenues and assets (irrespective of their use or intended use), all immunity on the grounds of sovereignty or other similar grounds from (i) suit, (ii) jurisdiction of any court, (iii) attachment of the

 

23



 

Company’s or such Guarantor’s assets (whether before or after judgment) and (iv) execution or enforcement of any judgment arising out of or in any way relating to this Agreement to which the Company or any of the Guarantors or its revenues or assets might otherwise be entitled in any suit, action or proceeding in the courts of any jurisdiction and irrevocably agrees, to the extent permitted by applicable law, that neither the Company nor any of the Guarantors will claim any such immunity in any suit, action or proceeding.

 

17.  Judgment Currency .  Each of the Company and the Guarantors that is not a U.S. person (as that term is defined under Regulation S under the Act) hereby covenant and agree that the following provisions shall apply to conversion of currency in the case of this Agreement:

 

(a) If, for the purposes of obtaining judgment in, or enforcing the judgment of, any court, it becomes necessary to convert a sum due hereunder into any currency other than U.S. dollars, the parties hereto agree, to the fullest extent that they may effectively do so, that the rate of exchange used shall be the rate at which in accordance with normal banking procedures Salomon Smith Barney could purchase U.S. dollars with such other currency in the city of New York on the Business Day preceding that on which final judgment is given.  The obligations of the Company or any Guarantor in respect of any sum due from it to any Initial Purchaser shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency other than U.S. Dollars, not be discharged until the first Business Day, following receipt by such Initial Purchaser of any sum adjudged to be so due in such other currency, on which (and only to the extent that ) such Initial Purchaser may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase U.S. dollars with such other currency.

 

(b) The Company and each Guarantor hereby agrees to indemnify the Initial Purchasers and each other indemnified party related to any Initial Purchaser against any loss incurred by any of them as a result of any judgment or order being given or made for any amount due under this Agreement and such judgment or order being expressed and paid in the judgment currency and as a result of any variation as between (i) the rate of exchange at which the U.S. dollar amount is converted into the judgment currency for the purpose of such judgment or order and (ii) the spot rate of exchange in the city of New York at which the Company or such Guarantor on the date of payment of judgment or order is able to purchase U.S. dollars with the amount of the judgment currency actually paid by the Company or such Guarantor.  The foregoing indemnity shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any such judgment or order as aforesaid.  The term “spot rate of exchange” shall include any premiums and costs of exchange payable in connection with the purchase of, or conversion into, U.S. dollars.

 

18.   Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

19.  Obligations Joint and Several .  Each of the representations, warranties, covenants and other agreements of the Company contained in this Agreement or in any other

 

24



 

agreement, document, certificate or instrument entered into or delivered in connection herewith shall be deemed to be the joint and several obligation of each Guarantor.

 

20.  Headings .  The section headings used herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

21.  Exclusive Agreement .  In the event that any subject matter covered by the terms of this Agreement is also covered by any other arrangement among the parties hereto, the terms of this Agreement shall control.

 

22.  Definitions .  The terms that follow, when used in this Agreement, shall have the meanings indicated.

 

“Act” shall mean the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

 

“Affiliate” shall have the meaning specified in Rule 501(b) of Regulation D.

 

“Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions or trust companies are authorized or obligated by law to close in the city of New York or the city of Montreal.

 

“Capital Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any shares or other equivalents (however designated) of any class of corporate stock or partnership interests or any other participations, rights, warrants, options or other interests in the nature of an equity interest in such Person, including preferred stock, but excluding any debt security convertible or exchangeable into such equity interest.

 

“Commission” shall mean the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

“Exchange Act” shall mean the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

 

“Execution Time” shall mean, the date and time that this Agreement is executed and delivered by the parties hereto.

 

“Investment Company Act” shall mean the U.S. Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

 

“Material Adverse Effect” shall mean, with respect to the Company, any effect that is materially adverse to the condition (financial or otherwise), prospects, earnings, business or properties of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business.

 

“NASD” shall mean the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.

 

25



 

“Person” shall mean any individual, corporation, company (including any limited liability company), association, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

 

“Regulation D” shall mean Regulation D under the Act.

 

“Regulation S” shall mean Regulation S under the Act.

 

“Salomon Smith Barney” shall mean Salomon Smith Barney Inc.

 

“Subsidiary” shall mean, in respect of any Person, any corporation, company (including any limited liability company), association, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization or other business entity of which a majority of the total voting power of all classes of Capital Stock then outstanding and normally entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by:

 

(a) such Person,

 

(b) such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or

 

(c) one or more Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

“Trust Indenture Act” shall mean the U.S. Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

 

“U.S.” or the “United States” shall mean the United States of America.

 

 “You” or “Your” shall mean Salomon Smith Barney.

 

26



 

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to us the enclosed duplicate hereof, whereupon this Agreement and your acceptance shall represent a binding agreement between the Company and the several Initial Purchasers.

 

Very truly yours,

 

For the Company:

 

Cascades Inc.

 

 

By

 

/s/ Robert F. Hall

 

Name:

Robert F. Hall

Title:

Vice President Legal Affairs

 

Corporate Secretary

 

For the Guarantors:

 

Cadmus and Cascades Recycling, Inc.

Cascades Agri-Pak, Inc.

Cascades Auburn Fiber Inc.

Cascades Diamond, Inc.

Cascades Dominion Inc.

Cascades East Angus Inc.

Cascades Enviropac Inc.

Cascades Fine Papers Group (Sales) Inc.

Cascades Fine Papers Group (USA) Inc.

Cascades Fine Papers Group Inc.

Cascades Fine Papers Group Thunder Bay Inc.

Cascades Forma-Pak Inc.

Cascades Inopak Inc.

Cascades Lupel Inc.

Cascades Moulded Pulp, Inc.

Cascades Multi-Pro Inc.

Cascades Plastics Inc.

Cascades SPG Holding Inc.

Cascades Tissue Group – California Inc.

Cascades Tissue Group – IFC Disposables Inc.

Cascades Tissue Group – Mechanicville Inc.

Cascades Tissue Group – New York Inc.

Cascades Tissue Group – North Carolina Inc.

Cascades Tissue Group – Oregon Inc.

Cascades Tissue Group – Pennsylvania Inc.

Cascades Tissue Group – Wisconsin Inc.

Cascades Tissue Group Inc.

Désencrage C.M.D. Inc.

Marathon Graphic Art Distributor Inc.

Matériaux Cascades Inc.

Plastiques Cascades Inc.

Wood Wyant Inc.

2851-5351 Québec Inc. (Commec enr.)

3815285 Canada Inc.

3815315 Canada Inc.

4089235 Canada Inc.

4089260 Canada Inc.

4089278 Canada Inc.

4089294 Canada Inc.

 

 

By

  /s/ Robert Hall

 

Name: Robert Hall

Title: Duly authorized officer or director

 

27



 

The foregoing Agreement is hereby

confirmed and accepted as of the

date first above written.

 

 

Salomon Smith Barney Inc.

Scotia Capital (USA) Inc.

 

 

By: Salomon Smith Barney Inc.

 

 

By:

    /s/ Whitner Marshall

 

 

Name:

Whitner Marshall

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

For themselves and the other several Initial

Purchasers named in Schedule I to

the foregoing Agreement.

 

28


 



Exhibit 1.2

AMENDMENT TO PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Amendment (this “Amendment”), dated as of February 4, 2003, to the Purchase Agreement (the “Agreement”), dated January 31, 2003, by and among Cascades Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the Province of Quebec (the “Company”), the Guarantors named therein, and Salomon Smith Barney Inc. and Scotia Capital (USA) Inc., as representatives of the Initial Purchasers named therein.  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings given thereto in the Agreement.

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to effect certain amendments to the Agreement as hereinafter set forth;

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto hereby agree to amend the Agreement as follows:

1.             Amendments .  The parties agree as follows:

(a)           The purchase price referred to in Section 2 of the Agreement shall be amended from “98.25%” to “98.5277778%,” such that the aggregate purchase price for the Securities to be paid by the Initial Purchasers at the Closing Date shall be $443,375,000.

(b)           Schedule I to the Agreement shall be amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

Initial Purchasers

 

Principal Amount of

Firm Securities

to Be Purchased

 

Salomon Smith Barney Inc.

 

US$164,100,825.00

 

Scotia Capital (USA) Inc.

 

US$86,922,171.00

 

NBC International (USA) Inc.

 

US$77,264,149.50

 

CIBC World Markets Corp.

 

US$80,129,718.00

 

BNP Paribas Securities Corp.

 

US$9,389,740.50

 

Comerica Securities, Inc.

 

US$9,389,740.50

 

SG Cowen Securities Corp.

 

US$9,389,740.50

 

BMO Nesbitt Burns Corp.

 

US$6,706,957.50

 

TD Securities (USA) Inc.

 

US$6,706,957.50

 

Total

 

US$450,000,000.00”

 

 

 



 

2.             Confirmation of Agreement .  Except as herein expressly amended, the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

3.             Successors .  This Amendment will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and the officers, directors, employees, agents and controlling persons referred to in Section 8 of the Agreement, and, except as expressly set forth in Section 5(h) of the Agreement, no other person will have any right or obligation hereunder.

4.             Applicable Law .  This Amendment and any claim, counterclaim or dispute of any kind or nature whatsoever arising out of or in any way relating to this Amendment, directly or indirectly, shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed within the State of New York.

5.             Counterparts .  This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original instrument, but all together shall constitute one agreement.

[signatures appear on the following page]

 

2



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Amendment as of the date so indicated in the preamble hereof.

 

For the Company:

 

Cascades Inc.

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert F. Hall

 

Name:

Robert F. Hall

Title:

Vice President Legal Affairs

Corporate Secretary

 

For the Guarantors:

 

 

 

Cadmus and Cascades Recycling, Inc.

Cascades Agri-Pak, Inc.

Cascades Auburn Fiber Inc.

Cascades Diamond, Inc.

Cascades Dominion Inc.

Cascades East Angus Inc.

Cascades Enviropac Inc.

Cascades Fine Papers Group (Sales) Inc.

Cascades Fine Papers Group (USA) Inc.

Cascades Fine Papers Group Inc.

Cascades Fine Papers Group Thunder Bay Inc.

Cascades Forma-Pak Inc.

Cascades Inopak Inc.

Cascades Lupel Inc.

Cascades Moulded Pulp, Inc.

Cascades Multi-Pro Inc.

Cascades Plastics Inc.

Cascades SPG Holding Inc.

Cascades Tissue Group — California Inc.

Cascades Tissue Group — IFC Disposables Inc.

Cascades Tissue Group — Mechanicville Inc.

 

Cascades Tissue Group — New York Inc.

Cascades Tissue Group — North Carolina Inc.

Cascades Tissue Group — Oregon Inc.

Cascades Tissue Group — Pennsylvania Inc.

Cascades Tissue Group — Wisconsin Inc.

Cascades Tissue Group Inc.

Désencrage C.M.D. Inc.

Marathon Graphic Art Distributor Inc.

Matériaux Cascades Inc.

Plastiques Cascades Inc.

Wood Wyant Inc.

2851-5351 Québec Inc. (Commec enr.)

3815285 Canada Inc.

3815315 Canada Inc.

4089235 Canada Inc.

4089260 Canada Inc.

4089278 Canada Inc.

4089294 Canada Inc.

 

 

 

By

/s/ Robert Hall

 

Name:

Robert Hall

Title:

Duly authorized officer or director

 

3



For the Initial Purchasers:

 

 

Salomon Smith Barney Inc.

Scotia Capital (USA) Inc.

 

By:

Salomon Smith Barney Inc.

 

 

By:

/s/ Arnold Y. Wong

 

 

Name: Arnold Y. Wong

 

Title:   Director

 

For themselves and the other several Initial

Purchasers named in Schedule I to

the foregoing Agreement

 

4




Exhibit 1.3

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

CASCADES INC.

 

US$100,000,000

 

7¼% Senior Notes Due 2013

 

Purchase Agreement

 

New York, New York

June 30, 2003

 

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

388 Greenwich Street

New York, New York 10013

as Representative of the Initial Purchasers in Schedule I hereto

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Cascades Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the Province of Québec (the “Company”), proposes to issue and sell to the several parties named in Schedule I hereto (the “Initial Purchasers”), for whom you (the “Representatives”) are acting as representatives, US$100,000,000 principal amount of its 7¼% Senior Notes Due 2013 (the “Notes,” and together with the Guarantees (as defined below), the “Securities”).  The Securities are to be issued under the indenture, dated as of February 5, 2003, among the Company, the Guarantors (as defined below) and The Bank of New York, as trustee (the “Trustee”), as amended by the First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 30, 2003, among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee (as so amended, the “Indenture”).  The sale of the Securities to the Initial Purchasers will be made without registration of the Securities under the Act in reliance upon exemptions from the registration requirements of the Act.  However, the Securities will have the benefit of a registration rights agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”), to be dated as of the Closing Date (as defined below), among the Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers, pursuant to which the Company and the Guarantors will agree to register a new series of notes (the “Exchange Notes”) and related guarantees (the “Exchange Guarantees” and, together with the Exchange Notes, the “Exchange Securities”) under the Act, subject to the terms and conditions specified therein.  Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Exchange Securities will be offered in exchange for the Securities.

 

The Notes will be unconditionally guaranteed (the “Guarantees”) by each of the Company’s Subsidiaries that are set forth on the signature page hereto (the “Guarantors”).  To the extent there are no additional parties listed on Schedule I other than you, the term “Representatives” as used herein shall mean you as the Initial Purchasers, and the terms Representatives and Initial Purchasers shall mean either the singular or plural as the context requires.  The use of the neuter in this Agreement shall include the feminine and masculine wherever appropriate.  Certain terms used herein are defined in Section 22 hereof.

 



 

In connection with the sale of the Securities, the Company has prepared an offering memorandum, dated June 30, 2003 (as amended or supplemented at the Execution Time, including any and all exhibits thereto, the “Offering Memorandum”).  The Offering Memorandum sets forth certain information concerning the Company and the Securities.  The Company hereby confirms that it has authorized the use of the Offering Memorandum, and any amendment or supplement thereto, in connection with the offer and sale of the Securities by the Initial Purchasers.

 

1.  Representations and Warranties of the Company and the Guarantors .  The Company and each of the Guarantors, jointly and severally, represent and warrant to each Initial Purchaser as set forth below in this Section 1.

 

(a) At the Execution Time, the Offering Memorandum did not, and on the Closing Date will not (and any amendment or supplement thereto, at the date thereof, on the Closing Date will not), contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided , however , that neither the Company nor any of the Guarantors makes any representation or warranty as to the information contained in or omitted from the Offering Memorandum, or any amendment or supplement thereto, in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company in writing by or on behalf of the Initial Purchasers through the Representatives specifically for inclusion therein.  The Company and the Guarantors hereby acknowledge that the statements set forth in the Offering Memorandum on the front cover page in the last paragraph, and under the heading “Plan of Distribution” the last sentence of the third paragraph, the fifth and sixth sentences of the ninth paragraph, the entire tenth paragraph, and the fifth and sixth sentences of the twelfth paragraph constitute the only information furnished to the Company in writing by or on behalf of the Initial Purchasers for inclusion in the Offering Memorandum (or in any amendment or supplement thereto).

 

(b) None of the Company, the Guarantors or any of its or their Affiliates, nor any person acting on its or their behalf (other than the Initial Purchasers and their Affiliates, as to whom no representation is made) has engaged in any form of general solicitation or general advertising (within the meaning of Regulation D) in connection with any offer or sale of the Securities in the United States or in any manner involving a public offering within the meaning of Section 4(2) of the Act.

 

(c) The Securities satisfy the eligibility requirements of Rule 144A(d)(3) under the Act.

 

(d) The Company is a foreign issuer (as defined in Regulation S).

 

(e) None of the Company, the Guarantors or any of its or their Affiliates, nor any Person acting on its or their behalf (other than the Initial Purchasers and their Affiliates, as to whom no representation is made) has, directly or indirectly, made offers or sales of any security, or solicited offers to buy any security, under circumstances that would require the registration of the Securities under the Act or has engaged in any

 

 

2



 

directed selling efforts with respect to the Securities.  Terms used in this paragraph have the meanings given to them by Regulation S.

 

(f) The Company reasonably believes that there is no substantial U.S. market interest (as defined in Regulation S) in the Securities.

 

(g) It is not necessary in connection with the offer, sale or delivery of the Securities to the Initial Purchasers in the manner contemplated by the Offering Memorandum and this Agreement to qualify the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.

 

(h) None of the Company or the Guarantors is, and after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Securities and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Offering Memorandum will be, an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act, without taking account of any exemption arising out of the number of holders of the Company’s securities.

 

(i) None of the Company, the Guarantors or any of its or their Affiliates, nor any person acting on its or their behalf has paid or agreed to pay to any person any compensation for soliciting another to purchase any securities of the Company (except as contemplated by this Agreement and as set forth in or contemplated in the Offering Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto)).

 

(j) None of the Company, the Guarantors or any of its or their Affiliates, nor any person acting on its or their behalf (other than the Initial Purchasers and their Affiliates, as to whom no representation is made) has, directly or indirectly, taken any action designed to cause or which has constituted or which might reasonably be expected to cause or result, under the Exchange Act or otherwise, in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities.

 

(k) Each of the Company, its Subsidiaries listed on Schedule II hereto (the “Significant Subsidiaries”), the Guarantors (the Significant Subsidiaries and the Guarantors, without duplication, being collectively referred to as the “Material Subsidiaries”) and the entities listed on Schedule III hereto (the “Joint Ventures”) has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation or partnership in good standing, where such concept exists, under the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated or organized with full corporate or other power and authority to own or lease, as the case may be, and to operate its properties and conduct its business as described in the Offering Memorandum, and is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation or partnership and is in good standing, where such concept exists, under the laws of each jurisdiction that requires such qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing would not individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(l) All the outstanding shares of capital stock of each of the Company, its Material Subsidiaries and the Joint Ventures have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully paid and nonassessable where such concepts exist, and, except as

 

 

3



 

otherwise set forth in the Offering Memorandum, all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Subsidiaries are owned by the Company either directly or through wholly-owned Subsidiaries free and clear of any perfected security interest or any other security interests, claims, liens or encumbrances, except for any liens securing indebtedness to be refinanced with the proceeds of the sale of the Securities pursuant hereto and the Senior Credit Facility (as defined below).

 

(m) The Significant Subsidiaries are the only significant subsidiaries of the Company, as defined by Rule l-02(w) of Regulation S-X under the Act.

 

(n) The Company’s authorized equity capitalization is as set forth in the Offering Memorandum.

 

(o) The Securities conform in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Offering Memorandum under the heading “Description of the Notes.”

 

(p) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and each of the Guarantors.

 

(q) The Indenture has been duly authorized and, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery thereof by the Trustee, constitutes a valid, binding and enforceable instrument of the Company and each of the Guarantors (subject, as to enforcement, to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally from time to time in effect and to general principles of equity).

 

(r) The Securities and the Exchange Securities have been duly authorized, and, when executed and authenticated in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture and delivered to and (in the case of the Securities) paid for by the Initial Purchasers or (in the case of the Exchange Securities) delivered to the holders of the Securities in exchange therefor as contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement, will be duly executed and delivered by the Company and each of the Guarantors and will constitute valid, binding and enforceable obligations of the Company and each of the Guarantors entitled to the benefits of the Indenture (subject, as to enforcement, to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally from time to time in effect and to general principles of equity).

 

(s) The Registration Rights Agreement has been duly authorized and, when executed and delivered by the Company and each of the Guarantors, will constitute a valid, binding and enforceable instrument of the Company and each of the Guarantors (subject, as to enforcement, to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally from time to time in effect and to general principles of equity).

 

(t) Each of the Company and the Guarantors has all requisite corporate power and authority, and has taken all requisite corporate action necessary to enter into and perform this Agreement, the Indenture, the Securities, the Exchange Securities and

 

 

4



 

the Registration Rights Agreement.  No consent, approval, authorization, filing with or order of any court or governmental agency or body is required in connection with the transactions contemplated herein or in the Indenture or the Registration Rights Agreement, except, to the extent required, (i) such as will be obtained under the Act and the Trust Indenture Act and Canadian or provincial securities laws, (ii) such as may be required under the blue sky laws of any jurisdiction in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Securities by the Initial Purchasers and the distribution of the Exchange Securities in the manner contemplated herein and in the Offering Memorandum and the Registration Rights Agreement, and (iii) notices that may have to be filed with appropriate Canadian provincial securities commissions along with the Offering Memorandum, accompanied by payment of the requisite fees.

 

(u) Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement, nor the issue and sale of the Securities or the Exchange Securities, nor the consummation of any other of the transactions contemplated herein or therein or in the Offering Memorandum, nor the fulfillment of the terms hereof or thereof will conflict with, result in a breach or violation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or asset of the Company, any of its Material Subsidiaries or any of the Joint Ventures pursuant to (i) the articles of association, certificate of incorporation, by-laws or other organizational documents of the Company, any of its Material Subsidiaries or any of the Joint Ventures; (ii) the terms of any indenture, contract, lease, mortgage, deed of trust, note agreement, loan agreement or other agreement, obligation, condition, covenant or instrument to which the Company, any of its Material Subsidiaries or any of the Joint Ventures is a party or bound or to which its or their property is subject; or (iii) any statute, law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree applicable to the Company, any of its Material Subsidiaries or any of the Joint Ventures of any court, regulatory body, administrative agency, governmental body, arbitrator or other authority having jurisdiction over the Company, any of its Material Subsidiaries or any of the Joint Ventures or any of its or their properties, except in the cases of clauses (ii) and (iii) such as would not have a Material Adverse Effect, and except to the extent that notices may have to be filed with appropriate Canadian provincial securities commissions along with the Offering Memorandum, accompanied by payment of the requisite fees.

 

(v) The consolidated historical financial statements and schedules of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries included in the Offering Memorandum present fairly in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of the dates and for the periods indicated, comply as to form with the applicable accounting requirements of the Act and have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in Canada (“Canadian GAAP”) applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved with a note to such financial statements reconciling them to generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“US GAAP”).  The historical financial information set forth under the captions “Summary” and “Selected Historical Financial Information” included in the Offering Memorandum fairly present, on the basis stated in the Offering Memorandum, the information included therein.  The financial data in the line items entitled “Pro forma interest expense” and “Pro forma total debt” and the related

 

 

5



 

footnote thereto, set forth under the caption “Summary — Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial Information” included in the Offering Memorandum include assumptions that provide a reasonable basis for presenting the significant effects directly attributable to the transactions and events described therein, the related pro forma adjustments give appropriate effect to those assumptions, and the pro forma adjustments reflect the proper application of those adjustments to the historical financial statement amounts of the Company.

 

(w) Except as described in the Offering Memorandum, no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company, any of its Material Subsidiaries or any of the Joint Ventures or its or their directors, officers or property is pending or, to the best knowledge of the Company, threatened that (i) would have a material adverse effect on the performance of this Agreement, the Indenture or the Registration Rights Agreement, or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or (ii) would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(x) Each of the Company, its Material Subsidiaries and, to the Company’s knowledge, the Joint Ventures has good and marketable title in fee simple to all real property and good and marketable title to all personal property owned by them, in each case, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and defects except such as are described in the Offering Memorandum, such that do not materially affect the value of such property and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company and its Material Subsidiaries.  All assets held under lease by the Company and its Subsidiaries are held by them under valid and enforceable leases, with such exceptions as are not material and do not interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such assets by the Company and its Material Subsidiaries.

 

(y) Set forth in Schedule IV hereto is a list of all contracts, indentures, mortgages, deeds or trusts, loan or credit agreements, notes, leases or other agreements or instruments to which the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of the Joint Ventures is a party or bound or to which its property is subject, that are material to the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

(z) Neither the Company nor any of its Material Subsidiaries nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any of the Joint Ventures is in violation or default of (i) any provision of its articles of association, certificate of incorporation, by-laws or other organizational documents; (ii) the terms of any indenture, contract, lease, mortgage, deed of trust, note agreement, loan agreement or other agreement, obligation, condition, covenant or instrument to which the Company, any of its Material Subsidiaries, or any of the Joint Ventures is a party or bound or to which its or their property is subject; or (iii) any statute, law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree of any court, regulatory body, administrative agency, governmental body, arbitrator or other authority having jurisdiction over the Company, any of its Material Subsidiaries, or any of the Joint Ventures or any of its or their properties, as applicable, except, in the cases of clauses (ii) and (iii), such as would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

 

6



 

(aa) PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, who have certified certain consolidated financial statements of the Company and delivered their report with respect to such audited consolidated financial statements included in the Offering Memorandum, are independent public accountants with respect to the Company within the meaning of the Act and the applicable published rules and regulations thereunder.

 

(bb) There are no stamp or other issuance or transfer taxes or duties or other similar fees or charges required to be paid in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement or the Indenture by the Company or the Guarantors or the issuance or sale of the Securities or the Exchange Securities by the Company or the Guarantors.

 

(cc) All interest, principal, premium (if any) and other payments due or made on the Securities or the Exchange Securities may be paid by the Company to each holder thereof in U.S. dollars that may be freely transferred out of Canada, and, except for payments made to a holder with which the Company does not deal at arm’s length (within the meaning of the Income Tax Act (Canada)) at the time the payment is made, all such payments made to holders who are non-residents of Canada will not be subject to income, withholding or other taxes under laws and regulations of Canada or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein and will otherwise be free and clear of any other tax, duty, withholding or deduction in Canada or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein and without the necessity of obtaining any governmental authorization in Canada or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein.

 

(dd) The Company has filed all foreign, federal, provincial, state and local tax returns that are required to be filed or has requested extensions thereof, except in any case in which the failure so to file would not have a Material Adverse Effect, and has paid all taxes required to be paid by it and any other assessment, fine or penalty levied against it, to the extent that any of the foregoing is due and payable, except for any such assessment, fine or penalty that is currently being contested in good faith or as would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(ee) Since the date of the most recent financial statements included in the Offering Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto), there has been no material adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise), prospects, earnings, business or properties of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, except as set forth in or contemplated by the Offering Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto).

 

(ff) No labor problem or dispute with the employees of the Company, any of its Material Subsidiaries or any of the Joint Ventures exists, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Offering Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto), or, to the knowledge of the Company, is threatened or imminent; there are no amounts owing or promised by the Company, any of its Material Subsidiaries or, to the Company’s knowledge, any of the Joint Ventures to any present or former directors or

 

 

7



 

employees of the Company, any of its Material Subsidiaries or, to the Company’s knowledge, any of the Joint Ventures, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Offering Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto); and no individuals named in the Offering Memorandum under the caption “Management” have given or been given notice terminating their contracts of employment, except such as would not have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(gg) Each of the Company, its Material Subsidiaries and, to the Company’s knowledge, the Joint Ventures is insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are prudent and customary in the businesses in which they are engaged; and neither the Company nor any of its Material Subsidiaries nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any of the Joint Ventures has any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(hh) Except as described in or contemplated by the Offering Memorandum, no Material Subsidiary of the Company is currently prohibited, directly or indirectly, from paying any dividends to the Company or any other Subsidiary, from making any other distribution on such Subsidiary’s capital stock, from repaying to the Company or any other Subsidiary any loans or advances to such Subsidiary from the Company or from transferring any of such Subsidiary’s property or assets to the Company or any other Subsidiary, except that no representation is made regarding prohibitions imposed by laws and regulations applicable to companies organized outside Canada and the United States.

 

(ii) Each of the Company, its Material Subsidiaries and, to the Company’s knowledge, the Joint Ventures possesses all licenses, certificates, permits and other authorizations issued by the appropriate federal, provincial, state or foreign regulatory authorities necessary to conduct their respective businesses, except such as would not have a Material Adverse Effect; and neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any of the Joint Ventures has received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such certificate, authorization or permit which, singly or in the aggregate, would likely result in an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding or would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(jj) Each of the Company, its Material Subsidiaries and, to the Company’s knowledge, the Joint Ventures maintains a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with Canadian GAAP and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.

 

 

8



 

(kk) To the best knowledge of the Company, each of the Company, its Material Subsidiaries and the Joint Ventures (i) is in compliance with any and all applicable U.S., Canadian, foreign, federal, provincial, state and local laws and regulations relating to the protection of human health and safety, the environment or hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants (“Environmental Laws”); (ii) has received and is in compliance with all permits, licenses or other approvals required of it under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct its businesses; and (iii) has not received notice of any actual or potential liability for the investigation or remediation of any disposal or release of hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants, except, in each ease, where such failure would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect; except as set forth in the Offering Memorandum, neither the Company nor any of the Material Subsidiaries nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any of the Joint Ventures has been named as a “potentially responsible party” under the U.S. Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended.

 

(ll) In the ordinary course of its business, the Company periodically reviews the effect of Environmental Laws on the business, operations and properties of the Company and its Subsidiaries, in the course of which it identifies and evaluates associated costs and liabilities (including, without limitation, any capital or operating expenditures required for clean-up, closure of properties or compliance with Environmental Laws, or any permit, license or approval, any related constraints on operating activities and any potential liabilities to third parties); on the basis of such review, the Company has reasonably concluded that such associated costs and liabilities would not, singly or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(mm) The Company, its Material Subsidiaries and, to the Company’s knowledge, the Joint Ventures own, possess, license or have other rights to use, on reasonable terms, all patents, patent applications, trade and service marks, trade and service mark registrations, trade names, copyrights, licenses, inventions, trade secrets, technology, know-how and other intellectual property (collectively, the “Intellectual Property”) necessary for the conduct of the Company’s business as now conducted or as proposed in the Offering Memorandum to be conducted, except where the failure to own, possess, license or have other rights to use such Intellectual Property would not have a Material Adverse Effect.  There is no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the validity or scope of any of the Intellectual Property, and the Company is unaware of any facts that would form a reasonable basis for any such claim. There is no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others that the Company or any of its Material Subsidiaries infringes or otherwise violates any patent, trademark, copyright, trade secret or other proprietary rights of others, and the Company is unaware of any other fact that would form a reasonable basis for any such claim.

 

(nn) Each of the Company, its Material Subsidiaries and, to the Company’s knowledge, the Joint Ventures has fulfilled its obligations, if any, under the minimum funding standards of Section 302 of the United States Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), and the regulations and published

 

 

9



 

interpretations thereunder with respect to each “plan” (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA and such regulations and published interpretations) in which employees of the Company, its Material Subsidiaries and the Joint Ventures are eligible to participate, and each such plan is in compliance in all material respects with the presently applicable provisions of ERISA and such regulations and published interpretations, except for such failures as would not have a Material Adverse Effect.  Neither the Company, nor any of its Material Subsidiaries, nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any of the Joint Ventures has incurred any unpaid liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (other than for the payment of premiums in the ordinary course) or to any such plan under Title IV of ERISA or to any other pension plan on an ongoing or termination basis, except for such failures as would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(oo) Immediately after the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Offering Memorandum, the fair value and present fair saleable value of the assets of each of the Company and of the Guarantors will exceed the sum of its stated liabilities and identified contingent liabilities.  Neither the Company nor any of the Guarantors is, nor will the Company or any of the Guarantors be, after giving effect to the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the Indenture, the Securities and the Registration Rights Agreement and the consummation of any other of the transactions contemplated herein or therein or in the Offering Memorandum, (A) left with unreasonably small capital with which to carry on its business as it is proposed to be conducted, (B) unable to pay its debts (contingent or otherwise) as they mature or (C) otherwise insolvent.

 

(pp) The Company has no reason to believe that the statistical and market-related data included in the Offering Memorandum are based on or derived from sources that are not reliable and accurate.

 

(qq) Each of the relationships and transactions specified in Item 404 of Regulation S-K that would have been required to be described in a prospectus if this offering had been registered under the Act has been so described in the Offering Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto).

 

(rr) Except for the Guarantors, the Company has no Subsidiaries organized under the laws of Canada, any province thereof, or any state of the United States.

 

Any certificate signed by any officer of the Company or any Guarantor and delivered to the Representatives or counsel for the Initial Purchasers in connection with the offering of the Securities shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Company or such Guarantor, as to matters covered thereby, to each Initial Purchaser.

 

2.  Purchase and Sale .  Subject to the terms and conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties herein set forth, the Company and the Guarantors agree to sell to each Initial Purchaser, and each Initial Purchaser agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company and the Guarantors, at an aggregate purchase price of 106.58125% of the principal amount thereof, the principal amount of Securities set forth opposite such Initial Purchaser’s name in Schedule I hereto.  The parties understand that this aggregate purchase price

 

 

10



 

consists of a base purchase price for the Securities of 103.5% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued interest of 3.08125% from February 5, 2003 to the Closing Date.

 

3.  Delivery and Payment .  Delivery of and payment for the Securities shall be made no later than 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on July 8, 2003, or at such time on such later date as the Representatives shall designate, which date and time may be postponed by agreement between the Representatives and the Company or as provided in Section 9 hereof (such date and time of delivery and payment for the Securities being herein called the “Closing Date”).  Delivery of the Securities shall be made to the Representatives for the respective accounts of the several Initial Purchasers against payment by the several Initial Purchasers through the Representatives of the purchase price thereof to or upon the order of the Company by wire transfer payable in same-day funds to the account specified by the Company.  The Securities shall be delivered in such names, forms and amounts as the Representatives shall specify at least two Business Days in advance of the Closing Date, and delivery shall be made through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company unless the Representatives shall otherwise instruct.

 

4.  Representations and Warranties of the Initial Purchasers .  Each Initial Purchaser, severally and not jointly, represents and warrants to and agrees with the Company and the Guarantors that:

 

(a) It has not offered or sold, and will not offer or sell, any Securities except (i) to those it reasonably believes to be qualified institutional buyers (as defined in Rule 144A under the Act (“Rule 144A”)) and that, in connection with each such sale, it has taken or will take reasonable steps to ensure that the purchaser of such Securities is aware that such sale is being made in reliance on Rule 144A; or (ii) in accordance with the restrictions set forth in Schedule V hereto.

 

(b) Neither it nor any person acting on its behalf has made or will make offers or sales of the Securities in the United States by means of any form of general solicitation or general advertising (within the meaning of Regulation D) in the United States.

 

(c) It is either a qualified institutional buyer (as defined in Rule 144A) or an “accredited investor” (within the meaning of Regulation D).

 

(d) It will comply with the Selling Restrictions for offers and sales outside the United States as set forth in Schedule V hereto.

 

5.  Agreements .  The Company agrees with each Initial Purchaser that:

 

(a) The Company will furnish to each Initial Purchaser and to counsel for the Initial Purchasers, without charge, during the period referred to in paragraph (c) below, as many copies of the Offering Memorandum and any amendments and supplements thereto as they may reasonably request.

 

(b) The Company will not amend or supplement the Offering Memorandum unless, prior to a proposed amendment or supplement, the Company shall

 

 

11



 

have furnished the Representatives a copy of such document for review and the Representatives shall not have reasonably objected to such document.

 

(c) If at any time prior to the completion of the sale of the Securities by the Initial Purchasers (as determined by the Representatives), any event occurs as a result of which the Offering Memorandum, as then amended or supplemented, would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or if it should be necessary to amend or supplement the Offering Memorandum to comply with applicable law, the Company promptly (i) will notify the Representatives of any such event or non-compliance; (ii) subject to the requirements of paragraph (b) of this Section 5, will prepare an amendment or supplement that will correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance; and (iii) will supply any supplemented or amended Offering Memorandum to the several Initial Purchasers and counsel for the Initial Purchasers without charge in such quantities as they may reasonably request.  The Company will also promptly inform the Representatives of any litigation or administrative action with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Offering Memorandum.

 

(d) The Company will arrange, if necessary, for the qualification of the Securities for sale by the Initial Purchasers under the laws of such jurisdictions as the Initial Purchasers may reasonably designate and will maintain such qualifications in effect so long as required for the sale of the Securities by the Initial Purchasers; provided that in no event shall the Company be obligated to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not now so qualified or to take any action that would subject it to service of process in suits in any jurisdiction in which it is not now so subject.  The Company will promptly advise the Representatives of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose.

 

(e) None of the Company, the Guarantors or any of its or their Affiliates, nor any person acting on its or their behalf (other than the Initial Purchasers and their Affiliates, as to whom no representation is made) will, prior to completion of the exchange offer to be made by the Company pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, resell any Securities that have been acquired by any of them.  The Company will cause all Securities accepted in such exchange offer to be canceled.

 

(f) None of the Company, the Guarantors or any of its or their Affiliates, nor any person acting on its or their behalf (other than the Initial Purchasers and their Affiliates, as to whom no representation is made) will, directly or indirectly, make offers or sales of any security, or solicit offers to buy any security, under circumstances that would require the registration of the Securities under the Act.

 

(g) None of the Company, the Guarantors or any of its or their Affiliates, nor any person acting on its or their behalf (other than the Initial Purchasers and their Affiliates, as to whom no representation is made) will engage in any form of general

 

 

12



 

solicitation or general advertising (within the meaning of Regulation D) in connection with any offer or sale of the Securities in the United States.

 

(h) So long as any of the Securities are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the Act, the Company will, during any period in which it is not subject to and in compliance with Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or it is not exempt from such reporting requirements pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 12g3-2(b) under the Exchange Act, provide to each holder of such restricted securities and to each prospective purchaser (as designated by such holder) of such restricted securities, upon the request of such holder or prospective purchaser, any information required to be provided by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Act.

 

(i) None of the Company, the Guarantors or any of its or their Affiliates, nor any person acting on its or their behalf (other than the Initial Purchasers and their Affiliates, as to whom no representation is made) will engage in any directed selling efforts with respect to the Securities.  Terms used in this paragraph have the meanings given to them by Regulation S.

 

(j) The Company will cooperate with the Representatives and use its reasonable best efforts to permit the Securities and the Exchange Securities to be eligible for clearance and settlement through The Depository Trust Company.

 

(k) None of the Company, the Guarantors or any of its or their Affiliates will, for a period of 180 days following the Execution Time, without the prior written consent of Citigroup Global Markets, offer, sell or contract to sell, or otherwise dispose of (or enter into any transaction that is designed to, or might reasonably be expected to, result in the disposition (whether by actual disposition or effective economic disposition due to cash settlement or otherwise) by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company or any person in privity with the Company or any Affiliate of the Company), directly or indirectly, or announce the offering of, any debt securities issued or guaranteed by the Company (other than the Securities and the Exchange Securities), except that the foregoing shall not apply to any offering of debt securities whose proceeds are used substantially to purchase all the capital stock of Norampac Inc. not currently owned by the Company.

 

(l) None of the Company, the Guarantors or any of its or their Affiliates will take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or which has constituted or which might reasonably be expected to cause or result, under the Exchange Act or otherwise, in stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities or the Exchange Securities.

 

(m) The Company will apply the net proceeds from the sale of the Securities as set forth under the heading “Use of Proceeds” in the Offering Memorandum.

 

(n) The Company agrees to pay the costs and expenses relating to the transactions contemplated hereunder, including, without limitation, the following:  (i) the preparation of the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement, the issuance of the

 

 

13



 

Securities and the Exchange Securities and the fees of the Trustee; (ii) the preparation, printing or reproduction of the Offering Memorandum and each amendment or supplement to either of them; (iii) the printing (or reproduction) and delivery (including postage, air freight charges and charges for counting and packaging) of such copies of the Offering Memorandum, and all amendments or supplements to either of them, as may, in each case, be reasonably requested for use in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities; (iv) the preparation, printing, authentication, issuance and delivery of certificates for the Securities, including any stamp or transfer taxes in connection with the original issuance and sale of the Securities; (v) the printing (or reproduction) and delivery of this Agreement, any blue sky memorandum and all other agreements or documents printed (or reproduced) and delivered in connection with the offering of the Securities; (vi) any registration or qualification of the Securities for offer and sale under the blue sky laws of the several states or any jurisdiction outside the United States and Canada (including filing fees and the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the Initial Purchasers relating to such registration and qualification not to exceed US$10,000); (vii) admitting the Securities for trading in the PORTAL Market; (viii) the reasonable transportation and other expenses incurred by or on behalf of Company representatives in connection with presentations to prospective purchasers of the Securities; (ix) the fees and expenses of the Company’s accountants and the fees and expenses of counsel (including local and special counsel) for the Company; and (x) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder.

 

(o) The Company will, for a period of twelve months following the Execution Time, furnish to the Initial Purchasers all reports or other communications (financial or other) generally made available to stockholders, and deliver to the Initial Purchasers (i) as soon as they are available, copies of any reports and financial statements furnished to or filed with the Commission or any securities exchange on which any class of securities of the Company is listed and (ii) such additional information concerning the business and financial condition of the Company as the Initial Purchasers may from time to time reasonably request (such statements to be on a consolidated basis to the extent the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries are consolidated in reports furnished to stockholders).

 

(p) In connection with sales in Canada, the Company agrees to make all filings reasonably required to be made with securities regulatory authorities in Canada with respect to the offering, sale and delivery of the Securities to the Initial Purchasers or their Affiliates and the initial resale of the Securities by the Initial Purchasers to purchasers in Canada, including, without limitation, any required reports of the trades constituting such initial resales, and to pay all filing or other fees applicable in connection therewith.

 

6.  Conditions to the Obligations of the Initial Purchasers .  The obligations of the Initial Purchasers to purchase the Securities shall be subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties on the part of the Company and the Guarantors contained herein at the Execution Time and the Closing Date pursuant to Section 1 hereof, to the accuracy of the statements of the Company and the Guarantors made in any certificates pursuant to the

 

 

14



 

provisions hereof, to the performance by the Company and the Guarantors of its or their obligations hereunder and to the following additional conditions:

 

(a) The Company shall have requested and caused Fraser Milner Casgrain LLP, Canadian counsel to the Company and the Guarantors, to furnish to the Representatives its opinion, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto.

 

(b) The Company shall have requested and caused Jones Day, U.S. counsel to the Company and the Guarantors, to furnish to the Representatives its opinion, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives, substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto.

 

(c) The Company shall have requested and caused Goulston & Storrs, P.C., special Massachusetts counsel to the Company, to furnish to the Representatives its opinion, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives, substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto.

 

(d) The Company shall have requested and caused Torys LLP, U.S. counsel to the Company, to furnish to the Representatives its opinion, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives, substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto.

 

(e) The Company shall have requested and caused Robert F. Hall, Vice President, Legal Affairs and Corporate Secretary of the Company, to furnish to the Representatives his opinion, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives, substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto.

 

(f) The Company shall have requested and caused Manning, Fulton & Skinner, P.A., special North Carolina counsel to the Company, to furnish to the Representatives its opinion, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives, substantially in the form of Exhibit F hereto.

 

(g) The Company shall have requested and caused Jones Day, special French counsel to the Company, to furnish to the Representatives its opinion, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives, substantially in the form of Exhibit G hereto.

 

(h) The Company shall have requested and caused Jones Day, special German counsel to the Company, to furnish to the Representatives its opinion, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives, substantially in the form of Exhibit H hereto.

 

(i) The Company shall have requested and caused Jones Day, special U.K. counsel to the Company, to furnish to the Representatives its opinion, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives, substantially in the form of Exhibit I hereto.

 

 

15



 

(j) The Representatives shall have received from Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP, U.S. counsel for the Initial Purchasers, such opinion or opinions, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives, with respect to the issuance and sale of the Securities, the Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Offering Memorandum (as amended or supplemented at the Closing Date) and other related matters as the Representatives may reasonably require, and the Company shall have furnished to such counsel such documents as they request for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon such matters.

 

(k) The Representatives shall have received from Davies Ward Phillips & Vineberg LLP, Canadian counsel for the Initial Purchasers, such opinion or opinions, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives, with respect to the issuance and sale of the Securities, the Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Offering Memorandum (as amended or supplemented at the Closing Date) and other related matters as the Representatives may reasonably require, and the Company shall have furnished to such counsel such documents as they request for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon such matters.

 

(l) The Company, on behalf of itself and each Guarantor, shall have furnished to the Representatives a certificate of the Company, signed by the Chairman of the Board or the President and the principal financial or accounting officer of the Company, dated the Closing Date, to the effect that the signers of such certificate have carefully examined the Offering Memorandum, any amendment or supplement to the Offering Memorandum and this Agreement and that (i) the representations and warranties of each of the Company and the Guarantors in this Agreement are true and correct on and as of the Closing Date with the same effect as if made on the Closing Date, and each of the Company and the Guarantors has complied with all the agreements and satisfied all the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to the Closing Date; and (ii) since March 31, 2002, there has been no material adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise), prospects, earnings, business or properties of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, except as set forth in or contemplated by the Offering Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto).

 

(m) At the Execution Time and at the Closing Date, the Company shall have requested and caused PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP to furnish to the Representatives letters, dated respectively as of the Execution Time and as of the Closing Date, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit J (with respect to the letter dated as of the Execution Time) and in the form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives (with respect to the letter dated as of the Closing Date).

 

(n) The Company and each of the Guarantors shall have entered into the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

(o) The Securities shall have been designated as PORTAL-eligible securities in accordance with the rules and regulations of the NASD, and the Securities shall be eligible for clearance and settlement through The Depository Trust Company.

 

 

16



 

(p) Subsequent to the Execution Time and on or prior to the Closing Date, there shall not have been any decrease in the rating of any of the Company’s debt securities (including the Securities) by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” (as defined for purposes of Rule 436(g) under the Act) or any notice given of any intended or potential decrease in any such rating or of a possible change in any such rating that does not indicate the direction of the possible change.

 

(q) Prior to the Closing Date, the Company shall have obtained all consents, approvals, authorizations and orders of, and shall have duly made all registrations, qualifications and filing with, any court or regulatory authority or other governmental agency or instrumentality required in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Offering Memorandum and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, except where the failure to have done so (i) would not have a material adverse effect on the performance of this Agreement or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby, and (ii) would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(r) Prior to the Closing Date, the Company shall have furnished to the Representatives such further information, certificates and documents as the Representatives may reasonably request.

 

If any of the conditions specified in this Section 6 shall not have been fulfilled in all material respects when and as provided in this Agreement, or if any of the opinions and certificates mentioned above or elsewhere in this Agreement shall not be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Representatives and counsel for the Initial Purchasers, this Agreement and all obligations of the Initial Purchasers hereunder may be canceled at, or at any time prior to, the Closing Date by the Representatives.  Notice of such cancellation shall be given to the Company in writing or by telephone or facsimile confirmed in writing.

 

The documents required to be delivered by this Section 6 shall be delivered at the office of counsel for the Initial Purchasers, Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP, 767 Fifth Avenue, New York, New York 10153, on the Closing Date.

 

7.  Reimbursement of Expenses .  If the sale of the Securities provided for herein is not consummated because any condition to the obligations of the Initial Purchasers set forth in Section 6 hereof is not satisfied, because of any termination pursuant to Section 10 hereof or because of any refusal, inability or failure on the part of the Company or any Guarantor to perform any agreement herein or comply with any provision hereof other than by reason of a default by any of the Initial Purchasers, the Company will reimburse the Initial Purchasers severally through Citigroup Global Markets on demand for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Initial Purchasers) that shall have been incurred by them in connection with the proposed purchase and sale of the Securities.

 

8.  Indemnification and Contribution .

 

(a) The Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Initial Purchaser, the directors, officers, employees and agents of each Initial Purchaser and each person who controls any Initial Purchaser

 

 

17



 

within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which they or any of them may become subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or other federal, state or foreign statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) relate to, arise out of, or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Offering Memorandum (or in any supplement or amendment thereto) or any information provided by the Company or any Guarantor to any holder or prospective purchaser of Securities pursuant to Section 5(h), or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and agrees to reimburse each such indemnified party, as incurred, for any legal or other out-of-pocket expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided , however , that the Company and the Guarantors will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in the Offering Memorandum, or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of any Initial Purchasers through the Representatives specifically for inclusion therein.  This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability that the Company and the Guarantors may otherwise have.

 

(b) Each Initial Purchaser severally and not jointly agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the Guarantors, each of their directors, officers, employees, agents and each person who controls the Company or any Guarantor within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act, to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company and the Guarantors to each Initial Purchaser, but only with reference to written information relating to such Initial Purchaser furnished to the Company and the Guarantors by or on behalf of such Initial Purchaser through the Representatives specifically for inclusion in the Offering Memorandum (or in any amendment or supplement thereto).  This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability that any Initial Purchaser may otherwise have.

 

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 8 of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section 8, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the indemnifying party (i) will not relieve it from liability under paragraph (a) or (b) above unless and to the extent it did not otherwise learn of such action and such failure results in the forfeiture by the indemnifying party of substantial rights and defenses; and (ii) will not, in any event, relieve the indemnifying party from any obligations to any indemnified party other than the indemnification obligation provided in paragraph (a) or (b) above.  The indemnifying party shall be entitled to appoint counsel (including local counsel) of the indemnifying party’s choice at the indemnifying party’s expense to represent the indemnified party in any action for which indemnification is

 

 

18



 

sought (in which case the indemnifying party shall not thereafter be responsible for the fees and expenses of any separate counsel, other than local counsel if not appointed by the indemnifying party, retained by the indemnified party or parties except as set forth below); provided , however , that such counsel shall be satisfactory to the indemnified party.  Notwithstanding the indemnifying party’s election to appoint counsel (including local counsel) to represent the indemnified party in an action, the indemnified party shall have the right to employ separate counsel for all indemnified parties (including local counsel), and the indemnifying party shall bear the reasonable fees, costs and expenses of such separate counsel if (i) the use of counsel chosen by the indemnifying party to represent the indemnified party would present such counsel with a conflict of interest; (ii) the actual or potential defendants in, or targets of, any such action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties that are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party; (iii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party within a reasonable time after notice of the institution of such action; or (iv) the indemnifying party shall authorize the indemnified party in writing to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party.  An indemnifying party will not, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceeding.

 

(d) In the event that the indemnity provided in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 8 is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party for any reason, the Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Initial Purchasers, on the other, agree to contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending same) (collectively “Losses”) to which the Company and any Guarantor and one or more of the Initial Purchasers may be subject in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Initial Purchasers, on the other, from the offering of the Securities; provided , however , that in no case shall any Initial Purchaser (except as may be provided in any agreement among the Initial Purchasers relating to the offering of the Securities) be responsible for any amount in excess of the purchase discount or commission applicable to the Securities purchased by such Initial Purchaser hereunder.  If the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is unavailable for any reason, the Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers shall contribute in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of the Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and of the Initial Purchasers, on the other, in connection with the statements, omissions, actions or failure to act that resulted in such Losses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  Benefits received (or anticipated to be received) by the Company and the Guarantors shall be deemed to be equal to the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting

 

 

19



 

expenses) received by it, and benefits received (or anticipated to be received) by the Initial Purchasers shall be deemed to be equal to the total purchase discounts and commissions in each case set forth on the cover page of the Offering Memorandum.  Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any untrue or any alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact or any other alleged conduct relates to information provided by the Company or the Guarantors or other conduct by the Company or the Guarantors, on the one hand, or the Initial Purchasers, on the other, the intent of the parties and their relative knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission.  The Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution were determined by pro rata allocation or any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above.  Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph (d), no person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.  For purposes of this Section 8, each person who controls an Initial Purchaser within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act and each director, officer, employee and agent of an Initial Purchaser shall have the same rights to contribution as such Initial Purchaser, and each person who controls the Company or a Guarantor within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act and each officer and director of the Company or a Guarantor shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company or such Guarantor, subject in each case to the applicable terms and conditions of this paragraph (d).

 

9.  Default by an Initial Purchaser .  If any one or more Initial Purchasers shall fail to purchase and pay for any of the Securities agreed to be purchased by such Initial Purchaser hereunder and such failure to purchase shall constitute a default in the performance of its or their obligations under this Agreement, the remaining Initial Purchasers shall be obligated severally to take up and pay for (in the respective proportions which the amount of Securities set forth opposite their names in Schedule I hereto bears to the aggregate amount of Securities set forth opposite the names of all the remaining Initial Purchasers) the Securities which the defaulting Initial Purchaser or Initial Purchasers agreed but failed to purchase; provided , however , that in the event that the aggregate amount of Securities that the defaulting Initial Purchaser or Initial Purchasers agreed but failed to purchase shall exceed 10% of the aggregate amount of Securities set forth in Schedule I hereto, the remaining Initial Purchasers shall have the right to purchase all, but shall not be under any obligation to purchase any, of the Securities, and if such nondefaulting Initial Purchasers do not purchase all the Securities, this Agreement will terminate without liability to any nondefaulting Initial Purchaser or the Company and the Guarantors.  In the event of a default by any Initial Purchaser as set forth in this Section 9, the Closing Date shall be postponed for such period, not exceeding five Business Days, as the Representatives shall determine in order that the required changes in the Offering Memorandum or in any other documents or arrangements may be effected.  Nothing contained in this Agreement shall relieve any defaulting Initial Purchaser of its liability, if any, to the Company, the Guarantors or any nondefaulting Initial Purchaser for damages occasioned by its default hereunder.

 

10.  Termination .  This Agreement shall be subject to termination in the absolute discretion of the Representatives, by notice given to the Company prior to delivery of and

 

 

20



 

payment for the Securities, if at any time prior to such time (i) trading in the Company’s Common Stock shall have been suspended by the Toronto Stock Exchange or trading in securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange or the Toronto Stock Exchange shall have been suspended or limited or minimum prices shall have been established on either of such Exchanges; (ii) a banking moratorium shall have been declared by U.S. Federal, Canadian or New York State authorities; or (iii) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities, declaration by the United States or Canada of a national emergency or war or other calamity or crisis the effect of which on the financial markets is such as to make it, in the sole judgment of the Representatives, impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering or delivery of the Securities as contemplated by the Offering Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto).

 

11.  Representations and Indemnities to Survive .  The respective agreements, representations, warranties, indemnities and other statements of the Company, the Guarantors or their officers and of the Initial Purchasers set forth in or made pursuant to this Agreement will remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Initial Purchasers or the Company, the Guarantors or any of the officers, directors, employees, agents or controlling persons referred to in Section 8 hereof, and will survive delivery of and payment for the Securities.  The provisions of Sections 7 and 8 hereof shall survive the termination or cancellation of this Agreement.

 

12.  Notices .  All communications hereunder will be in writing and effective only on receipt, and, if sent to the Representatives, will be mailed, delivered or telefaxed to the Citigroup Global Markets General Counsel (fax no.:  (212) 816-7912) and confirmed to the General Counsel, Citigroup Global Markets at 388 Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10013 Attention:  General Counsel; or, if sent to the Company or any Guarantor, will be mailed, delivered or telefaxed c/o Corporate Secretary (fax no.: (819) 363-5127) and confirmed to it at 404 Marie-Victorin Boulevard, Kingsey Falls, Quebec, Canada J0A 1B0, attention of the Legal Department.

 

13.  Successors .  This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and the officers, directors, employees, agents and controlling persons referred to in Section 8 hereof, and, except as expressly set forth in Section 5(h) hereof, no other person will have any right or obligation hereunder.

 

14.  Applicable Law .  This Agreement and any claim, counterclaim or dispute of any kind or nature whatsoever arising out of or in any way relating to this Agreement (“ Claim ”), directly or indirectly, shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed within the State of New York.

 

15.  Submission to Jurisdiction .  Except as set forth below, no Claim may be commenced, prosecuted or continued in any court other than any New York State or U.S. federal court located in the Borough of Manhattan, the city of New York, New York, which courts shall have exclusive jurisdiction over the adjudication of such matters, and each of the Company and the Guarantors consents to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of such courts and personal service with respect thereto.  Each of the Company and the Guarantors hereby consents to personal

 

 

21



 

jurisdiction, service and venue in any court in which any Claim arising out of or in any way relating to this Agreement is brought by any third party against any Initial Purchaser or any indemnified party.  Each of the Initial Purchasers, the Company and the Guarantors (on their respective behalf and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, on behalf of their respective shareholders and affiliates) waives all right to trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim (whether based upon contract, tort or otherwise) in any way arising out of or relating to this Agreement.  The Company and the Guarantors agree that a final judgment in any such action, proceeding or counterclaim brought in any such court shall be conclusive and binding upon the Company and the Guarantors, as the case may be, and may be enforced in any other courts in the jurisdiction of which the Company and the Guarantors are or may be subject, by suit upon such judgment.

 

By execution and delivery of this Agreement, each of the Company and the Guarantors acknowledges that it has, by separate written instrument, appointed and designated, without power of revocation, Cascades Boxboard U.S., Inc., with offices on the date hereof located at 2255 Global Way, Hebron, Kentucky 41048, as its authorized agent (the “Authorized Agent”) to accept and acknowledge on its behalf service of any and all process which may be served in any Claim in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby brought in any New York State or U.S. federal court located in the Borough of Manhattan, the city of New York, New York.  Such service may be made by delivering a copy of such process to each of the Company and such Guarantor in care of the Authorized Agent at the address specified above for the Authorized Agent and obtaining a receipt therefor, and each of the Company and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs the Authorized Agent to accept such service on its behalf.  Each of the Company and the Guarantors represents and warrants that the Authorized Agent has agreed to act as said agent for service of process, and agrees that service of process in such manner upon the Authorized Agent shall be deemed to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, in every respect effective service of process upon each of the Company and such Guarantor in any Claim.  Each of the Company and the Guarantors further agree to take any and all action, including the execution and filing of any and all such documents and instruments, as may be necessary to continue such designation and appointment of the Authorized Agent in full force and effect.  Nothing herein contained shall, however, in any manner limit the rights of the Initial Purchasers to serve process in any other manner permitted by applicable law or obtain jurisdiction over the Company or any of the Guarantors or bring suits, actions or proceedings against the Company or any of the Guarantors in such other jurisdictions, and in such manner as may be permitted by applicable law.

 

If the Authorized Agent is consolidated with or merged into a Guarantor incorporated in the United States (a “U.S. Guarantor”), then the surviving entity shall succeed as, and shall be substituted for, the Authorized Agent.  If the Authorized Agent is consolidated with or merged into a Subsidiary of the Company that is not a U.S. Guarantor, is sold or transferred to another Person or is liquidated, then the Company shall appoint another U.S. Guarantor or CT Corporation System as the authorized agent for service of process.

 

16.  Waiver of Immunity .  Each of the Company and the Guarantors irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, with respect to itself and its revenues and assets (irrespective of their use or intended use), all immunity on the grounds of sovereignty or other similar grounds from (i) suit, (ii) jurisdiction of any court, (iii) attachment of the

 

 

22



 

Company’s or such Guarantor’s assets (whether before or after judgment) and (iv) execution or enforcement of any judgment arising out of or in any way relating to this Agreement to which the Company or any of the Guarantors or its revenues or assets might otherwise be entitled in any suit, action or proceeding in the courts of any jurisdiction and irrevocably agrees, to the extent permitted by applicable law, that neither the Company nor any of the Guarantors will claim any such immunity in any suit, action or proceeding.

 

17.  Judgment Currency .  Each of the Company and the Guarantors that is not a U.S. person (as that term is defined under Regulation S under the Act) hereby covenant and agree that the following provisions shall apply to conversion of currency in the case of this Agreement:

 

(a) If, for the purposes of obtaining judgment in, or enforcing the judgment of, any court, it becomes necessary to convert a sum due hereunder into any currency other than U.S. dollars, the parties hereto agree, to the fullest extent that they may effectively do so, that the rate of exchange used shall be the rate at which in accordance with normal banking procedures Citigroup Global Markets could purchase U.S. dollars with such other currency in the city of New York on the Business Day preceding that on which final judgment is given.  The obligations of the Company or any Guarantor in respect of any sum due from it to any Initial Purchaser shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency other than U.S. Dollars, not be discharged until the first Business Day, following receipt by such Initial Purchaser of any sum adjudged to be so due in such other currency, on which (and only to the extent that ) such Initial Purchaser may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase U.S. dollars with such other currency.

 

(b) The Company and each Guarantor hereby agrees to indemnify the Initial Purchasers and each other indemnified party related to any Initial Purchaser against any loss incurred by any of them as a result of any judgment or order being given or made for any amount due under this Agreement and such judgment or order being expressed and paid in the judgment currency and as a result of any variation as between (i) the rate of exchange at which the U.S. dollar amount is converted into the judgment currency for the purpose of such judgment or order and (ii) the spot rate of exchange in the city of New York at which the Company or such Guarantor on the date of payment of judgment or order is able to purchase U.S. dollars with the amount of the judgment currency actually paid by the Company or such Guarantor.  The foregoing indemnity shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any such judgment or order as aforesaid.  The term “spot rate of exchange” shall include any premiums and costs of exchange payable in connection with the purchase of, or conversion into, U.S. dollars.

 

18.  Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

19.  Obligations Joint and Several .  Each of the representations, warranties, covenants and other agreements of the Company contained in this Agreement or in any other

 

 

23



 

agreement, document, certificate or instrument entered into or delivered in connection herewith shall be deemed to be the joint and several obligation of each Guarantor.

 

20.  Headings .  The section headings used herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

21.  Exclusive Agreement .  In the event that any subject matter covered by the terms of this Agreement is also covered by any other arrangement among the parties hereto, the terms of this Agreement shall control.

 

22.  Definitions .  The terms that follow, when used in this Agreement, shall have the meanings indicated.

 

“Act” shall mean the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

 

“Affiliate” shall have the meaning specified in Rule 501(b) of Regulation D.

 

“Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions or trust companies are authorized or obligated by law to close in the city of New York or the city of Montreal.

 

“Capital Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any shares or other equivalents (however designated) of any class of corporate stock or partnership interests or any other participations, rights, warrants, options or other interests in the nature of an equity interest in such Person, including preferred stock, but excluding any debt security convertible or exchangeable into such equity interest.

 

“Citigroup Global Markets” shall mean Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

 

“Commission” shall mean the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

“Exchange Act” shall mean the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

 

“Execution Time” shall mean, the date and time that this Agreement is executed and delivered by the parties hereto.

 

“Investment Company Act” shall mean the U.S. Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

 

“Material Adverse Effect” shall mean, with respect to the Company, any effect that is materially adverse to the condition (financial or otherwise), prospects, earnings, business or properties of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business.

 

“NASD” shall mean the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.

 

 

24



 

“Person” shall mean any individual, corporation, company (including any limited liability company), association, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

 

“Regulation D” shall mean Regulation D under the Act.

 

“Regulation S” shall mean Regulation S under the Act.

 

“Subsidiary” shall mean, in respect of any Person, any corporation, company (including any limited liability company), association, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization or other business entity of which a majority of the total voting power of all classes of Capital Stock then outstanding and normally entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by:

 

(a) such Person,

 

(b) such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or

 

(c) one or more Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

“Trust Indenture Act” shall mean the U.S. Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

 

“U.S.” or the “United States” shall mean the United States of America.

 

 ”You” or “Your” shall mean Citigroup Global Markets.

 

 

25



 

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to us the enclosed duplicate hereof, whereupon this Agreement and your acceptance shall represent a binding agreement between the Company and the several Initial Purchasers.

 

Very truly yours,

 

For the Company:

 

Cascades Inc.

 

By

/s/ Robert F. Hall

 

Name: Robert F. Hal

 

 

Title: Vice President Legal Affairs

 

 

 

For the Guarantors:

 

Cadmus and Cascades Recycling, Inc.

Cascades Agri-Pak, Inc.

Cascades Auburn Fiber Inc.

Cascades Diamond, Inc.

Cascades Dominion Inc.

Cascades East Angus Inc.

Cascades Enviropac Inc.

Cascades Fine Papers Group (Sales) Inc.

Cascades Fine Papers Group (USA) Inc.

Cascades Fine Papers Group Inc.

Cascades Fine Papers Group Thunder Bay Inc.

Cascades Forma-Pak Inc.

Cascades Inopak Inc.

Cascades Lupel Inc.

Cascades Moulded Pulp, Inc.

Cascades Multi-Pro Inc.

Cascades Plastics Inc.

Cascades SPG Holding Inc.

Cascades Tissue Group — California Inc.

Cascades Tissue Group — IFC Disposables Inc.

Cascades Tissue Group — Mechanicville Inc.

Cascades Tissue Group — New York Inc.

Cascades Tissue Group — North Carolina Inc.

Cascades Tissue Group — Oregon Inc.

Cascades Tissue Group — Pennsylvania Inc.

Cascades Tissue Group — Wisconsin Inc.

Cascades Tissue Group Inc.

Désencrage C.M.D. Inc.

Marathon Graphic Art Distributor Inc.

Matériaux Cascades Inc.

Plastiques Cascades Inc.

Wood Wyant Inc.

2851-5351 Québec Inc. (Commec enr.)

3815285 Canada Inc.

3815315 Canada Inc.

4089235 Canada Inc.

4089260 Canada Inc.

4089278 Canada Inc.

4089294 Canada Inc.

Cascades Boxboard Group Inc.

Cascades Boxboard Inc.

Cascades Boxboard U.S., Inc.

Cascades FjordCell Inc.

Cascades Boxboard U.S. Holdings, Inc.

 

 

By

  /s/ Robert Hall

 

Name: Robert Hall

Title: Duly authorized officer or director

 

 

26



 

The foregoing Agreement is hereby

confirmed and accepted as of the

date first above written.

 

 

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

 

 

By: Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

 

 

By:

    /s/ Svetoslav Nikov

 

 

Name:

Svetoslav Nikov

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

For themselves and the other several Initial

Purchasers named in Schedule I to

the foregoing Agreement.

 

27


 



Exhibit 1.4

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

CASCADES INC.

 

US$125,000,000

 

7¼% Senior Notes Due 2013

 

Purchase Agreement

 

New York, New York

November 23, 2004

 

CIBC World Markets Corp.

425 Lexington Avenue, 3 rd Floor

New York, New York 10017

 

Scotia Capital (USA) Inc.

1 Liberty Plaza, 25 th Floor

New York, NY 10016

 

as Representatives of the Initial Purchasers in Schedule I hereto

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Cascades Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the Province of Québec (the “Company”), proposes to issue and sell to the several parties named in Schedule I hereto (the “Initial Purchasers”), for whom you (the “Representatives”) are acting as representatives, US$125,000,000 principal amount of its 7¼% Senior Notes Due 2013 (the “Notes,” and together with the Guarantees (as defined below), the “Securities”).  The Securities are to be issued under the indenture, dated as of February 5, 2003, among the Company, the Guarantors (as defined below) and The Bank of New York, as trustee (the “Trustee”), as amended by the First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 30, 2003, the Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 30, 2003, the Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 16, 2004, the Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 8, 2004, and the Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 26, 2004, each among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee (as so amended, the “Indenture”).  The sale of the Securities to the Initial Purchasers will be made without registration of the Securities under the Act in reliance upon exemptions from the registration requirements of the Act.  However, the Securities will have the benefit of a registration rights agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”), to be dated as of the Closing Date (as defined below), among the Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers, pursuant to which the Company and the Guarantors will agree to register a new series of notes (the “Exchange Notes”) and related guarantees (the “Exchange Guarantees” and, together with the Exchange Notes, the “Exchange Securities”) under the Act, subject to the terms and conditions specified therein.  Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Exchange Securities will be offered in exchange for the Securities.

 

The Notes will be unconditionally guaranteed (the “Guarantees”) by each of the Company’s Subsidiaries that are set forth on the signature page hereto (the “Guarantors”).  To

 



 

the extent there are no additional parties listed on Schedule I other than you, the term “Representatives” as used herein shall mean you as the Initial Purchasers, and the terms Representatives and Initial Purchasers shall mean either the singular or plural as the context requires.  The use of the neuter in this Agreement shall include the feminine and masculine wherever appropriate.  Certain terms used herein are defined in Section 22 hereof.

 

In connection with the sale of the Securities, the Company has prepared an offering memorandum, dated November 23, 2004 (as amended or supplemented at the Execution Time, including the documents incorporated therein by reference and any and all exhibits thereto and together with the Canadian offering memorandum dated November 23, 2004, the “Offering Memorandum”).  The Offering Memorandum sets forth certain information concerning the Company and the Securities.  The Company hereby confirms that it has authorized the use of the Offering Memorandum, and any amendment or supplement thereto, in connection with the offer and sale of the Securities by the Initial Purchasers.

 

1.  Representations and Warranties of the Company and the Guarantors .  The Company and each of the Guarantors, jointly and severally, represent and warrant to each Initial Purchaser as set forth below in this Section 1.

 

(a) At the Execution Time, the Offering Memorandum did not, and on the Closing Date will not (and any amendment or supplement thereto, at the date thereof, on the Closing Date will not), contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided , however , that neither the Company nor any of the Guarantors makes any representation or warranty as to the information contained in or omitted from the Offering Memorandum, or any amendment or supplement thereto, in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company in writing by or on behalf of the Initial Purchasers through the Representatives specifically for inclusion therein.  The Company and the Guarantors hereby acknowledge that the statements set forth in the Offering Memorandum in the first sentence of the last paragraph of the legends, and under the heading “Plan of Distribution” the entire third paragraph, the fourth and fifth sentences of the ninth paragraph, the entire tenth paragraph, and the fifth and sixth sentences of the eleventh paragraph constitute the only information furnished to the Company in writing by or on behalf of the Initial Purchasers for inclusion in the Offering Memorandum (or in any amendment or supplement thereto).  The documents incorporated by reference into the Offering Memorandum, when they were filed with the Commission, complied in all material respects with the requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the commission thereunder.

 

(b) None of the Company, the Guarantors or any of its or their Affiliates, nor any person acting on its or their behalf (other than the Initial Purchasers and their Affiliates, as to whom no representation is made) has engaged in any form of general solicitation or general advertising (within the meaning of Regulation D) in connection with any offer or sale of the Securities in the United States or in any manner involving a public offering within the meaning of Section 4(2) of the Act.

 

2



 

(c) The Securities satisfy the eligibility requirements of Rule 144A(d)(3) under the Act.

 

(d) The Company is a foreign issuer (as defined in Regulation S).

 

(e) None of the Company, the Guarantors or any of its or their Affiliates, nor any Person acting on its or their behalf (other than the Initial Purchasers and their Affiliates, as to whom no representation is made) has, directly or indirectly, made offers or sales of any security, or solicited offers to buy any security, under circumstances that would require the registration of the Securities under the Act or has engaged in any directed selling efforts with respect to the Securities.  Terms used in this paragraph have the meanings given to them by Regulation S.

 

(f) The Company reasonably believes that there is no substantial U.S. market interest (as defined in Regulation S) in the Securities.

 

(g) The Indenture has been duly qualified under the Trust Indenture Act.

 

(h) None of the Company or the Guarantors is, and after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Securities and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Offering Memorandum will be, an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act, without taking account of any exemption arising out of the number of holders of the Company’s securities.

 

(i) None of the Company, the Guarantors or any of its or their Affiliates, nor any person acting on its or their behalf has paid or agreed to pay to any person any compensation for soliciting another to purchase any securities of the Company (except as contemplated by this Agreement and as set forth in or contemplated in the Offering Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto)).

 

(j) None of the Company, the Guarantors or any of its or their Affiliates, nor any person acting on its or their behalf (other than the Initial Purchasers and their Affiliates, as to whom no representation is made) has, directly or indirectly, taken any action designed to cause or which has constituted or which might reasonably be expected to cause or result, under the Exchange Act or otherwise, in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities.

 

(k) Each of the Company, its Subsidiaries listed on Schedule II hereto (the “Significant Subsidiaries”), the Guarantors (the Significant Subsidiaries and the Guarantors, without duplication, being collectively referred to as the “Material Subsidiaries”) and the entities listed on Schedule III hereto (the “Joint Ventures”) has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation or partnership in good standing, where such concept exists, under the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated or organized with full corporate or other power and authority to own or lease, as the case may be, and to operate its properties and conduct its business as described in the Offering Memorandum, and is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation or partnership and is in good standing, where such concept exists, under the

 

3



 

laws of each jurisdiction that requires such qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing would not individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(l) All the outstanding shares of capital stock of each of the Company, its Material Subsidiaries and the Joint Ventures have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully paid and nonassessable where such concepts exist, and, except as otherwise set forth in the Offering Memorandum, all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Subsidiaries are owned by the Company either directly or through wholly-owned Subsidiaries free and clear of any perfected security interest or any other security interests, claims, liens or encumbrances, except for any liens securing indebtedness to be refinanced with the proceeds of the sale of the Securities pursuant hereto and the Senior Credit Facility (as defined below).

 

(m) The Significant Subsidiaries are the only significant subsidiaries of the Company, as defined by Rule l-02(w) of Regulation S-X under the Act.

 

(n) The Company’s authorized equity capitalization is as set forth in the Offering Memorandum.

 

(o) The Securities conform in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Offering Memorandum under the heading “Description of the Notes.”

 

(p) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and each of the Guarantors.

 

(q) The Indenture has been duly authorized and, assuming it was duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Trustee, constitutes a valid, binding and enforceable instrument of the Company and each of the Guarantors (subject, as to enforcement, to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally from time to time in effect and to general principles of equity).

 

(r) The Securities and the Exchange Securities have been duly authorized, and, when executed and authenticated in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture and delivered to and (in the case of the Securities) paid for by the Initial Purchasers or (in the case of the Exchange Securities) delivered to the holders of the Securities in exchange therefor as contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement, will be duly executed and delivered by the Company and each of the Guarantors and will constitute valid, binding and enforceable obligations of the Company and each of the Guarantors entitled to the benefits of the Indenture (subject, as to enforcement, to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally from time to time in effect and to general principles of equity).

 

(s) The Registration Rights Agreement has been duly authorized and, when executed and delivered by the Company and each of the Guarantors, will constitute a valid, binding and enforceable instrument of the Company and each of the Guarantors

 

4



 

(subject, as to enforcement, to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally from time to time in effect and to general principles of equity).

 

(t) Each of the Company and the Guarantors has all requisite corporate power and authority, and has taken all requisite corporate action necessary to enter into and perform this Agreement, the Indenture, the Securities, the Exchange Securities and the Registration Rights Agreement.  No consent, approval, authorization, filing with or order of any court or governmental agency or body is required in connection with the transactions contemplated herein or in the Indenture or the Registration Rights Agreement, except, to the extent required, (i) such as will be obtained under the Act and Canadian federal or provincial securities laws, (ii) such as may be required under the blue sky laws of any jurisdiction in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Securities by the Initial Purchasers and the distribution of the Exchange Securities in the manner contemplated herein and in the Offering Memorandum and the Registration Rights Agreement, and (iii) notices that have been or may have to be filed with appropriate Canadian provincial securities commissions in connection with sales in Canadian jurisdictions along with the Offering Memorandum, accompanied by payment of the requisite fees.

 

(u) Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement, nor the issue and sale of the Securities or the Exchange Securities, nor the consummation of any other of the transactions contemplated herein or therein or in the Offering Memorandum, nor the fulfillment of the terms hereof or thereof will conflict with, result in a breach or violation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or asset of the Company, any of its Material Subsidiaries or any of the Joint Ventures pursuant to (i) the articles of association, certificate of incorporation, by-laws or other organizational documents of the Company, any of its Material Subsidiaries or any of the Joint Ventures; (ii) the terms of any indenture, contract, lease, mortgage, deed of trust, note agreement, loan agreement or other agreement, obligation, condition, covenant or instrument to which the Company, any of its Material Subsidiaries or any of the Joint Ventures is a party or bound or to which its or their property is subject; or (iii) any statute, law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree applicable to the Company, any of its Material Subsidiaries or any of the Joint Ventures of any court, regulatory body, administrative agency, governmental body, arbitrator or other authority having jurisdiction over the Company, any of its Material Subsidiaries or any of the Joint Ventures or any of its or their properties, except in the cases of clauses (ii) and (iii) such as would not have a Material Adverse Effect, and except to the extent that notices may have to be filed with appropriate Canadian provincial securities commissions along with the Offering Memorandum, accompanied by payment of the requisite fees.

 

(v) The consolidated historical financial statements and schedules of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries incorporated by reference into the Offering Memorandum present fairly in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of the dates and for the periods indicated, comply as to form with the applicable accounting

 

5



 

requirements of the Act and have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in Canada (“Canadian GAAP”) applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved with a note to such financial statements reconciling them to generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“US GAAP”).  The historical financial information set forth under the captions “Summary” and “Selected Historical Financial Information” included in the Offering Memorandum fairly present, on the basis stated in the Offering Memorandum, the information included therein.  The financial data in the line item entitled “Pro forma interest expense” and the related footnote thereto, set forth under the caption “Summary – Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial Information” included in the Offering Memorandum include assumptions that provide a reasonable basis for presenting the significant effects directly attributable to the transactions and events described therein, the related pro forma adjustments give appropriate effect to those assumptions, and the pro forma adjustments reflect the proper application of those adjustments to the historical financial statement amounts of the Company.

 

(w) Except as described in the Offering Memorandum, no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company, any of its Material Subsidiaries or any of the Joint Ventures or its or their directors, officers or property is pending or, to the best knowledge of the Company, threatened that (i) would have a material adverse effect on the performance of this Agreement, the Indenture or the Registration Rights Agreement, or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or (ii) would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(x) Each of the Company, its Material Subsidiaries and, to the Company’s knowledge, the Joint Ventures has good and marketable title in fee simple to all real property and good and marketable title to all personal property owned by them, in each case, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and defects except such as are described in the Offering Memorandum, such that do not materially affect the value of such property and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company and its Material Subsidiaries.  All assets held under lease by the Company and its Subsidiaries are held by them under valid and enforceable leases, with such exceptions as are not material and do not interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such assets by the Company and its Material Subsidiaries.

 

(y) Set forth in Schedule IV hereto is a list of all contracts, indentures, mortgages, deeds or trusts, loan or credit agreements, notes, leases or other agreements or instruments to which the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of the Joint Ventures is a party or bound or to which its property is subject, that are material to the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

(z) Neither the Company nor any of its Material Subsidiaries nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any of the Joint Ventures is in violation or default of (i) any provision of its articles of association, certificate of incorporation, by-laws or other organizational documents; (ii) the terms of any indenture, contract, lease, mortgage, deed of trust, note agreement, loan agreement or other agreement, obligation, condition,

 

6



 

covenant or instrument to which the Company, any of its Material Subsidiaries, or any of the Joint Ventures is a party or bound or to which its or their property is subject; or (iii) any statute, law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree of any court, regulatory body, administrative agency, governmental body, arbitrator or other authority having jurisdiction over the Company, any of its Material Subsidiaries, or any of the Joint Ventures or any of its or their properties, as applicable, except, in the cases of clauses (ii) and (iii), such as would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(aa)         PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, who have certified certain consolidated financial statements of the Company and delivered their report with respect to such audited consolidated financial statements incorporated by reference into the Offering Memorandum, are independent public accountants with respect to the Company within the meaning of the Act and the applicable published rules and regulations thereunder.

 

(bb)         There are no stamp or other issuance or transfer taxes or duties or other similar fees or charges required to be paid in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement or the Indenture by the Company or the Guarantors or the issuance or sale of the Securities or the Exchange Securities by the Company or the Guarantors.

 

(cc)         All interest, principal, premium (if any) and other payments due or made on the Securities or the Exchange Securities may be paid by the Company to each holder thereof in U.S. dollars that may be freely transferred out of Canada, and, except for payments made to a holder with which the Company does not deal at arm’s length (within the meaning of the Income Tax Act (Canada)) at the time the payment is made, all such payments made to holders who are non-residents of Canada will not be subject to income, withholding or other taxes under laws and regulations of Canada or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein and will otherwise be free and clear of any other tax, duty, withholding or deduction in Canada or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein and without the necessity of obtaining any governmental authorization in Canada or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein.

 

(dd)         The Company has filed all foreign, federal, provincial, state and local tax returns that are required to be filed or has requested extensions thereof, except in any case in which the failure so to file would not have a Material Adverse Effect, and has paid all taxes required to be paid by it and any other assessment, fine or penalty levied against it, to the extent that any of the foregoing is due and payable, except for any such assessment, fine or penalty that is currently being contested in good faith or as would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(ee)         Since the date of the most recent financial statements incorporated by reference into the Offering Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto), there has been no material adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise), prospects, earnings, business or properties of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary

 

7



 

course of business, except as set forth in or contemplated by the Offering Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto).

 

(ff)           No labor problem or dispute with the employees of the Company, any of its Material Subsidiaries or any of the Joint Ventures exists, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Offering Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto), or, to the knowledge of the Company, is threatened or imminent; there are no amounts owing or promised by the Company, any of its Material Subsidiaries or, to the Company’s knowledge, any of the Joint Ventures to any present or former directors or employees of the Company, any of its Material Subsidiaries or, to the Company’s knowledge, any of the Joint Ventures, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Offering Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto); and no individuals named in the Offering Memorandum under the caption “Management” have given or been given notice terminating their contracts of employment, except such as would not have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(gg)         Each of the Company, its Material Subsidiaries and, to the Company’s knowledge, the Joint Ventures is insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are prudent and customary in the businesses in which they are engaged; and neither the Company nor any of its Material Subsidiaries nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any of the Joint Ventures has any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(hh)         Except as described in or contemplated by the Offering Memorandum, no Material Subsidiary of the Company is currently prohibited, directly or indirectly, from paying any dividends to the Company or any other Subsidiary, from making any other distribution on such Subsidiary’s capital stock, from repaying to the Company or any other Subsidiary any loans or advances to such Subsidiary from the Company or from transferring any of such Subsidiary’s property or assets to the Company or any other Subsidiary, except that no representation is made regarding prohibitions imposed by laws and regulations applicable to companies organized outside Canada and the United States.

 

(ii)           Each of the Company, its Material Subsidiaries and, to the Company’s knowledge, the Joint Ventures possesses all licenses, certificates, permits and other authorizations issued by the appropriate federal, provincial, state or foreign regulatory authorities necessary to conduct their respective businesses, except such as would not have a Material Adverse Effect; and neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any of the Joint Ventures has received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such certificate, authorization or permit which, singly or in the aggregate, would likely result in an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding or would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

8



 

(jj)           Each of the Company, its Material Subsidiaries and, to the Company’s knowledge, the Joint Ventures maintains a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with Canadian GAAP and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.

 

(kk)         No holder of securities of the Company or any Subsidiary will be entitled to have such securities registered under the registration statements required to be filed by the Company pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement other than as expressly permitted thereby.

 

(ll)           To the best knowledge of the Company, each of the Company, its Material Subsidiaries and the Joint Ventures (i) is in compliance with any and all applicable U.S., Canadian, foreign, federal, provincial, state and local laws and regulations relating to the protection of human health and safety, the environment or hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants (“Environmental Laws”); (ii) has received and is in compliance with all permits, licenses or other approvals required of it under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct its businesses; and (iii) has not received notice of any actual or potential liability for the investigation or remediation of any disposal or release of hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants, except, in each ease, where such failure would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect; except as set forth in the Offering Memorandum, neither the Company nor any of the Material Subsidiaries nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any of the Joint Ventures has been named as a “potentially responsible party” under the U.S. Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended.

 

(mm)       In the ordinary course of its business, the Company periodically reviews the effect of Environmental Laws on the business, operations and properties of the Company and its Subsidiaries, in the course of which it identifies and evaluates associated costs and liabilities (including, without limitation, any capital or operating expenditures required for clean-up, closure of properties or compliance with Environmental Laws, or any permit, license or approval, any related constraints on operating activities and any potential liabilities to third parties); on the basis of such review, the Company has reasonably concluded that such associated costs and liabilities would not, singly or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(nn)         The Company, its Material Subsidiaries and, to the Company’s knowledge, the Joint Ventures own, possess, license or have other rights to use, on reasonable terms, all patents, patent applications, trade and service marks, trade and service mark registrations, trade names, copyrights, licenses, inventions, trade secrets, technology, know-how and other intellectual property (collectively, the “Intellectual Property”) necessary for the conduct of the Company’s business as now conducted or as

 

9



 

proposed in the Offering Memorandum to be conducted, except where the failure to own, possess, license or have other rights to use such Intellectual Property would not have a Material Adverse Effect.  There is no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the validity or scope of any of the Intellectual Property, and the Company is unaware of any facts that would form a reasonable basis for any such claim. There is no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others that the Company or any of its Material Subsidiaries infringes or otherwise violates any patent, trademark, copyright, trade secret or other proprietary rights of others, and the Company is unaware of any other fact that would form a reasonable basis for any such claim.

 

(oo)         Each of the Company, its Material Subsidiaries and, to the Company’s knowledge, the Joint Ventures has fulfilled its obligations, if any, under the minimum funding standards of Section 302 of the United States Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder with respect to each “plan” (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA and such regulations and published interpretations) in which employees of the Company, its Material Subsidiaries and the Joint Ventures are eligible to participate, and each such plan is in compliance in all material respects with the presently applicable provisions of ERISA and such regulations and published interpretations, except for such failures as would not have a Material Adverse Effect.  Neither the Company, nor any of its Material Subsidiaries, nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any of the Joint Ventures has incurred any unpaid liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (other than for the payment of premiums in the ordinary course) or to any such plan under Title IV of ERISA or to any other pension plan on an ongoing or termination basis, except for such failures as would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(pp)         Immediately after the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Offering Memorandum, the fair value and present fair saleable value of the assets of each of the Company and of the Guarantors will exceed the sum of its stated liabilities and identified contingent liabilities.  Neither the Company nor any of the Guarantors is, nor will the Company or any of the Guarantors be, after giving effect to the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the Indenture, the Securities and the Registration Rights Agreement and the consummation of any other of the transactions contemplated herein or therein or in the Offering Memorandum, (A) left with unreasonably small capital with which to carry on its business as it is proposed to be conducted, (B) unable to pay its debts (contingent or otherwise) as they mature or (C) otherwise insolvent.

 

(qq)         The Company has no reason to believe that the statistical and market-related data included in the Offering Memorandum are based on or derived from sources that are not reliable and accurate.

 

(rr)           Each of the relationships and transactions specified in Item 404 of Regulation S-K that would have been required to be described in a prospectus if this offering had been registered under the Act has been so described in the Offering Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto).

 

10



 

(ss)         Except for the Guarantors, the Company has no Subsidiaries organized under the laws of Canada, any province thereof, or any state of the United States.

 

(tt)           There is, and has been, no failure on the part of the Company or its Subsidiaries, or any of their directors or officers, in their capacities as such, to comply with any provision of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith as applicable to the Company and its Subsidiaries.

 

Any certificate signed by any officer of the Company or any Guarantor and delivered to the Representatives or counsel for the Initial Purchasers in connection with the offering of the Securities shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Company or such Guarantor, as to matters covered thereby, to each Initial Purchaser.

 

2.  Purchase and Sale .  Subject to the terms and conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties herein set forth, the Company and the Guarantors agree to sell to each Initial Purchaser, and each Initial Purchaser agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company and the Guarantors, at an aggregate purchase price of 105.6549% of the principal amount thereof, the principal amount of Securities set forth opposite such Initial Purchaser’s name in Schedule I hereto.  The parties understand that this aggregate purchase price consists of a base purchase price for the Securities of 105.5000% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued interest of 2.1549% from August 15, 2004 to the Closing Date.

 

3.  Delivery and Payment .  Delivery of and payment for the Securities shall be made no later than 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on December 2, 2004, or at such time on such later date as the Representatives shall designate, which date and time may be postponed by agreement between the Representatives and the Company or as provided in Section 9 hereof (such date and time of delivery and payment for the Securities being herein called the “Closing Date”).  Delivery of the Securities shall be made to the Representatives for the respective accounts of the several Initial Purchasers against payment by the several Initial Purchasers through the Representatives of the purchase price thereof to or upon the order of the Company by wire transfer payable in same-day funds to the account specified by the Company.  The Securities shall be delivered in such names, forms and amounts as the Representatives shall specify at least two Business Days in advance of the Closing Date, and delivery shall be made through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company unless the Representatives shall otherwise instruct.

 

4.  Representations and Warranties of the Initial Purchasers .  Each Initial Purchaser, severally and not jointly, represents and warrants to and agrees with the Company and the Guarantors that:

 

(a) It has not offered or sold, and will not offer or sell, any Securities except (i) to those it reasonably believes to be qualified institutional buyers (as defined in Rule 144A under the Act (“Rule 144A”)) and that, in connection with each such sale, it has taken or will take reasonable steps to ensure that the purchaser of such Securities is aware that such sale is being made in reliance on Rule 144A; or (ii) in accordance with the restrictions set forth in Schedule V hereto.

 

11



 

(b) Neither it nor any person acting on its behalf has made or will make offers or sales of the Securities in the United States by means of any form of general solicitation or general advertising (within the meaning of Regulation D) in the United States.

 

(c) It is either a qualified institutional buyer (as defined in Rule 144A) or an “accredited investor” (within the meaning of Regulation D).

 

(d) It will comply with the Selling Restrictions for offers and sales outside the United States as set forth in Schedule V hereto.

 

5.  Agreements .  The Company agrees with each Initial Purchaser that:

 

(a) The Company will furnish to each Initial Purchaser and to counsel for the Initial Purchasers, without charge, during the period referred to in paragraph (c) below, as many copies of the Offering Memorandum and any amendments and supplements thereto as they may reasonably request.

 

(b) The Company will not amend or supplement the Offering Memorandum unless, prior to a proposed amendment or supplement, the Company shall have furnished the Representatives a copy of such document for review and the Representatives shall not have reasonably objected to such document.

 

(c) If at any time prior to the completion of the sale of the Securities by the Initial Purchasers (as determined by the Representatives), any event occurs as a result of which the Offering Memorandum, as then amended or supplemented, would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or if it should be necessary to amend or supplement the Offering Memorandum to comply with applicable law, the Company promptly (i) will notify the Representatives of any such event or non-compliance; (ii) subject to the requirements of paragraph (b) of this Section 5, will prepare an amendment or supplement that will correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance; and (iii) will supply any supplemented or amended Offering Memorandum to the several Initial Purchasers and counsel for the Initial Purchasers without charge in such quantities as they may reasonably request.  The Company will also promptly inform the Representatives of any litigation or administrative action with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Offering Memorandum.

 

(d) The Company will arrange, if necessary, for the qualification of the Securities for sale by the Initial Purchasers under the laws of such jurisdictions as the Initial Purchasers may reasonably designate and will maintain such qualifications in effect so long as required for the sale of the Securities by the Initial Purchasers; provided that in no event shall the Company be obligated to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not now so qualified or to take any action that would subject it to service of process in suits in any jurisdiction in which it is not now so subject.  The Company will promptly advise the Representatives of the receipt by the Company of any

 

12



 

notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose.

 

(e) None of the Company, the Guarantors or any of its or their Affiliates, nor any person acting on its or their behalf (other than the Initial Purchasers and their Affiliates, as to whom no representation is made) will, prior to completion of the exchange offer to be made by the Company pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, resell any Securities that have been acquired by any of them.  The Company will cause all Securities accepted in such exchange offer to be canceled.

 

(f) None of the Company, the Guarantors or any of its or their Affiliates, nor any person acting on its or their behalf (other than the Initial Purchasers and their Affiliates, as to whom no representation is made) will, directly or indirectly, make offers or sales of any security, or solicit offers to buy any security, under circumstances that would require the registration of the Securities under the Act.

 

(g) None of the Company, the Guarantors or any of its or their Affiliates, nor any person acting on its or their behalf (other than the Initial Purchasers and their Affiliates, as to whom no representation is made) will engage in any form of general solicitation or general advertising (within the meaning of Regulation D) in connection with any offer or sale of the Securities in the United States.

 

(h) So long as any of the Securities are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the Act, the Company will, during any period in which it is not subject to and in compliance with Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or it is not exempt from such reporting requirements pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 12g3-2(b) under the Exchange Act, provide to each holder of such restricted securities and to each prospective purchaser (as designated by such holder) of such restricted securities, upon the request of such holder or prospective purchaser, any information required to be provided by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Act.

 

(i) None of the Company, the Guarantors or any of its or their Affiliates, nor any person acting on its or their behalf (other than the Initial Purchasers and their Affiliates, as to whom no representation is made) will engage in any directed selling efforts with respect to the Securities.  Terms used in this paragraph have the meanings given to them by Regulation S.

 

(j) The Company will cooperate with the Representatives and use its reasonable best efforts to permit the Securities and the Exchange Securities to be eligible for clearance and settlement through The Depository Trust Company.

 

(k) None of the Company, the Guarantors or any of its or their Affiliates will, for a period of 180 days following the Execution Time, without the prior written consent of the Representatives, offer, sell or contract to sell, or otherwise dispose of (or enter into any transaction that is designed to, or might reasonably be expected to, result in the disposition (whether by actual disposition or effective economic disposition due to cash settlement or otherwise) by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company or any

 

13



 

person in privity with the Company or any Affiliate of the Company), directly or indirectly, or announce the offering of, any debt securities issued or guaranteed by the Company (other than the Securities and the Exchange Securities), except that the foregoing shall not apply to any offering of debt securities whose proceeds are used substantially to purchase all the capital stock of Norampac Inc. not currently owned by the Company.

 

(l) None of the Company, the Guarantors or any of its or their Affiliates will take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or which has constituted or which might reasonably be expected to cause or result, under the Exchange Act or otherwise, in stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities or the Exchange Securities.

 

(m) The Company will apply the net proceeds from the sale of the Securities as set forth under the heading “Use of Proceeds” in the Offering Memorandum.

 

(n) The Company agrees to pay the costs and expenses relating to the transactions contemplated hereunder, including, without limitation, the following:  (i) the preparation of the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement, the issuance of the Securities and the Exchange Securities and the fees of the Trustee; (ii) the preparation, printing or reproduction of the Offering Memorandum and each amendment or supplement to either of them; (iii) the printing (or reproduction) and delivery (including postage, air freight charges and charges for counting and packaging) of such copies of the Offering Memorandum, and all amendments or supplements to either of them, as may, in each case, be reasonably requested for use in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities; (iv) the preparation, printing, authentication, issuance and delivery of certificates for the Securities, including any stamp or transfer taxes in connection with the original issuance and sale of the Securities; (v) the printing (or reproduction) and delivery of this Agreement, any blue sky memorandum and all other agreements or documents printed (or reproduced) and delivered in connection with the offering of the Securities; (vi) any registration or qualification of the Securities for offer and sale under the blue sky laws of the several states or any jurisdiction outside the United States and Canada (including filing fees and the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the Initial Purchasers relating to such registration and qualification not to exceed US$10,000); (vii) admitting the Securities for trading in the PORTAL Market; (viii) the reasonable transportation and other expenses incurred by or on behalf of Company representatives in connection with presentations to prospective purchasers of the Securities; (ix) the fees and expenses of the Company’s accountants and the fees and expenses of counsel (including local and special counsel) for the Company; and (x) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder.

 

(o) The Company will, for a period of twelve months following the Execution Time, furnish to the Initial Purchasers all reports or other communications (financial or other) generally made available to stockholders, and deliver to the Initial Purchasers (i) as soon as they are available, copies of any reports and financial statements furnished to or filed with the Commission or any securities exchange on which any class of securities of the Company is listed and (ii) such additional information concerning the

 

14



 

business and financial condition of the Company as the Initial Purchasers may from time to time reasonably request (such statements to be on a consolidated basis to the extent the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries are consolidated in reports furnished to stockholders).

 

(p) In connection with sales in Canada, the Company agrees to make all filings reasonably required to be made with securities regulatory authorities in Canada with respect to the offering, sale and delivery of the Securities to the Initial Purchasers or their Affiliates and the initial resale of the Securities by the Initial Purchasers to purchasers in Canada, including, without limitation, any required reports of the trades constituting such initial resales, and to pay all filing or other fees applicable in connection therewith.

 

6.  Conditions to the Obligations of the Initial Purchasers .  The obligations of the Initial Purchasers to purchase the Securities shall be subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties on the part of the Company and the Guarantors contained herein at the Execution Time and the Closing Date pursuant to Section 1 hereof, to the accuracy of the statements of the Company and the Guarantors made in any certificates pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the performance by the Company and the Guarantors of its or their obligations hereunder and to the following additional conditions:

 

(a) The Company shall have requested and caused Fraser Milner Casgrain LLP, Canadian counsel to the Company and the Guarantors, to furnish to the Representatives its opinion, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto.

 

(b) The Company shall have requested and caused Jones Day, U.S. counsel to the Company and the Guarantors, to furnish to the Representatives its opinion, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives, substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto.

 

(c) The Company shall have requested and caused Torys LLP, U.S. counsel to the Company, to furnish to the Representatives its opinion, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives, substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto.

 

(d) The Company shall have requested and caused Robert F. Hall, Vice President, Legal Affairs and Corporate Secretary of the Company, to furnish to the Representatives his opinion, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives, substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto.

 

(e) The Company shall have requested and caused Manning, Fulton & Skinner, P.A., special North Carolina counsel to the Company, to furnish to the Representatives its opinion, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives, substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto.

 

(f) The Company shall have requested and caused Jones Day, special French counsel to the Company, to furnish to the Representatives its opinion, dated the

 

15



 

Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives, substantially in the form of Exhibit F hereto.

 

(g) The Company shall have requested and caused Jones Day, special German counsel to the Company, to furnish to the Representatives its opinion, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives, substantially in the form of Exhibit G hereto.

 

(h) The Company shall have requested and caused Jones Day, special U.K. counsel to the Company, to furnish to the Representatives its opinion, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives, substantially in the form of Exhibit H hereto.

 

(i) The Representatives shall have received from Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP, U.S. counsel for the Initial Purchasers, such opinion or opinions, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives, with respect to the issuance and sale of the Securities, the Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Offering Memorandum (as amended or supplemented at the Closing Date) and other related matters as the Representatives may reasonably require, and the Company shall have furnished to such counsel such documents as they request for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon such matters.

 

(j) The Representatives shall have received from Davies Ward Phillips & Vineberg LLP, Canadian counsel for the Initial Purchasers, such opinion or opinions, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives, with respect to the issuance and sale of the Securities, the Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Offering Memorandum (as amended or supplemented at the Closing Date) and other related matters as the Representatives may reasonably require, and the Company shall have furnished to such counsel such documents as they request for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon such matters.

 

(k) The Company, on behalf of itself and each Guarantor, shall have furnished to the Representatives a certificate of the Company, signed by the Chairman of the Board or the President and the principal financial or accounting officer of the Company, dated the Closing Date, to the effect that the signers of such certificate have carefully examined the Offering Memorandum, any amendment or supplement to the Offering Memorandum and this Agreement and that (i) the representations and warranties of each of the Company and the Guarantors in this Agreement are true and correct on and as of the Closing Date with the same effect as if made on the Closing Date, and each of the Company and the Guarantors has complied with all the agreements and satisfied all the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to the Closing Date; and (ii) since September 30, 2004, there has been no material adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise), prospects, earnings, business or properties of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, except as set forth in or contemplated by the Offering Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto).

 

16



 

(l) At the Execution Time and at the Closing Date, the Company shall have requested and caused PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP to furnish to the Representatives letters, dated respectively as of the Execution Time and as of the Closing Date, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit I (with respect to the letter dated as of the Execution Time) and in the form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives (with respect to the letter dated as of the Closing Date).

 

(m) The Company and each of the Guarantors shall have entered into the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

(n) The Securities shall have been designated as PORTAL-eligible securities in accordance with the rules and regulations of the NASD, and the Securities shall be eligible for clearance and settlement through The Depository Trust Company.

 

(o) Subsequent to the Execution Time and on or prior to the Closing Date, there shall not have been any decrease in the rating of any of the Company’s debt securities (including the Securities) by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” (as defined for purposes of Rule 436(g) under the Act) or any notice given of any intended or potential decrease in any such rating or of a possible change in any such rating that does not indicate the direction of the possible change.

 

(p) Prior to the Closing Date, the Company shall have obtained all consents, approvals, authorizations and orders of, and shall have duly made all registrations, qualifications and filing with, any court or regulatory authority or other governmental agency or instrumentality required in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Offering Memorandum and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, except where the failure to have done so (i) would not have a material adverse effect on the performance of this Agreement or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby, and (ii) would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(q) Prior to the Closing Date, the Company shall have furnished to the Representatives such further information, certificates and documents as the Representatives may reasonably request.

 

If any of the conditions specified in this Section 6 shall not have been fulfilled in all material respects when and as provided in this Agreement, or if any of the opinions and certificates mentioned above or elsewhere in this Agreement shall not be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Representatives and counsel for the Initial Purchasers, this Agreement and all obligations of the Initial Purchasers hereunder may be canceled at, or at any time prior to, the Closing Date by the Representatives.  Notice of such cancellation shall be given to the Company in writing or by telephone or facsimile confirmed in writing.

 

The documents required to be delivered by this Section 6 shall be delivered at the office of counsel for the Initial Purchasers, Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP, 767 Fifth Avenue, New York, New York 10153, on the Closing Date.

 

7.  Reimbursement of Expenses .  If the sale of the Securities provided for herein is not consummated because any condition to the obligations of the Initial Purchasers set forth in

 

17



 

Section 6 hereof is not satisfied, because of any termination pursuant to Section 10 hereof or because of any refusal, inability or failure on the part of the Company or any Guarantor to perform any agreement herein or comply with any provision hereof other than by reason of a default by any of the Initial Purchasers, the Company will reimburse the Initial Purchasers severally through CIBC World Markets and Scotia Capital on demand for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Initial Purchasers) that shall have been incurred by them in connection with the proposed purchase and sale of the Securities.

 

8.  Indemnification and Contribution .

 

(a) The Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Initial Purchaser, the directors, officers, employees and agents of each Initial Purchaser and each person who controls any Initial Purchaser within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which they or any of them may become subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or other federal, state or foreign statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) relate to, arise out of, or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained or incorporated by reference in the Offering Memorandum (or in any supplement or amendment thereto) or any information provided by the Company or any Guarantor to any holder or prospective purchaser of Securities pursuant to Section 5(h), or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and agrees to reimburse each such indemnified party, as incurred, for any legal or other out-of-pocket expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided , however , that the Company and the Guarantors will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made or incorporated by reference in the Offering Memorandum, or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of any Initial Purchasers through the Representatives specifically for inclusion therein.  This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability that the Company and the Guarantors may otherwise have.

 

(b) Each Initial Purchaser severally and not jointly agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the Guarantors, each of their directors, officers, employees, agents and each person who controls the Company or any Guarantor within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act, to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company and the Guarantors to each Initial Purchaser, but only with reference to written information relating to such Initial Purchaser furnished to the Company and the Guarantors by or on behalf of such Initial Purchaser through the Representatives specifically for inclusion in the Offering Memorandum (or in any

 

18



 

amendment or supplement thereto).  This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability that any Initial Purchaser may otherwise have.

 

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 8 of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section 8, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the indemnifying party (i) will not relieve it from liability under paragraph (a) or (b) above unless and to the extent it did not otherwise learn of such action and such failure results in the forfeiture by the indemnifying party of substantial rights and defenses; and (ii) will not, in any event, relieve the indemnifying party from any obligations to any indemnified party other than the indemnification obligation provided in paragraph (a) or (b) above.  The indemnifying party shall be entitled to appoint counsel (including local counsel) of the indemnifying party’s choice at the indemnifying party’s expense to represent the indemnified party in any action for which indemnification is sought (in which case the indemnifying party shall not thereafter be responsible for the fees and expenses of any separate counsel, other than local counsel if not appointed by the indemnifying party, retained by the indemnified party or parties except as set forth below); provided , however , that such counsel shall be satisfactory to the indemnified party.  Notwithstanding the indemnifying party’s election to appoint counsel (including local counsel) to represent the indemnified party in an action, the indemnified party shall have the right to employ separate counsel for all indemnified parties (including local counsel), and the indemnifying party shall bear the reasonable fees, costs and expenses of such separate counsel if (i) the use of counsel chosen by the indemnifying party to represent the indemnified party would present such counsel with a conflict of interest; (ii) the actual or potential defendants in, or targets of, any such action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties that are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party; (iii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party within a reasonable time after notice of the institution of such action; or (iv) the indemnifying party shall authorize the indemnified party in writing to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party.  An indemnifying party will not, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceeding.

 

(d) In the event that the indemnity provided in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 8 is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party for any reason, the Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Initial Purchasers, on the other, agree to contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending same) (collectively “Losses”) to which the Company and any Guarantor and

 

19



 

one or more of the Initial Purchasers may be subject in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Initial Purchasers, on the other, from the offering of the Securities; provided , however , that in no case shall any Initial Purchaser (except as may be provided in any agreement among the Initial Purchasers relating to the offering of the Securities) be responsible for any amount in excess of the purchase discount or commission applicable to the Securities purchased by such Initial Purchaser hereunder.  If the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is unavailable for any reason, the Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers shall contribute in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of the Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and of the Initial Purchasers, on the other, in connection with the statements, omissions, actions or failure to act that resulted in such Losses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  Benefits received (or anticipated to be received) by the Company and the Guarantors shall be deemed to be equal to the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by it, and benefits received (or anticipated to be received) by the Initial Purchasers shall be deemed to be equal to the total purchase discounts and commissions in each case set forth on the cover page of the Offering Memorandum.  Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any untrue or any alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact or any other alleged conduct relates to information provided by the Company or the Guarantors or other conduct by the Company or the Guarantors, on the one hand, or the Initial Purchasers, on the other, the intent of the parties and their relative knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission.  The Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution were determined by pro rata allocation or any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above.  Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph (d), no person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.  For purposes of this Section 8, each person who controls an Initial Purchaser within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act and each director, officer, employee and agent of an Initial Purchaser shall have the same rights to contribution as such Initial Purchaser, and each person who controls the Company or a Guarantor within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act and each officer and director of the Company or a Guarantor shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company or such Guarantor, subject in each case to the applicable terms and conditions of this paragraph (d).

 

9.  Default by an Initial Purchaser .  If any one or more Initial Purchasers shall fail to purchase and pay for any of the Securities agreed to be purchased by such Initial Purchaser hereunder and such failure to purchase shall constitute a default in the performance of its or their obligations under this Agreement, the remaining Initial Purchasers shall be obligated severally to take up and pay for (in the respective proportions which the amount of Securities set forth opposite their names in Schedule I hereto bears to the aggregate amount of Securities set forth opposite the names of all the remaining Initial Purchasers) the Securities which the defaulting Initial Purchaser or Initial Purchasers agreed but failed to purchase; provided , however , that in

 

20



 

the event that the aggregate amount of Securities that the defaulting Initial Purchaser or Initial Purchasers agreed but failed to purchase shall exceed 10% of the aggregate amount of Securities set forth in Schedule I hereto, the remaining Initial Purchasers shall have the right to purchase all, but shall not be under any obligation to purchase any, of the Securities, and if such nondefaulting Initial Purchasers do not purchase all the Securities, this Agreement will terminate without liability to any nondefaulting Initial Purchaser or the Company and the Guarantors.  In the event of a default by any Initial Purchaser as set forth in this Section 9, the Closing Date shall be postponed for such period, not exceeding five Business Days, as the Representatives shall determine in order that the required changes in the Offering Memorandum or in any other documents or arrangements may be effected.  Nothing contained in this Agreement shall relieve any defaulting Initial Purchaser of its liability, if any, to the Company, the Guarantors or any nondefaulting Initial Purchaser for damages occasioned by its default hereunder.

 

10.  Termination .  This Agreement shall be subject to termination in the absolute discretion of the Representatives, by notice given to the Company prior to delivery of and payment for the Securities, if at any time prior to such time (i) trading in the Company’s Common Stock shall have been suspended by the Toronto Stock Exchange or trading in securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange or the Toronto Stock Exchange shall have been suspended or limited or minimum prices shall have been established on either of such Exchanges; (ii) a banking moratorium shall have been declared by U.S. Federal, Canadian or New York State authorities; or (iii) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities, declaration by the United States or Canada of a national emergency or war or other calamity or crisis the effect of which on the financial markets is such as to make it, in the sole judgment of the Representatives, impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering or delivery of the Securities as contemplated by the Offering Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto).

 

11.  Representations and Indemnities to Survive .  The respective agreements, representations, warranties, indemnities and other statements of the Company, the Guarantors or their officers and of the Initial Purchasers set forth in or made pursuant to this Agreement will remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Initial Purchasers or the Company, the Guarantors or any of the officers, directors, employees, agents or controlling persons referred to in Section 8 hereof, and will survive delivery of and payment for the Securities.  The provisions of Sections 7 and 8 hereof shall survive the termination or cancellation of this Agreement.

 

12.  Notices .  All communications hereunder will be in writing and effective only on receipt, and, if sent to the Representatives, will be mailed, delivered or telefaxed to CIBC World Markets Corp. (fax no.:(917) 332-4320), 425 Lexington Avenue, 3rd Floor, New York, New York 10017, Attention: Joanne Wong, Executive Director and Senior Counsel, and to Scotia Capital (USA) Inc. (fax no.:  (212) 225-6522), 1 Liberty Plaza, 25 th Floor, New York, NY 10016, Attention: Howard Steinberg, U.S. Chief Legal Officer & Head of Compliance; or, if sent to the Company or any Guarantor, will be mailed, delivered or telefaxed c/o Corporate Secretary (fax no.: (819) 363-5127) and confirmed to it at 404 Marie-Victorin Boulevard, Kingsey Falls, Quebec, Canada J0A 1B0, attention of the Legal Department.

 

21



 

13.  Successors .  This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and the officers, directors, employees, agents and controlling persons referred to in Section 8 hereof, and, except as expressly set forth in Section 5(h) hereof, no other person will have any right or obligation hereunder.

 

14.  Applicable Law .  This Agreement and any claim, counterclaim or dispute of any kind or nature whatsoever arising out of or in any way relating to this Agreement (“ Claim ”), directly or indirectly, shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed within the State of New York.

 

15.  Submission to Jurisdiction .  Except as set forth below, no Claim may be commenced, prosecuted or continued in any court other than any New York State or U.S. federal court located in the Borough of Manhattan, the city of New York, New York, which courts shall have exclusive jurisdiction over the adjudication of such matters, and each of the Company and the Guarantors consents to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of such courts and personal service with respect thereto.  Each of the Company and the Guarantors hereby consents to personal jurisdiction, service and venue in any court in which any Claim arising out of or in any way relating to this Agreement is brought by any third party against any Initial Purchaser or any indemnified party.  Each of the Initial Purchasers, the Company and the Guarantors (on their respective behalf and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, on behalf of their respective shareholders and affiliates) waives all right to trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim (whether based upon contract, tort or otherwise) in any way arising out of or relating to this Agreement.  The Company and the Guarantors agree that a final judgment in any such action, proceeding or counterclaim brought in any such court shall be conclusive and binding upon the Company and the Guarantors, as the case may be, and may be enforced in any other courts in the jurisdiction of which the Company and the Guarantors are or may be subject, by suit upon such judgment.

 

By execution and delivery of this Agreement, each of the Company and the Guarantors acknowledges that it has, by separate written instrument, appointed and designated, without power of revocation, Cascades Boxboard U.S., Inc., with offices on the date hereof located at 2255 Global Way, Hebron, Kentucky 41048, as its authorized agent (the “Authorized Agent”) to accept and acknowledge on its behalf service of any and all process which may be served in any Claim in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby brought in any New York State or U.S. federal court located in the Borough of Manhattan, the city of New York, New York.  Such service may be made by delivering a copy of such process to each of the Company and such Guarantor in care of the Authorized Agent at the address specified above for the Authorized Agent and obtaining a receipt therefor, and each of the Company and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs the Authorized Agent to accept such service on its behalf.  Each of the Company and the Guarantors represents and warrants that the Authorized Agent has agreed to act as said agent for service of process, and agrees that service of process in such manner upon the Authorized Agent shall be deemed to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, in every respect effective service of process upon each of the Company and such Guarantor in any Claim.  Each of the Company and the Guarantors further agree to take any and all action, including the execution and filing of any and all such documents and instruments, as may be necessary to continue such designation and appointment

 

22



 

of the Authorized Agent in full force and effect.  Nothing herein contained shall, however, in any manner limit the rights of the Initial Purchasers to serve process in any other manner permitted by applicable law or obtain jurisdiction over the Company or any of the Guarantors or bring suits, actions or proceedings against the Company or any of the Guarantors in such other jurisdictions, and in such manner as may be permitted by applicable law.

 

If the Authorized Agent is consolidated with or merged into a Guarantor incorporated in the United States (a “U.S. Guarantor”), then the surviving entity shall succeed as, and shall be substituted for, the Authorized Agent.  If the Authorized Agent is consolidated with or merged into a Subsidiary of the Company that is not a U.S. Guarantor, is sold or transferred to another Person or is liquidated, then the Company shall appoint another U.S. Guarantor or CT Corporation System as the authorized agent for service of process.

 

16.  Waiver of Immunity .  Each of the Company and the Guarantors irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, with respect to itself and its revenues and assets (irrespective of their use or intended use), all immunity on the grounds of sovereignty or other similar grounds from (i) suit, (ii) jurisdiction of any court, (iii) attachment of the Company’s or such Guarantor’s assets (whether before or after judgment) and (iv) execution or enforcement of any judgment arising out of or in any way relating to this Agreement to which the Company or any of the Guarantors or its revenues or assets might otherwise be entitled in any suit, action or proceeding in the courts of any jurisdiction and irrevocably agrees, to the extent permitted by applicable law, that neither the Company nor any of the Guarantors will claim any such immunity in any suit, action or proceeding.

 

17.  Judgment Currency .  Each of the Company and the Guarantors that is not a U.S. person (as that term is defined under Regulation S under the Act) hereby covenant and agree that the following provisions shall apply to conversion of currency in the case of this Agreement:

 

(a) If, for the purposes of obtaining judgment in, or enforcing the judgment of, any court, it becomes necessary to convert a sum due hereunder into any currency other than U.S. dollars, the parties hereto agree, to the fullest extent that they may effectively do so, that the rate of exchange used shall be the rate at which in accordance with normal banking procedures CIBC World Markets could purchase U.S. dollars with such other currency in the city of New York on the Business Day preceding that on which final judgment is given.  The obligations of the Company or any Guarantor in respect of any sum due from it to any Initial Purchaser shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency other than U.S. Dollars, not be discharged until the first Business Day, following receipt by such Initial Purchaser of any sum adjudged to be so due in such other currency, on which (and only to the extent that) such Initial Purchaser may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase U.S. dollars with such other currency.

 

(b) The Company and each Guarantor hereby agrees to indemnify the Initial Purchasers and each other indemnified party related to any Initial Purchaser against any loss incurred by any of them as a result of any judgment or order being given or made for any amount due under this Agreement and such judgment or order being

 

23



 

expressed and paid in the judgment currency and as a result of any variation as between (i) the rate of exchange at which the U.S. dollar amount is converted into the judgment currency for the purpose of such judgment or order and (ii) the spot rate of exchange in the city of New York at which the Company or such Guarantor on the date of payment of judgment or order is able to purchase U.S. dollars with the amount of the judgment currency actually paid by the Company or such Guarantor.  The foregoing indemnity shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any such judgment or order as aforesaid.  The term “spot rate of exchange” shall include any premiums and costs of exchange payable in connection with the purchase of, or conversion into, U.S. dollars.

 

18.  Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

19.  Obligations Joint and Several .  Each of the representations, warranties, covenants and other agreements of the Company contained in this Agreement or in any other agreement, document, certificate or instrument entered into or delivered in connection herewith shall be deemed to be the joint and several obligation of each Guarantor.

 

20.  Headings .  The section headings used herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

21.  Exclusive Agreement .  In the event that any subject matter covered by the terms of this Agreement is also covered by any other arrangement among the parties hereto, the terms of this Agreement shall control.

 

22.  Definitions .  The terms that follow, when used in this Agreement, shall have the meanings indicated.

 

“Act” shall mean the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

 

“Affiliate” shall have the meaning specified in Rule 501(b) of Regulation D.

 

“Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions or trust companies are authorized or obligated by law to close in the city of New York or the city of Montreal.

 

“Capital Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any shares or other equivalents (however designated) of any class of corporate stock or partnership interests or any other participations, rights, warrants, options or other interests in the nature of an equity interest in such Person, including preferred stock, but excluding any debt security convertible or exchangeable into such equity interest.

 

“CIBC World Markets “ shall mean CIBC World Markets Corp.

 

“Commission” shall mean the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

24



 

“Exchange Act” shall mean the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

 

“Execution Time” shall mean, the date and time that this Agreement is executed and delivered by the parties hereto.

 

“Investment Company Act” shall mean the U.S. Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

 

“Material Adverse Effect” shall mean, with respect to the Company, any effect that is materially adverse to the condition (financial or otherwise), prospects, earnings, business or properties of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business.

 

“NASD” shall mean the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.

 

“Person” shall mean any individual, corporation, company (including any limited liability company), association, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

 

“Regulation D” shall mean Regulation D under the Act.

 

“Regulation S” shall mean Regulation S under the Act.

 

“Scotia Capital” shall mean Scotia Capital (USA) Inc.

 

“Subsidiary” shall mean, in respect of any Person, any corporation, company (including any limited liability company), association, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization or other business entity of which a majority of the total voting power of all classes of Capital Stock then outstanding and normally entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by:

 

(a) such Person,

 

(b) such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or

 

(c) one or more Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

“Trust Indenture Act” shall mean the U.S. Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

 

“U.S.” or the “United States” shall mean the United States of America.

 

 “You” or “Your” shall mean CIBC World Markets and Scotia Capital.

 

25



 

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to us the enclosed duplicate hereof, whereupon this Agreement and your acceptance shall represent a binding agreement between the Company and the several Initial Purchasers.

 

Very truly yours,

 

For the Company:

 

Cascades Inc.

 

 

By

     /s/ Robert Hall

 

 

Name: Robert Hall

Title: Vice-President, Legal Affairs

  and Corporate Secretary

 

 

For the following Guarantors:

 

3815285 Canada Inc.

3815315 Canada Inc.

6265642 Canada Inc.

Cadmus and Cascades Recycling, Inc.

Cascades Agri-Pak, Inc.

Cascades Boxboard Group Inc.

Cascades Boxboard U.S. Holdings, Inc.

Cascades Boxboard U.S., Inc.

Cascades Canada Inc.

Cascades Diamond, Inc.

Cascades Fine Papers Group Inc.

Cascades Fine Papers Group Thunder Bay Inc.

Cascades Inc.

Cascades Nova Scotia Company

Cascades Transport Inc.

Conference Cup Inc.

Dopaco Canada, Inc.

Dopaco, Inc.

Garven Incorporated

Kingsey Falls Investments Inc.

Les Séchoirs St-François Inc.

Marathon Graphic Art Distributor Inc.

Rabotage Lemay Inc.

Scierie Lemay Inc.

Wood Wyant Inc.

 

 

By

      /s/ Robert Hall

 

Name: Robert Hall

Title: Duly authorized officer or director

 

26



 

For the following Guarantors:

 

Cascades Auburn Fiber Inc.

Cascades Delaware LLC

Cascades Fine Papers Group (Sales) Inc.

Cascades Fine Papers Group (USA) Inc.

Cascades Moulded Pulp, Inc.

Cascades Plastics Inc.

Cascades SPG Holding Inc.

Cascades Tissue Group - Arizona Inc.

Cascades Tissue Group - IFC Disposables Inc.

Cascades Tissue Group - New York Inc.

Cascades Tissue Group - North Carolina Inc.

Cascades Tissue Group - Oregon Inc.

Cascades Tissue Group - Pennsylvania Inc.

Cascades Tissue Group - Sales Inc.

Cascades Tissue Group - Tennessee Inc.

Cascades Tissue Group - Wisconsin Inc.

Cascades USA Inc.

W.H. Smith Paper Corporation

 

 

By

    /s/ Nathalie Théberge

 

Name: Nathalie Théberge

Title: Duly authorized officer or director

 

 

Dopaco Pacific LLC

Dopaco Limited Partnership

 

 

 

By Dopaco Pacific LLC

 

Its General Partner

 

 

By

     /s/ Richard J. Scanlan

 

By

      /s/ Richard J. Scanlan

 

Name: Richard J. Scanlan

Name: Richard J. Scanlan

Title: Treasurer

Title: Treasurer

 

27



 

The foregoing Agreement is hereby

confirmed and accepted as of the

date first above written.

 

 

CIBC World Markets Corp.

 

 

By:

    /s/ Brian S. Perman

 

 

Name:

Brian S. Perman

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

Scotia Capital (USA) Inc.

 

 

By:

    /s/ Greg Woynarski

 

 

Name:

Greg Woynarski

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

For themselves and the other several Initial

Purchasers named in Schedule I to

the foregoing Agreement.

 

28




Exhibit 3.1

 

Québec

 

CERTIFICATE OF AMALGAMATION

 

Part 1A of the Companies Act

(R.S.Q., C. C-38)

 

 

I certify by these presents that the companies mentioned in the articles of amalgamation enclosed herewith have amalgamated on DECEMBER 30, 2003 , in accordance with Part IA of the Companies Act, into one company under the corporate name of

 

 

CASCADES INC.

 

 

As indicated in the articles of amalgamation enclosed herewith.

 

 

Filed in the Register on January 10, 2004

 

under Registration No. 1141741828

 

 

 

Government of Quebec

 

Inspector general of financial

 

institutions

 

 

(original signed) Jean St-Gelais

 

Inspector General of Financial Institutions

 

 

R020Z18I28C11JA

 

 



 

 

Form 6

Inspector general of financial
institutions

 

ARTICLES OF AMALGAMATION
Companies Act, Part IA
(L.R.Q. chapter C-38)

 

1  Name of the company created by the amalgamation

1.1

 

 

CASCADES INC.

ý

Simplified

amalgamation

2         Quebec judicial district of the
company head office

 

Drummond

 

3         Precise number or minimum and
maximum number of directors

 

Minimum. : 1         -Maximum. : 25

 

4         Effective date if later than that on which the articles are filed

 

2003-12-30

 

5 Description of the authorized capital stock

 

The Schedule 1 attached hereto is incorporated in this form.

6  Restrictions on the transfer of shares, if applicable

 

Not applicable.

7  Limits on activity, if applicable

 

Not applicable.

8  Other provisions

 

The Schedule 2 attached hereto is incorporated in this form.

Name of each of the
amalgamating companies

Signature of an
authorized director

 

 

Cascades Inc.

(S) Laurent Lemaire

 

9135-2591 Quebec Inc

(S) Robert F. Hall

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

If the space provided is not sufficient, include an appendix, in two copies.

 

Reserved for administration

C-216 (Rev. 2002-06)

 



 

CASCADES INC.

 

SCHEDULE 1

 

DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

1.              The share capital of the Company will be composed of:

 

1.1            an unlimited number of Common Shares without par value;

 

1.2            an unlimited number of Class “A” Preferred Shares without par value which may be issued in series; and

 

1.3            an unlimited number of Class “B” Preferred Shares without par value which may be issued in series.

 

2.              The rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions attaching to the Common Shares, the Class “A” Preferred Shares and the Class “B” Preferred Shares are hereinafter described.

 

COMMON SHARES

 

3.              The holders of common shares shall be entitled to the right:

 

VOTE

 

3.1            To vote on the basis of one vote per share at any meetings of shareholders except for any meeting where only the holders of a specific class of shares have the right to vote.

 

DIVIDENDS

 

3.2            Subject to the rights of holders of other classes of shares, to receive dividends as declared by the Company.

 

LIQUIDATION

 

3.3            To share in the remaining assets in the event of a liquidation of the Company.

 

CLASS “A” AND CLASS “B” PREFERRED SHARES

 

4.              The rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions attached to the Class “A” and Class “B” Preferred Shares of the Company are as follows:

 



 

ISSUANCE IN SERIES

 

4.1            The Class “A” and Class “B” Preferred Shares are issuable in series as provided for hereinafter and rank equally within their respective classes as to dividends and capital.

 

4.2            Subject to the provisions of the Companies Act and the following provisions, which apply to all series of Class “A” and Class “B” Preferred Shares, and to all conditions pertaining to any series of outstanding Class “A” or Class “B” Preferred Shares, the directors of the Company are entitled to determine, by way of resolution duly passed prior to the issue of Class “A” or Class “B” Preferred Shares of each series and with no requirement to pass by-laws ratified by shareholders, to divide into series the Class “A” or Class “B” Preferred Shares and to determine the number of shares per series as well as the designation, rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions of each series of Class “A” or Class “B” Preferred Shares, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the rate, amount or calculation method and the terms of payment of the dividends, whether cumulative or not, as well as the redemption, retraction, purchase or conversion or redemption or sinking fund provisions.

 

4.3            The directors must, prior to issuing Class “A” or Class “B” Preferred Shares of any series, amend the articles of the Company in order to set forth therein, as the case may be, the number and designation as well as the rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions determined for the Class “A” or Class “B” Preferred Shares of such series.

 

DIVIDENDS

 

4.4            Registered holders of any series of Class “A” or Class “B” Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive, in each fiscal year of the Company or on any other basis, cumulative or non-cumulative preferred dividends payable at the time, at the rates and for such amounts and at the place or places determined by the directors with respect to each series prior to the issuance of any Class “A” or Class “B” Preferred Shares of such series.

 

4.5            No dividend may be declared and paid or set aside for payment in a fiscal year on the Class “B” Preferred Shares, Common Shares or shares of any other class in the share capital of the Company ranking junior to the Class “A” Preferred Shares unless the current dividend and all accrued but unpaid dividends on all series of cumulative Class “A” Preferred Shares then outstanding and all dividends on all series of non-cumulative Class “A” Preferred Shares then outstanding have been declared and paid or set aside for payment.

 

2



 

4.6            No dividend may be declared and paid or set aside for payment in a fiscal year on the Common Shares or shares of any other class in the share capital of the Company ranking junior to the Class “B” Preferred Shares unless the current dividend and all accrued but unpaid dividends on all series of cumulative Class “B” Preferred Shares then outstanding and all dividends on all series of non-cumulative Class “B” Preferred Shares then outstanding have been declared and paid or set aside for payment.

 

4.7            Dividends on any series of cumulative Class “A” or Class “B” Preferred Shares shall start accruing as of a date falling within six (6) months following the respective date of issuance of each series to be determined, upon each issuance, by the directors prior to the issuance of the Class “A” and Class “B” Preferred Shares of such series and in the event such a date would not be determined, such dividend shall start accruing as of the date of issuance.

 

4.8            Holders of Class “A” and Class “B” Preferred Shares shall not be entitled to any additional or extra dividend other than the specific preferred dividends determined with respect to each series in the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attached to the Class “A” and Class “B” Preferred Shares of such series.

 

LIQUIDATION, WINDING-UP OR DISSOLUTION

 

4.9            In the event of the liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Company or any other distribution of its assets to its shareholders, the holders of Class “A” and Class “B” Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive, out of the assets of the Company, the amount paid in consideration of each share held by them and, in the case of a series of cumulative Class “A” or Class “B” Preferred Shares, of all dividends then accrued thereon but unpaid and, in the case of a series of non-cumulative Class “A” or Class “B” Preferred Shares, of all dividends then declared thereon but unpaid, plus any other amount determined by the directors with respect to each series prior to the issuance of any Class “A” or Class “B” Preferred Shares of such series. After receiving payment of the amounts to which they are entitled pursuant to the above provisions, the holders of Class “A” or Class “B” Preferred Shares shall no longer be entitled to share in any other distribution of assets.

 

4.10          The holders of Class “A” Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive the amounts mentioned above prior to the holders of Class “B” Preferred Shares, Common Shares and shares of any other class in the share capital of the Company ranking junior to the Class “A” Preferred Shares. The holders of Class “B” Preferred Shares shall have the same rights over the holders of Common Shares and shares of any other class in the share capital of the Company ranking junior to the Class “B” Preferred Shares.

 

3



 

4.11          If the assets of the Company is insufficient to pay in full the amount payable to the holders of Class “A” and Class “B” Preferred Shares, such assets shall be prorated between the holders of Class “A” Preferred Shares then outstanding, in accordance with their respective rights, prior to the holders of Class “B” Preferred Shares.

 

4.12          If the assets of the Company is sufficient to pay in full the amount payable to the holders of Class “A” Preferred Shares but insufficient to pay in full the amount payable to the holders of Class “B” Preferred Shares, any remaining property of the Company shall be prorated between the holders of Class “B” Preferred Shares then outstanding, in accordance with their respective rights.

 

VOTING RIGHTS

 

4.13          The holders of Class “A” Preferred Shares shall not be entitled as such to receive notice of or to attend or to vote at any meetings of shareholders, unless the Company has failed to pay a total of eight (8) quarterly cumulative or non cumulative dividends, to the holders of the Class “A” Preferred Shares, on the date provided for in the articles of continuance and any amendments thereto, regardless of the declaration of said dividends.  The conditions regarding the voting rights will be specifically stated in the restrictions, conditions, privileges and rights pertaining to the Class “A” Preferred Shares, Series 1, as may be amended from time to time.  The holders of the Class “B” Preferred Shares of the Company shall not be entitled as such to receive notice of nor to attend nor to vote at any meetings of shareholders of the Company.

 

CREATION OR ISSUANCE OF SHARES RANKING SENIOR OR EQUAL

 

4.14          The Company shall not, without the prior consent of the holders of Class “A” Preferred Shares as a class given as provided for hereinafter (but always subject to any other requirement of the Companies Act ), create shares of other classes ranking prior or equal to the Class “A” Preferred Shares. The Company shall not, without the prior consent of the holders of Class “A” Preferred Shares as a class given as provided for hereinafter (but always subject to any other requirement of the Companies Act ), issue additional series of Class “A” Preferred Shares or shares of any other classes ranking prior or equal to the Class “A” Preferred Shares, unless at the date of such issuance all cumulative dividends up to and including the payment of dividends for the last completed period for which such cumulative dividends are payable have been declared and paid or set aside for payment with respect to each series of cumulative Class “A” Preferred Shares then issued and outstanding and unless any declared but unpaid non-cumulative dividend have been paid or set aside for payment with respect to each series of non-cumulative Class “A” Preferred Shares then issued and outstanding.

 

4



 

4.15          The Company shall not, without the prior consent of the holders of Class “B” Preferred Shares as a class given as provided for hereinafter (but always subject to any other requirement of the Companies Act ), create shares of other classes ranking prior or equal to the Class “B” Preferred Shares, except for any Class “A” Preferred Shares of any series which the directors are authorized to issue. The Company shall not, without the prior consent of the holders of Class “B” Preferred Shares as a class given as provided for hereinafter (but always subject to any other requirement of the Companies Act ), issue additional series of Class “B” Preferred Shares or shares of any other classes ranking prior or equal to the Class “B” Preferred Shares unless at the date of such issuance all cumulative dividends up to and including the payment of dividends for the last completed period for which such cumulative dividends are payable have been declared and paid or set aside for payment with respect to each series of cumulative Class “B” Preferred Shares then issued and outstanding and unless any declared but unpaid non-cumulative dividend shall have been paid or set aside for payment with respect to each series of non-cumulative Class “B” Preferred Shares then issued and outstanding.

 

AMENDMENTS AND APPROVAL BY THE HOLDERS OF CLASS “A” AND CLASS “B” PREFERRED SHARES

 

4.16          The specific provisions hereof relating to Class “A” and Class “B” Preferred Shares as classes and those of paragraphs 4.16 to 4.21 inclusively, shall not be deleted, amended or supplemented, in whole or in part, without the approval of the holders of Preferred Shares of the relevant class given as provided for hereinafter.

 

4.17          The approval of the holders of Class “A” and Class “B” Preferred Shares with respect to any matter mentioned above may be given in writing by the holders of all of the Preferred Shares of the relevant class then outstanding or by a resolution duly passed by at least 2/3 of the votes cast by or on behalf of the holders of Preferred Shares of the relevant class at a shareholders’ meeting duly held to examine such matter. At that meeting, the holders of the majority of the Preferred Shares of the relevant class outstanding must be present or represented by proxy.

 

4.18          If, however, at the meeting as originally called, the holders of the majority of the Preferred Shares of the relevant class are not present or represented by proxy within thirty (30) minutes following the time appointed for the holding of the meeting, the meeting shall then be adjourned to a date, time and place determined by the chairman of the meeting and at least fifteen (15) days later. At this adjourned meeting, the holders of Preferred Shares of the relevant class present or represented by proxy, whether or not they hold the majority of the Preferred Shares of the relevant class then outstanding, shall be entitled to deal with any matters for which the original meeting had been called and a resolution duly

 

5



 

passed by at least 2/3 of the votes cast at that meeting shall then constitute the approval by the holders of the Preferred Shares of the relevant class mentioned above.

 

4.19          Notice of the original meeting of the holders of Preferred Shares of the relevant class must be given at least fifteen (15) days prior to the date appointed for the holding of the meeting and describe the nature of the matters to be transacted and the text of any special resolution to be submitted to the meeting. In the event the meeting is adjourned for less than thirty (30) days, no notice other than the announcement made at the meeting shall be necessary. If the meeting is adjourned for more than thirty (30) days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given pursuant to the by-laws of the Company. The procedure to be followed with respect to notices of meeting, whether original meetings or adjourned meetings, as well as the holding thereof shall be those prescribed by the by-laws of the Company pertaining to shareholders’ meetings.

 

4.20          If any provisions are deleted, amended or supplemented such as to particularly affect the rights of the holders of Class “A” or Class “B” Preferred Shares of any series differently from the way the rights of the holders of Class “A” or Class “B” Preferred Shares of any other series are affected, such deletions, amendments and supplements shall then require, in addition to being approved by the holders of Class “A” or Class “B” Preferred Shares as indicated above, the approval of the holders of the Class “A” or Class “B” Preferred Shares of the series so affected. This approval may be given in writing by the holders of all of the Class “A” or Class “B” Preferred Shares of such series or by a resolution passed by at least 2/3 of the votes cast at a meeting of the holders of the Class “A” or Class “B” Preferred Shares of such series, and the provisions with respect to the holding of such meeting as described above shall apply, mutatis mutandis .

 

4.21          At any meeting of the holders of Class “A” or Class “B” Preferred Shares held with or without series distinction, each holder shall be entitled to one vote for each Class “A” or Class “B” Preferred Share held by him.

 

RECORD DATE FOR THE PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS

 

5.              The directors may determine in advance, within thirty (30) days preceding the payment of dividends, the ultimate record date to determine the shareholders entitled to receive dividends. Only shareholders registered on the record date shall be entitled to receive payment of such dividends notwithstanding any transfer of shares which may be made in the books of the Company after that date.

 

6



 

PROVISIONS ATTACHING TO THE CUMULATIVE
REDEEMABLE CLASS “A” PREFERRED SHARES SERIES 1

 

6.              The first series of the Class “A” Preferred Shares will consist of 2,100,000 Cumulative Redeemable Class “A” Preferred Shares Series 1 (the “Class A Preferred Shares Series 1”) and, in addition to the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to the Class A Preferred Shares of the Company as a class, the Class A Preferred Shares Series 1 shall also be subject to the following rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions:

 

DIVIDENDS

 

6.1            The holders of Class A Preferred Shares Series 1 will be entitled to receive and the Company shall pay thereon cumulative preferential cash dividends, as and when declared by the Board of Directors of the Company, payable quarterly on or about the 1 st day of January, April, July and October in each year (the “Dividend Payment Date”) at a quarterly rate of $0.46875 per share.  The initial dividend shall be deemed to accrue from the date of issue of the Class A Preferred Share Series 1, and, if declared, shall be payable on October 1, 1992.

 

6.2            If on any Dividend Payment Date the dividend payable on such date is not paid in full on all the Class A Preferred Shares Series 1 then issued and outstanding, such dividend or the unpaid par thereof shall be paid on a subsequent date or dates determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, on which the Company shall have sufficient monies properly applicable to the payment thereof.  The holders of the Class A Preferred Shares Series 1 shall not be entitled as such to any other dividends in excess of the preferential dividends for which provision is expressly made herein.  Cheques of the Company payable in lawful money of Canada at par at any branch of the company’s bankers in Canada, at such time, shall be issued in respect of the said dividends (less any tax required to be deducted) and payment thereof shall satisfy such dividends.

 

REDEMPTION

 

6.3            The Class A Preferred Shares Series 1 will not be redeemable prior to September 1, 1997.  On and after September 1, 1997, but subject to the provisions of the Companies Act (Québec) and to the provisions described under “Restrictions on Dividends and Retirement of Shares” below, the Company may redeem at any time all or from time to time, any part of the outstanding Class A Preferred Shares Series 1, at the Company’s option, by either:

 

(a)            the payment of an amount in cash of $25.00 for each such share so redeemed, together with accrued and unpaid dividends thereon to the date fixed for redemption; or

 

7



 

(b)            subject to the prior approval of the Montreal and Toronto Stock Exchange, the conversion of each Class A Preferred Share Series 1 to be redeemed into that whole number of fully paid and freely tradable common shares of the Company (the “Common Shares2) to be determined by dividing $25.00, together with accrued and unpaid dividends thereon to the date fixed for redemption, by the greater of $2.00 and 95% of the weighted average trading price of such Common Shares on The Montreal Exchange for the 20 trading days ending on the last trading day ending on or immediately prior to the fourth day prior to the date specified for redemption.

 

6.4            Notice of any redemption will be given by the Company not more than 60 days and not less than 35 days prior to the date fixed for redemption.

 

6.5            Where a part only of the then outstanding Class A Preferred Shares Series 1 is at any time to be redeemed, the Class A Preferred Shares Series 1 to be redeemed shall be selected by lot in such manner as the Board of Directors of the Company determines or, if the Board of Directors of the Company so decides, may be redeemed pro rata, disregarding fractions.

 

6.6            The notice of redemption shall set out whether the redemption shall be in the form of cash or by conversion into Common Shares, the redemption price or the number of Common Shares, as the case may be, the place at which the redemption is to be made and the date on which redemption is to take place, and, if less than all of the shares are to be redeemed, the number thereof so to be redeemed.  If the redemption is to be made in cash, on or before the date so specified for redemption, the Company shall deposit the redemption price of the shares to be redeemed with the transfer agent and registrar for the Class A Preferred Shares Series 1 to be paid without interest to or to the order of the respective holders of such shares upon presentation and surrender to such agent of the certificates representing the same.  If the redemption is to be made by conversion into Common Shares, the Company shall deposit certificates representing an appropriate number of Common Shares with the transfer agent and registrar for the Class A Preferred Shares Series 1 to be issued to or to the order of the respective holders of such shares upon presentation and surrender to such agent of the certificates representing the same.  Provided such deposit shall have been made, such shares so called for redemption shall, on the date specified for redemption, be and be deemed to be redeemed and no longer outstanding.  If a part only of the shares represented by any certificate are to be redeemed, a new certificate for the part not redeemed shall be issued at the expense of the Company.  Provided such deposit shall have been made, the shares so called for redemption shall from and after the date specified for redemption cease to be entitled to dividends, and the holders shall not be entitled to exercise any of the other rights of shareholders in respect thereof, and their rights shall be limited to

 

8



 

receiving, without interest, their proportionate part of the total redemption price so deposited against presentation and surrender of the certificates held by them respectively.  If the deposit as aforesaid shall not have been made, the rights of the holders of the shares so called for redemption shall remain unaffected.

 

6.7            On any redemption of Class A Preferred Shares Series 1 by way of conversion into Common Shares, the share certificate representing the Common Shares resulting therefrom shall be issued in the name of the holder of the Class A Preferred Shares Series 1 converted.  The right of the Company to redeem the Class A Preferred Shares Series 1 shall be deemed to have been exercised, and the holder of Class A Preferred Shares Series 1 to be converted shall be deemed to have become a holder of Common Shares for all purposes, on the relevant conversion date, notwithstanding any delay in the delivery of the certificate representing the Common Shares into which such Class A Preferred Shares Series 1 have been converted.

 

6.8            A redemption of Class A Preferred Share Series 1 will be effected by the holder depositing certificates representing the Class A Preferred Shares Series 1 to be redeemed at the principal transfer office of Fiducie Desjardins Inc. in Montreal, or at the principal transfer office of Montreal Trust Company in Toronto, Regina, Calgary or Vancouver.  Fractional shares will not be issued on any redemption but in lieu thereof, the Company will make cash payments.

 

CONVERSION INTO COMMON SHARES AT OPTION OF HOLDER

 

6.9            On and after September 1, 1997, each Class A Preferred Share Series 1 will be convertible at the option of the holder on the lst day of each of January, April, July and October in each year on at least 45 days written notice before the date fixed for conversion into that number of fully paid and freely tradable Common Shares determined by dividing $25.00, together with accrued and unpaid dividends thereon to the date of conversion, by the greater of $2.00 and 95% of the weighted average trading price of such Common Shares on The Montreal Exchange for the 20 trading days ending on the last trading day ending on or immediately prior to the fourth day prior to the date of conversion.

 

6.10          The conversion privilege herein provided for may be exercised by notice in writing given to the transfer agent for the Common Shares at least 45 days prior to the conversion date, accompanied by the certificate or certificates representing the Class A Preferred Shares Series 1 in respect of which the holder thereof desires to exercise such conversion privilege; such notice shall specify the number of Class A Preferred Shares Series 1 which the holder desires to have converted; if less than all the Class A Preferred Shares Series 1 represented by any certificate or certificates accompanying any such notice are to be converted, the holder shall be entitled to receive, at the expense of the Company, a new certificate representing

 

9



 

the Class A Preferred Shares Series 1 comprised in the certificate or certificates surrendered as aforesaid which are not to be converted.  On any conversion of Class A Preferred Shares Series 1, the share certificate representing the Common Shares resulting therefrom shall be issued in the name of the holder of the Class A Preferred Shares Series 1 converted.

 

6.11          The right of a holder of Class A Preferred Shares Series 1 to convert the same into Common Shares shall be deemed to have been exercised, and the holder of Class A Preferred Shares Series 1 to be converted shall be deemed to have become a holder of Common Shares for all purposes, on the relevant conversion date, notwithstanding any delay in the delivery of the certificate representing the Common Shares into which such Class A Preferred Shares Series 1 have been converted.

 

6.12          The Company, subject to the provisions of the Companies Act (Québec) and the provisions described under “Restrictions on Dividends and Retirement of Shares”, as applicable, may, by notice given not later than the 24 th business day prior to the date fixed for conversion to all holders who have given a conversion notice, either: (i) redeem on the day fixed for conversion all but not less than all of the Class A Preferred Shares Series 1 forming the subject matter of the conversion notices; or (ii) cause the holders of such Class A Preferred Shares Series 1 to sell on the day fixed for conversion such Class A Preferred Shares Series 1 to another purchaser or purchasers if a purchaser or purchasers willing to purchase all but not less than all of such Class A Preferred Shares Series 1 is or are found.  Any such redemption or purchase shall be made by the payment of an amount inc ash of $25.00 per share, together with accrued and unpaid dividends thereon to the date fixed for redemption or purchaser.  The Class A Preferred Shares Series 1 to be redeemed or purchased shall not be converted on the date set forth in the conversion notice.

 

6.13          A conversion of Class A Preferred Shares Series 1 will be effected by the holder depositing certificates representing the Class A Preferred Shares Series 1 to be converted at the principal transfer office of Fiducie Desjardins Inc. in Montreal, or at the principal transfer office of Montreal Trust Company in Toronto, Regina, Calgary or Vancouver.  Fractional Common Shares will not be issued on any conversion of Class A Preferred Shares Series 1 but in lieu thereof the Company will make cash payments.

 

CONVERSION INTO ANOTHER SERIES OF P REFERRED SHARES AT OPTION OF THE HOLDER

 

6.14          The Company may by notice given at least 45 days prior to September 1, 1997, advise the holders of the class A Preferred Shares Series 1 of their right to convert, at their option, on September 1, 1997, their Class A Preferred Shares

 

10



 

Series 1 into fully paid and non-assessable new first preferred shares (the “New Preferred Shares”) on a share for share basis.  The Company will ensure that such New Preferred Shares will not, if issued, be or be deemed to be “term preferred shares” within the meaning of the Income Tax Act (Canada).

 

6.15          The notice shall be sent by prepaid first-class mail or delivered to each person who at a record date fixed by the Board of Directors is a registered holder of Class A Preferred Shares Series 1 and be sent to each stock exchange on which the Class A Preferred Shares Series 1 are then listed and posted for trading.  The notice shall (i) specify the manner in which the conversion right may be exercised, and (ii) contain a summary of the attributes of the New Preferred Shares into which the Class A Preferred Shares Series 1 may be converted.  Holders of the Class A Preferred Shares Series 1 electing to covert such shares will be required to complete a conversion election accompanying the conversion notice and to deposit the completed conversion election and shares to be converted at the principal office of Fiducie Desjardins Inc. in Montreal, or at the principal transfer office of Montreal Trust Company in Toronto, Regina, Calgary or Vancouver on or before a date 30 days prior to the conversion date set out in the conversion notice.

 

CONVERSION UPON EXERCISE OF A COMMON SHARE PURCHASE WARRANT

 

6.16          The holders of Class A Preferred Shares Series 1 have the right, at any time up to and including August 31, 1997, upon the exercise of a Common Share Purchase Warrant (the “Warrant”) issued under the Warrant Indenture between the Company and Fiducie Desjardins Inc., as warrant agent, and in lieu of paying the entire exercise price of the Warrant in cash, to convert Class A Preferred Shares Series 1 into Common Shares in the following manner.  The number of Class A Preferred Shares Series 1 which may be so converted upon the exercise of Warrants shall be equal to the number obtained by dividing (i) the aggregate exercise price of the Warrants to be exercised in connection with such conversion by (ii) an amount equal to $25.00 plus any accrued and unpaid dividends per Class A Preferred Share Series 1.  A conversion of Class A Preferred Shares Series 1 will be effected by the holder depositing certificates representing the Warrants and the appropriate number of Class A Preferred Shares Series 1 to be converted with the transfer agent at the principal transfer office of Fiducie Desjardins Inc. in Montreal, or at the principal transfer office of Montreal Trust Company in Toronto, Regina, Calgary or Vancouver.  No fractional common Share will be issued on such conversion.  No cash payment will be made by the Company should the aggregate value of the Class A Preferred Shares Series 1 so converted exceed the aggregate exercise price.  Should the aggregate exercise price exceed the aggregate value of the Class A Preferred Shares Series 1 so converted, the holder shall make a cash payment for such difference.

 

11



 

6.17          On any conversion of Class A Preferred Shares Series 1 in connection with the exercise of a Warrant, the share certificate representing the Common Shares resulting therefrom shall be issued in the name of the holder of the Class A Preferred Shares Series 1 converted.  The right of a holder of Class A preferred Shares Series 1 to convert the same into Common Shares upon the exercise of the Warrants shall be deemed to have been exercised, and the holder of Class A Preferred Shares Series 1 to be converted shall be deemed to have become a holder of Common Shares for all purposes, on the relevant conversion date, notwithstanding any delay in the delivery of the certificate representing the Common Shares into which such Class A Preferred Shares Series 1 have been converted.

 

RETRACTION UPON EXERCISE OF A COMMON SHARE PURCHASE WARRANT

 

6.18          Subject to the provisions of the Companies Act (Québec), a holder of Preferred Shares Series 1 who exercises a Warrant during the period between August 13, 1997 and August 31, 1997, inclusively, shall be entitled to require the Company to purchase that number of Preferred Shares Series 1 specified by the holder in order to pay, in cash, the exercise price of the Warrant, as hereinafter set out.  A holder of Preferred Shares Series 1 wishing to exercise this right must, simultaneously with the exercise of the Warrant between August 13, 1997 and August 31, 1997, deposit the certificates representing the Warrants and the appropriate number of Preferred Shares Series 1 to be retracted at the principal transfer office of Fiducie Desjardins Inc. in Montreal, or at the principal transfer office of Montreal Trust Company in Toronto, Regina, Calgary or Vancouver.  The deposit of such certificates shall be in lieu and instead of a retraction notice to the Company.  The retraction price for the Preferred Shares Series 1 shall be $25.00 per share plus accrued and unpaid dividends thereon to the date of the notice of retraction.  The maximum number of Preferred Shares Series 1 which may be so retracted shall be equal to the number obtained by dividing (i) the aggregate exercise price of the Warrants exercised in connection with such retraction by (ii) an amount equal to $25.00 per share plus all accrued and unpaid dividends thereon to the date of the notice of retraction.  The cash proceeds from the retraction of such Preferred Shares Series 1 shall be applied by the warrant agent, for and on behalf of the said holder of Preferred Shares Series 1, exclusively to the payment of the aggregate exercise price of the Warrants.  Should the aggregate exercise price exceed the aggregate value of the Preferred Shares Series 1 so retracted, the holder shall make a cash payment for such difference.  No fractional Common Share shall be issued upon such retraction and no cash payment will be made to the holder by the Company should the aggregate value of the Preferred Shares Series 1 so retracted exceed the aggregate exercise price of the Warrants.

 

12



 

6.19          On any retraction of Class A Preferred Shares Series 1 in connection with the exercise of a Warrant as set forth above, the share certificate representing the Common Shares resulting therefrom shall be issued in the name of the holder of the Class A Preferred Shares Series 1 retracted.  The right of retraction of a holder of Class A Preferred Shares Series 1 shall be deemed to have been exercised, and the holder of Class A Preferred Shares Series 1 which have been retracted shall be deemed to have become a holder of Common Shares for all purposes on the relevant retraction date, notwithstanding any delay in the delivery of the certificate representing the Common Shares.

 

PURCHASE FOR CANCELLATION

 

6.20          Subject to the Companies Act (Québec), the Company may at any time purchase for cancellation any Class A Preferred Share Series 1 by private contract or in the market or by tender at a price or prices to be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company but not exceeding $25.000 per share plus an amount equal to all accrued and unpaid dividends thereon.

 

RIGHTS ON LIQUIDATION

 

6.21          In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, the holders of the Class A Preferred Shares Series 1 shall be entitled to receive $25.00 per Class A Preferred Share Series 1, together with all accrued and unpaid dividends thereon to and including the date of payment, before any amount shall be paid or any assets of the Company distributed to the holders of the Common Shares of the Company or to the holders of any shares ranking junior to the Class A Preferred Shares Series 1.  The holders of Class A Preferred Shares Series 1 shall not be entitled to share in any further distribution of the assets of the Company.

 

RESTRICTIONS ON DIVIDENDS AND RETIREMENT OF SHARES

 

6.22          As long as any of the Class A Preferred Shares Series 1 are outstanding, the Company shall not, without the prior approval of the holders of such Class A Preferred Shares Series 1 given as specified under “Shareholder Approvals”:

 

(a)            declare or pay or set aside for payment any dividends on any shares of any class of shares of the Company ranking junior to the Class A Preferred Shares Series 1 (other than stock dividends on shares ranking junior to the Class A Preferred Shares Series 1);

 

(b)            call for redemption or redeem, call for purchase or purchase, or otherwise retire or reduce or make any return of capital in respect of shares of any class of shares of the Company ranking junior to the Class A Preferred Shares Series 1; or

 

13



 

(c)            otherwise retire or reduce or make any return of capital in respect of any shares of any class of shares of the Company ranking pari passu with the Class A Preferred Shares Series 1, except in satisfaction of an obligation to purchase or obligation in respect of a sinking fund, of a right of retraction or of any other mandatory redemption provision of any given series of any preferred shares,

 

unless all dividends accrued up to and including the dividend payment date for the last completed period for which dividends shall be payable shall have been declared and paid or set aside for payment in respect of each series of cumulative Class A Preferred Shares (including the Class A Preferred Shares Series 1) then issued and outstanding and on all other shares entitled to cumulative dividends and ranking on a parity with the Class A Preferred Shares and there shall have been paid or set aside for payment all declared dividends in respect of each series of non-cumulative Class A Preferred Shares then issued and outstanding and on all other non-cumulative shares ranking on a parity with the Class A Preferred Shares.

 

AMENDMENTS TO THE CLASS A PREFERRED SHARES SERIES 1

 

6.23          The Company will not without, but may from time to time with the approval of the holders of the Class A Preferred Shares Series 1 given as specified under “Shareholder Approvals” below, delete or vary any rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to the Class A Preferred Shares Series 1.

 

SHAREHOLDER APPROVALS

 

6.24          The approval of any amendments to the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to the Class A Preferred Shares Series 1 may be given by a resolution carried by the affirmative vote of not less than 66 2/3% of the votes cast at a meeting of holders of Class A Preferred Shares Series 1 at which a majority of the outstanding Class A Preferred Shares Series 1 at which a majority of the outstanding Class A Preferred Shares Series 1 is represented or, if no quorum is present at such meeting, at any adjourned meeting at which no quorum would apply.  At any meeting of the holders of the Class A Preferred Shares Series 1, each holder will be entitled to one vote in respect of each Class A Preferred Shares Series 1 held.

 

ELECTION UNDER PART VI.1 OF THE INCOME TAX ACT (CANADA)

 

6.25          The Company will make the necessary election under Part VIA of the Income Tax Act (Canada) so that corporate holders of Class A Preferred Shares Series 1 will not be subject to tax under Part IV.1 of the Income Tax Act (Canada) on dividends paid (or deemed to be paid) by the Company on the Class A Preferred Shares Series 1.

 

14



 

ENTITLEMENT TO REPRESENTATION ON THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS IN THE EVENT OF DEFAULT OF PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS

 

6.26          In the event that the Company fails to pay an aggregate of eight quarterly dividends, whether or not consecutive, on its Class A Preferred Shares Series 1, on the dates on which such dividends should have been paid under the Company’s Articles of continuance and any amendments thereto, whether declared or not, the holders of the Class A Preferred Shares Series 1, shall then be entitled, so long as such dividend arrears (the “Dividend Arrears”) are not paid in full, to be represented by one person on the board of directors of the Company (the “Preferred Shareholder Representative”).  Within 30 days following the reception of the name of the Preferred Shareholder Representative, in the manner hereinafter described, the Company shall create one new position on the board of directors and the new director shall be deemed to take office at the time of such creation.

 

6.27          The selection of the Preferred Shareholder Representative shall be made by the holders of the Class A Preferred Shares Series 1, by a resolution duly passed by a majority of all of the holders of such shares and expressed at a meeting of such holders called by the Company for such purpose.  The meeting shall take place at the Company’s regularly scheduled annual meeting following the Company’s failure to pay an aggregate of eight quarterly dividends, whether consecutive or not, and at which at least 15% of the holders of outstanding Class A Preferred Share, Series 1 shall be represented, I person or by proxy.  The meeting shall be called and conducted according to the by-laws of the Company with respect to the meetings of the holders of the voting shares of the Company.

 

6.28          Until such time that the Company has paid the Dividend Arrears, the Preferred Shareholders Representative shall remain on the board of directors of the Company.  At such time that the Company has paid the Dividend Arrears, the right of the holders of Class A Preferred Shares Series 1, to be represented on the board of directors shall be extinguished and the Preferred Shareholder Representative shall resign immediately after being presented with a certificate from the Company’s auditors that the Dividend Arrears have been paid in full.

 

PROVISIONS ATTACHED TO THE CUMULATIVE

CLASS “B” PREFERRED SHARES SERIES 1

 

7.              The first series of the Class “B” Preferred Shares will consist of 2,700,000 Cumulative Class “B” Preferred Shares Series 1 (the “Class B Preferred Shares Series 1”) and, in addition to the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to the Class B Preferred Shares of the Company as a class, the Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 shall also be subject to the following rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions:

 

15



 

DEFINITIONS

 

7.1            In this section setting out the rights, privileges and conditions attached to the Class B Preferred Shares Series 1, the following words and phrases shall have the following meanings:

 

(a)            accrued redemption amount ” of a Class B Preferred Share Series 1 means the redemption amount of a Class B Preferred Share Series 1 plus an amount equal to all dividends declared or accrued thereon up to and including the immediately preceding dividend payment date which were not paid on or before such immediately preceding dividend payment date (if any);

 

(b)            Act ” means the Companies Act (Québec), as amended from time to time;

 

(c)            Business Day ” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or any other day treated as a holiday in the municipality in Canada in which the Company’s registered office is then situated;

 

(d)            dividend payment date ” means the first day of March, June, September and December in each year;

 

(e)            holder ” in respect of any Class B Preferred Share Series 1 means the registered holder thereof;

 

(f)             redemption amount ” of a Class B Preferred Share Series 1 means $25.00 per Class B Preferred Share Series 1;

 

(g)            redemption price ” of a Class B Preferred Share Series 1 means the redemption amount of a Class B Preferred Share Series 1 plus an amount equal to all dividends which have at the relevant time been declared or accrued thereon but which have not then paid (if any); and

 

(h)            retraction date ” means the dates specified in Section 7.21 on which the Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 are redeemable at the option of the holder.

 

7.2            If any day on which any dividend on the Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 is payable on or by which any other action is required to be taken hereunder is not a Business Day, then such dividends shall be payable or such other action shall be required to be taken on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day.

 

16



 

RANK

 

7.3            The Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 shall rank junior to the Class A Preferred Shares with respect to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets of the Company in the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, or any other distribution of assets of the Company among its shareholders for the purpose of winding-up its affairs.

 

7.4            The Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 shall be entitled to preference over the Common Shares and any other shares issued by the Company ranking junior to the Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 with respect to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets of the Company in the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, or any other distribution of assets of the Company among its shareholders for the purpose of winding-up its affairs.

 

DIVIDENDS

 

7.5            Dividends on the Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 shall accrue on a day-to-day basis at the rate of 4% per annum (calculated by reference to the accrued redemption amount) from and including the date of issue thereof, up to and including December 1, 1995 and shall be payable on each retraction date, rateably in accordance with the percentage of Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 being retracted on such retraction date, to the holders of record at the close of business on the tenth business day preceding such retraction date.  In addition, dividends on the Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 shall accrue on a day-to-day basis at the rate of 1% per annum (calculated by reference to the accrued redemption amount) from and including the date of issue thereof u to and including December 1, 1995 and shall be payable on each dividend payment date to the holders of record at the close of business on the tenth business day preceding such dividend payment date.  Accordingly, on each dividend payment date up to and including December 1, 1995, the holders of the Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 shall be entitled to receive and the Company shall pay thereon, as and when declared by the board of directors out of monies of the Company properly applicable to the payment of dividends, fixed cumulative preferential cash dividends in the amount per Class B Preferred Share Series 1 equal to 0.25% of the accrued redemption amount for such dividend payment date, the first of such dividends to become payable on March 1, 1993.  Commencing on December 2, 1995, dividends on the Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 shall accrue on a day-to-day basis at the rate of 5% per annum (calculated by reference to the accrued redemption amount) and shall be payable on each dividend payment date to the holders of record at the close of business on the tenth business day preceding such dividend payment date.  Accordingly, on each dividend payment date after December 1, 1995, the holders of the Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 shall be entitled to receive and the

 

17



 

Company shall pay thereon, as and when declared by the board of directors out of monies of the Company properly applicable to the payment of dividends, fixed cumulative preferential cash dividends in the amount per Class B Preferred Share Series 1 equal to 1.25% of the accrued redemption amount for such dividend payment date, the first of such dividends to become payable on March 1, 1996.

 

7.6            Subject to Section 7.7, for the purposes of calculating an amount measured by reference to accrued but unpaid dividends, the amount of any accrued but unpaid dividend in respect of any Class B Preferred Share Series 1 from the immediately preceding dividend payment date to any particular date shall e an amount equal to 1.25 per cent of the accrued redemption amount on the date of calculation multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of days from and including such dividend payment date to but excluding such particular date and the denominator of which is the number of days from and including such dividend payment date to but excluding the next succeeding dividend payment data.

 

7.7            The amount of the dividend accrued and payable on March 1, 1993 on each Class B Preferred Share Series 1 shall be an amount equal to 0.25 per cent of the redemption amount multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of days from and including the date of issue to but excluding March 1, 1993 and the denominator of which is the number of days from and including December 1, 1992 to but excluding March 1, 1993.

 

7.8            The dividend payable on any dividend payment date to any holder of Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 shall be calculated by multiplying the amount of the dividend payable on such date on each such share then held by such holder by the total number of Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 so held by such holder and rounding to the nearest $0.01.  The board of directors of the company shall be entitled to declare part of the preferential cumulative cash dividend for any fiscal year notwithstanding that such dividend for such fiscal year may not be declared in full, but for greater certainty no dividend shall be declared or set aside or paid on the Common Shares, Class B Preferred Shares or any shares ranking junior to the Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 unless and until all preferential cumulative cash dividends on the Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 have been duly declared and paid.

 

7.9            Dividends shall be paid by cheque drawn on the Company’s bankers or one of them and payable at par at any branch in Canada of such bank or by electronic funds transfer to a bank account specified by the holder of shares in respect of which the dividend has been declared.  Any such cheque shall be mailed at least three Business Days before the applicable dividend payment date and any electronic funds transfer shall take place before 12:00 noon (Toronto time).  The mailing of such cheques or the crediting of the bank account as aforesaid shall satisfy and discharge all liability for such dividends to the extent of the sums

 

18



 

represented thereby, unless, in the case of cheques, such cheques are not paid on due presentation.  If on any dividend payment date dividends payable on such date are not paid in full on all the Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 then issued and outstanding, such dividends or the unpaid part thereof shall be paid on a subsequent date or dates as determined by the directors.  The holders of the Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 shall not be entitled to any dividends other than or in excess of the cash dividends herein provided for.  A dividend which is represented by a cheque which has not been presented for payment within 6 years after such cheque was issued or that otherwise remains unclaimed for a period of 6 years from the dame on which the dividend was declared to be payable and asset apart for payment shall be forfeited to the Company.

 

DISSOLUTION

 

7.10          In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, or any other distribution of assets of the Company among its shareholders for the purpose of winding-up its affairs, the holders of the Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 shall be entitled to receive from the assets and property of the Company an amount equal to the redemption price for each Class B Preferred Share Series 1 held by them before any amount shall be paid or any assets or property of the Company distributed to the holders of Common Shares or any other shares issued by the Company ranking junior to the Class B Preferred Shares Series 1.  Upon payment of the amount so payable to them, the holders of Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 shall not be entitled to share in ay further distributions of assets of the Company.

 

VOTING RIGHTS

 

7.11          Except as otherwise provided herein or by the Act, the holders of Class A Preferred Shares shall not be entitled as such to receive notice of or to attend or to vote at any meeting of shareholders of the Corporation.

 

REDEMPTION BY THE COMPANY

 

7.12          Subject to the provisions of the Act, the Company may form time to time at its option upon giving notice or upon the waiver of such notice, as hereinafter provided, redeem at any time the whole or from time to time any part of the then outstanding Class B Preferred Shares Series I, on payment for each share to be redeemed of the redemption price therefore.

 

7.13          Subject to the provisions of the Act, all Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 issued and outstanding on November 30, 2003 shall be redeemed by the Company on that date.

 

19



 

7.14          In the case of any redemption of Class B Preferred Shares Series 1, unless all the holders of the Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 to be redeemed shall have waived notice of such redemption by a written waiver specifying the date on which such redemption is to take place, the Company shall, at least 30 days before the date fixed for redemption, mail to each person who, at the date of mailing, is a holder of Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 to be redeemed, a notice in writing of the redemption by the Company of such Class B Preferred Shares Series 1.  Such notice shall be mailed by registered letter, postage prepaid, addressed to each such holder at its address as it appears on the books of the Company or, in the event of the address of any such holder not so appearing, then to the last address of such holder known to the Company; provided, however, that accidental failure or omission in giving such notice to one or more such holders shall not affect the validity of such redemption.  Such notice shall also set out the redemption price of the Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 and the date on which redemption is to take place and, if part only of the Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 held by the person to whom it is addressed is to be redeemed, the number thereof to be redeemed.

 

7.15          On the date so specified for redemption in an y notice of redemption or waiver of notice, as the case may be, as referred to in Section 7.14 above, the Company shall pay or cause to be paid to or to the order of the holders of the Class B Preferred Shares Series 1so called for redemption at the registered office of the Company, the head office of the transfer agent for the Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 or any other place or places in Canada designated in such notice.  Such payment shall be made by cheque payable in lawful money of Canada at par at any branch in Canada of one of the Company’s bankers for the time being.

 

7.16          In case a part only of the Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 is at any time to be redeemed, the shares to be redeemed shall, unless the holders of the Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 otherwise unanimously agree in writing in respect of a particular redemption, be redeemed pro rata, disregarding fractions, and the directors of the Company may provide for such adjustments as may be necessary to avoid the redemption of fractional shares.  If a part only of the Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 represented by any certificate shall be redeemed, a new certificate for the balance shall be issued at the expense of the Company.

 

7.17          From and after the date specified for redemption in any notice of redemption or waiver of notice, as the case may be, as referred to in Section 7.14 above, Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 called for redemption shall cease to be entitled to dividends and the holders thereof shall not be entitled to exercise any of the rights of shareholders in respect thereof unless payment of the redemption price of the Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 shall not be made upon presentation of the certificates in accordance with the foregoing provisions, in which case the rights of the holders shall remain unaffected.

 

20



 

7.18          The Company shall have the right and in the case of a redemption pursuant to Section 7.13 shall be required, at any time after the mailing of notice of its intention to redeem any Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 or the obtaining of the waiver referred to in Section 7.14 above, to deposit the redemption price of the Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 so called for redemption or such of the said shares represented by certificates which have not at the date of such deposit been surrendered by the holders thereof in connection with such redemption, to a special account at any chartered bank or trust company in Canada named in such notice to be paid without interest to or to the order of the respective holders of such Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 called for redemption upon presentation and surrender to such bank or trust company of the certificates representing the same, and upon such deposit being made or upon the date specified for redemption in such notice or waiver, whichever is the later, the Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 in respect of which such deposit shall have been made shall be redeemed and the rights of the holders thereof after such deposit or redemption date, as the case may be, shall be limited to receiving, without interest, their proportionate part of the total redemption price of the Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 so deposited against presentation and surrender of the said certificates held by them respectively.  Any interest allowed on such deposit or deposits shall belong to the Company.

 

7.19          If the Company is not permitted to redeem all of the Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 eligible for redemption pursuant to the mandatory redemption requirement provided in Section 7.13 by virtue of the provisions of the act, the Company shall redeem only the maximum number of Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 which the directors of the Company determine the Company is then permitted to redeem.  Such redemption will be made pro rata (disregarding fractions of shares) according to the number of Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 eligible for redemption.  The Company shall pay the redemption price to each holder of Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 which tendered its shares for redemption in accordance with Section 7.15 and shall deposit in accordance with Section 7.18 the redemption price in respect of holders who did not tender their share certificates.  The Company shall issue and deliver to each holder whose Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 have not been redeemed in full a new share certificate, at the expense of the Company, representing the Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 not redeemed by the Company.

 

7.20          If the Company fails to redeem, because of the provisions of the Act, all of the Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 duly tendered pursuant to the mandatory redemption requirement provided in Section 7.13 that were then eligible for redemption, the Company shall redeem on each dividend payment date thereafter the lesser of (i) the number of Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 issued and outstanding and (ii) the number of Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 which the directors of the Company determine the Company is then permitted to redeem as

 

21



 

selected pro rata from each holder of Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 on the basis of the number of Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 eligible for redemption.  The Company shall advise holders of Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 of this mandatory redemption requirement at least 30 days and no more than 45 days prior to the dividend payment date and shall make payment to holders of Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 which tender in accordance with Section 7.15 and shall deposit in accordance with Section 7.18 the redemption price payable to holders who did not tender their share certificates.  The Company shall issue and deliver to a holder whose Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 have not been redeemed in full a new share certificate, at the expense of the Company, representing the Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 not redeemed by the Company.

 

REDEMPTION AT THE OPTION OF THE HOLDERS OF CLASS B PREFERRED SHARES SERIES 1

 

7.21          Subject to the provisions of the Act, the holders of Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 may, at their option and in the manner hereinafter provided, require the Company to redeem upon payment for each share to be redeemed of the redemption price therefore, (i) on November 30, 2000 up to 800,000 Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 and (ii) on November 30, 2001 up to that number of Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 equal to the number of shares eligible for but not tendered for redemption on November 30, 2000 plus another 800,000 Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 and (iii) on November 30, 2002, up to that number of Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 equal to the number of shares eligible for but not tendered for redemption on November 30, 2001 plus another 800,000 Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 and (iv) on November 30, 2003, the remaining Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 issued and outstanding.

 

7.22          The Company shall on or before October 31 in each year in which Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 are redeemable at the option of the holder, mail or deliver to each holder of Class B Preferred Shares Series 1, a notice in writing stating the total number of Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 that may be redeemed pursuant to Section 7.21 in that year and the place or places within Canada at which holders of Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 may present and surrender their shares for redemption and the date provided for in Section 7.23 by which holders of Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 must present and surrender their shares for redemption if they wish such shares redeemed.

 

7.23          A holder of shares wishing to have such shares redeemed shall tender to the Company as its registered office or at the head office of the transfer agent for the Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 at least ten days prior to the retraction date a request in writing specifying (i) that such holder desires to have the whole or any part of the Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 registered in such holder’s name redeemed by the Company and (ii) the retraction date, together with the share

 

22



 

certificate, if any, representing the Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 which the registered holder desires to have the Company redeem.

 

7.24          In the event that more Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 are tendered for redemption than are eligible for redemption pursuant to Section 7.21 hereof the shares to be redeemed shall be redeemed pro rata, disregarding fractions, and the directors of the Company may provide for such adjustments as may be necessary to avoid the redemption of fractional shares.  If a part only of the Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 represented by any certificate shall be redeemed, then a new certificate for the balance shall be issued at the expense of the Company.

 

7.25          If the Company is not permitted to redeem all of the Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 duly tendered pursuant to the optional redemption right provided to in Sections 7.21 to 7.29 by virtue of the provisions of the Act, the Company shall redeem only the maximum number of Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 which the directors of the Company determine the Company is then permitted to redeem.  Such redemption will be made pro rata (disregarding fractions of shares) from each holder of tendered Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 according to the number of Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 tendered for redemption by each such holder and the Company shall issue and deliver to each such holder a new share certificate, at the expense of the Company, representing the Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 not redeemed by the Company.

 

7.26          If the Company fails to redeem, because of the provisions of the Act, all of the Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 duly tendered pursuant to the optional redemption right provided for in Sections 7.21 to 7.29 that were then eligible for redemption, then the Company shall redeem on each dividend payment date thereafter from the Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 tendered by the holders thereof on or before the 10th day preceding such dividend payment date for redemption in the same manner as set forth in Section 7.23, the lesser of (i) the number of Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 so tendered and (ii) the number of Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 which the directors of the Company determine the Company is then permitted to redeem as selected pro rata from each holder of Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 so tendered according to the number of Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 so tendered by each such holder.  The Company shall be under no obligation to give any notice to the holder of Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 in respect of the redemptions provided for in this Section 7.26.

 

7.27          Upon receipt of a request for redemption and share certificates, the Company shall, on the retraction date or dividend payment date, as the case may be, redeem the number of shares to be redeemed determined in accordance with Sections 7.21 to 7.29 by paying to such holder an amount per share equal to the redemption price thereof.  Such payment shall be made by cheque payable in lawful money of

 

23



 

Canada at par at any branch in Canada of one of the Company’s bankers for the time being.

 

7.28          All Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 tendered for redemption and required to be redeemed in accordance with Sections 7.21 to 7.29 shall be redeemed on the retraction date or on the dividend payment date, as the case may be, and after payment of the redemption price for such shares, such shares shall cease to be entitled to dividends and the holders thereof shall be not be entitled to exercise any of the rights of shareholders in respect thereof, unless payment of the redemption price is not made on the retraction date or dividend payment date, as the case may be, in which case the rights of the holders of such shares shall remain unaffected.

 

7.29          The number of Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 shall not be subdivided or consolidated or otherwise changed into a greater or lesser number unless, contemporaneously therewith, the numbers of Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 which the Company may be required to redeem in accordance with Section 7.21 to 7.21 are subdivided, consolidated, or otherwise changed in the same proportion and in the same manner.

 

NO OTHER PURCHASES

 

7.30          Except as permitted under Sections 7.12 to 7.29 of this section of the articles, the Company shall not purchase or otherwise acquire any Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 without first obtaining the prior written consent of all holders of the Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 to such purchase or acquisition.

 

NOTICES AND INTERPRETATION

 

7.31          Subject to Section 7.32, and except where otherwise expressly provided for herein, any notice, cheque or other communication from the Company herein provided for shall be sufficiently given if delivered or if sent by ordinary unregistered mail, postage prepaid or, in the case of a notice of redemption, by prepaid registered mail, to the holders of the Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 at their respective addresses appearing on the books of the Company or, in the event of the address of any of such holders not so appearing, then at the last address of such holder known to the Company.  Accidental failure to give any such notice or other communication to one or more holders of the Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 shall not affect the validity of the notices or other communications properly given or any action taken pursuant to such notice or other communication but, upon such failure being discovered; the notice or other communication, as the case may be, shall be sent forthwith to such holder or holders.

 

24



 

7.32          If there exists any actual or apprehended disruption of mail services in any jurisdiction in which there are holders of Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 whose addresses appear on the books of the Company to be in such jurisdiction, notice may (but need not) be given to the holders in such jurisdiction by means of publication once in each of two successive weeks in a newspaper of general circulation published or distributed in the jurisdiction or if the Company maintains a register of transfers for the Class B Preferred Shares Series 1 in such jurisdiction, then in the city in such jurisdiction where the register of transfers is maintained.  Notice given by publication shall be deemed for all purposes to be proper notice.

 

7.33          Notice given by mail shall be deemed to be given on the day upon which it is mailed unless on the day of or the day following such mailing an actual disruption of mail services has occurred in the jurisdiction in or to which such notice is mailed.  Notice given by publication shall be deemed to be given on the day on which the first publication is completed in any city in which notice is published.

 

25



 

CASCADES INC.

 

SCHEDULE 2

 

AMENDMENTS AND DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL OF THE COMPANY

 

1.              On October 26, 1982, the share capital of Cascades Inc. was amended as follows:

 

1.1            By cancelling three thousand two hundred and ninety-seven (3,297) authorized but unissued Common Shares having a par value of ten dollars ($10) each;

 

1.2            By cancelling seven hundred and sixty (760) previously authorized and fully issued and redeemed Class “A” Shares having a par value of one hundred dollars ($100) each, as well as the privileges and restrictions attached to such Class “A” Shares;

 

1.3            By cancelling one hundred thousand (100,000) authorized but unissued Class “B” Shares having a par value of one dollar ($1) each, and one hundred and fifty thousand (150,000) previously authorized and fully issued and redeemed Class “B” Shares having a par value of one dollar ($1) each, as well as the privileges and restrictions attached to such Class “B” Shares;

 

1.4            By increasing the number of Common Shares such that the number of Common Shares in the authorized share capital of the Company becomes unlimited;

 

1.5            By changing the Common Shares having a par value of ten dollars ($10) each in the authorized share capital of the Company into Common Shares having no par value;

 

1.6            By increasing the amount of the share capital of the Company to provide that such amount, which is currently three hundred and sixty-seven thousand dollars ($367,000), become unlimited;

 

1.7            By creating an unlimited number of Class “A” Preferred Shares with no par value, issuable in series;

 

1.8            By creating an unlimited number of Class “B” Preferred Shares with no par value, issuable in series; and

 

1.9            By subdividing the eight hundred and three (803) Common Shares with no par value in the share capital of the Company currently issued and outstanding into four million (4,000,000) Common Shares with no par value in the share capital of the Company.

 



 

2.              On July 5, 1984, Cascades Inc. amended its articles as follows:

 

2.1            Each of the issued and outstanding 5,000,000 Common Shares with no par value of the share capital of the Company at the close of business at the registered office of the Company on July 5, 1984, is subdivided into two Common Shares with no par value of the share capital of the Company, bringing the total number of issued and outstanding Common Shares of the share capital of the Company to 10,000,000 at the close of business at the registered office of the Company on July 5, 1984.

 

3.              On September 16, 1985, Cascades Inc. amended its articles as follows:

 

3.1            Each of the issued and outstanding 11,250,112 Common Shares with no par value of the share capital of the Company at the close of business at the registered office of the Company on September 16, 1985, is subdivided into two Common Shares with no par value of the share capital of the Company, bringing the total number of issued and outstanding Common Shares of the share capital of the Company to 22,500,024 at the close of business at the registered office of the Company on September 16, 1985.

 

4.              On May 13, 1986, Cascades Inc. amended its articles as follows:

 

4.1            Each of the issued and outstanding 24,100,024 Common Shares with no par value of the share capital of the Company at the close of business at the registered office of the Company on May 13, 1986, is subdivided into two Common Shares with no par value of the share capital of the Company, bringing the total number of issued and outstanding Common Shares of the share capital of the Company to 48,200,048 at the close of business at the registered office of the Company on May 13, 1986.

 

2


 



Exhibit 4.3

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

 

SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

 

dated as of December 30, 2003

 

to the

INDENTURE

 

dated as of February 5, 2003

among

 

CASCADES INC.,

as the Company,

THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS named therein, and


THE BANK OF NEW YORK,

 

as Trustee,

as amended

 



 

SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “ Second Supplemental Indenture ”), dated as of December 30, 2003, among CASCADES INC. (the “ Company ”), CASCADES TRANSPORT INC., a Canadian corporation, CASCADES USA INC., a Delaware corporation and W.H. SMITH PAPER CORPORATION, a New York corporation (collectively, the “ New Subsidiary Guarantors ”), the existing subsidiary guarantors under the Indenture referred to below (the “ Existing Subsidiary Guarantors ”) , and THE BANK OF NEW YORK, a national banking corporation, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “ Trustee ”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H :

 

WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture, dated as of February 5, 2003, as amended by the First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 20, 2003 (as so amended, the “ Indenture ”), providing for the issuance of the Company’s 7¼% Senior Notes due 2013 (the “ Notes ”);

 

WHEREAS, the Company has issued and outstanding $550,000,000 of Notes under the Indenture;

 

WHEREAS, Section 4.19(a) of the Indenture provides that the Company shall cause each of its Canadian and U.S. Restricted Subsidiaries to execute and deliver to the Trustee Subsidiary Guarantees;

 

WHEREAS, the New Subsidiary Guarantors are each Canadian or U.S. Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company;

 

WHEREAS, Section 9.01 of the Indenture provides that the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture without the consent of any holder of a Note to add additional Subsidiary Guarantees with respect to the Notes as provided or permitted under the Indenture; and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Sections 4.19(a), 9.01, 9.06 and 10.03 of the Indenture, the Trustee, the Company, the Existing Subsidiary Guarantors and the New Subsidiary Guarantors are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture;

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Company, the Existing Subsidiary Guarantors, the New Subsidiary Guarantors, and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

 

1.             Definitions . (a) Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

 

(b)           For all purposes of this Second Supplemental Indenture, except as otherwise herein expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:  (i) the terms and expressions used herein shall have the same meanings as corresponding terms and expressions used in the Indenture; and (ii) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereby” and other words of similar import used in this Second Supplemental Indenture refer to this Second Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular section hereof.

 



 

2.             Agreement to Guarantee .  The New Subsidiary Guarantors hereby agree, jointly and severally with all other Subsidiary Guarantors, to guarantee the Company’s obligations under the Notes on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Article 10 of the Indenture and to be bound by all other applicable provisions of the Indenture.  From and after the date hereof, the New Subsidiary Guarantors shall be Subsidiary Guarantors for all purposes under the Indenture and the Notes.

 

3.             Ratification of Indenture; Second Supplemental Indenture Part of Indenture .  Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is, in all respects, ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect.  This Second Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby.

 

4.             Miscellaneous .

 

4.1           Governing Law .  THIS SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK BUT WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

 

4.2           Trustee Makes No Representation .  The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or sufficiency of this Second Supplemental Indenture, or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein.

 

4.3           Counterparts .  The parties may sign any number of copies of this Second Supplemental Indenture.  Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

 

4.4           Effect of Headings .  The Article and Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction thereof.

 

4.5           Conflict with TIA .  If any provision of this Second Supplemental Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with any provision of the TIA, that is required under the TIA to be part of and govern any provision of this Second Supplemental Indenture, the provision of the TIA shall control.  If any provision of this Second Supplemental Indenture modifies or excludes any provision of the TIA that may be so modified or excluded, the provisions of the TIA shall be deemed to apply to the Indenture as so modified or to be excluded by this Second Supplemental Indenture, as the case may be.

 

4.6           Severability .  In case any provision of this Second Supplemental Indenture shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

4.7           No Third Party Beneficiaries .  Nothing in this Second Supplemental Indenture, the Indenture, or the Notes, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and thereto and their successors hereunder and thereunder, and the Holders of the

 

2



 

Notes, any benefit of any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under the Indenture, this Second Supplemental Indenture or the Notes.

 

3



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Second Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

 

Company:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASCADES INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Robert F. Hall

 

 

 

Name:

Robert F. Hall

 

 

Title:

Vice President, Legal Affairs and

Corporate Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

New Subsidiary Guarantors:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASCADES TRANSPORT INC.

 

 

 

CASCADES USA INC.

 

 

 

W.H. SMITH PAPER CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Robert F. Hall

 

 

 

Name:

Robert F. Hall

 

 

Title:

Secretary or Assistant Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Existing Subsidiary Guarantors:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CADMUS AND CASCADES RECYCLING, INC.

 

 

 

CASCADES AGRI-PAK, INC.

 

 

 

CASCADES AUBURN FIBER INC.

 

 

 

CASCADES DIAMOND, INC.

 

 

 

CASCADES EAST ANGUS INC.

 

 

 

CASCADES ENVIROPAC INC.

 

 

 

CASCADES FORMA-PAK INC.

 

 

 

CASCADES INOPAK INC.

 

 

 

CASCADES LUPEL INC.

 

 

 

CASCADES MOULDED PULP, INC.

 

 

 

CASCADES MULTI-PRO INC.

 

 

 

CASCADES PLASTICS INC.

 

 

 

CASCADES SPG HOLDING INC.

 

 

 

DESENCRAGE C.M.D. INC.

 

 

 

MATERIAUX CASCADES INC.

 

 

 

PLASTIQUES CASCADES INC.

 

 

 

2851-5351 QUEBEC INC. (COMMEC ENR.)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4



 

 

 

4089260 CANADA INC.

 

 

 

4089278 CANADA INC.

 

 

 

4089294 CANADA INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Pierre Brochu

 

 

 

Name:

Pierre Brochu

 

 

Title:

Secretary or Assistant Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASCADES BOXBOARD GROUP INC.

 

 

 

CASCADES BOXBOARD INC.

 

 

 

CASCADES BOXBOARD U.S. HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

CASCADES BOXBOARD U.S., INC.

 

 

 

CASCADES FINE PAPERS GROUP (SALES) INC.

 

 

 

CASCADES FINE PAPERS GROUP (USA) INC.

 

 

 

CASCADES FINE PAPERS GROUP INC.

 

 

 

CASCADES FINE PAPERS GROUP THUNDER BAY INC.

 

 

 

CASCADES FJORDCELL INC.

 

 

 

CASCADES TISSUE GROUP - ARIZONA INC.

 

 

 

CASCADES TISSUE GROUP - IFC DISPOSABLES INC.

 

 

 

CASCADES TISSUE GROUP - MECHANICVILLE INC.

 

 

 

CASCADES TISSUE GROUP - NEW YORK INC.

 

 

 

CASCADES TISSUE GROUP - NORTH CAROLINA INC.

 

 

 

CASCADES TISSUE GROUP - OREGON INC.

 

 

 

CASCADES TISSUE GROUP - PENNSYLVANIA INC.

 

 

 

CASCADES TISSUE GROUP - WISCONSIN INC.

 

 

 

CASCADES TISSUE GROUP INC.

 

 

 

MARATHON GRAPHIC ART DISTRIBUTOR INC.

 

 

 

WOOD WYANT INC.

 

 

 

3815285 CANADA INC.

 

 

 

3815315 CANADA INC.

 

 

 

4089235 CANADA INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Robert F. Hall

 

 

 

Name:

Robert F. Hall

 

 

Title:

Secretary or Assistant Secretary

 

5



 

 

Trustee:

 

 

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Peter Pavlyshin

 

 

 

Name:

Peter Pavlyshin

 

 

Title:

Assistant Vice President

 

6




Exhibit 4.4

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

THIRD SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

 

dated as of March 16, 2004

 

to the

 

INDENTURE

 

dated as of February 5, 2003

 

among

 

CASCADES INC.,

 

as the Company,

 

THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS named therein, and

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK,

 

as Trustee,

 

as amended

 



 

THIRD SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “ Third Supplemental Indenture ”), dated as of March 16, 2004, among CASCADES INC. (the “ Company ”), CASCADES TISSUE GROUP - TENNESSEE INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ New Subsidiary Guarantor ”), the existing Subsidiary Guarantors under the Indenture referred to below (the “ Existing Subsidiary Guarantors ”), and THE BANK OF NEW YORK, a national banking corporation, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “ Trustee ”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H :

 

WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture, dated as of February 5, 2003, as amended by the First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 20, 2003, and the Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 30, 2003 (as so amended, the “ Indenture ”), providing for the issuance of the Company’s 7¼% Senior Notes due 2013 (the “ Notes ”);

 

WHEREAS, the Company has issued and outstanding $550,000,000 of Notes under the Indenture;

 

WHEREAS, Section 4.19(a) of the Indenture provides that the Company shall cause each of its Canadian and U.S. Restricted Subsidiaries to execute and deliver to the Trustee Subsidiary Guarantees;

 

WHEREAS, the New Subsidiary Guarantor is a U.S. Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

 

WHEREAS, Section 9.01 of the Indenture provides that the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture without the consent of any holder of a Note to add additional Subsidiary Guarantees with respect to the Notes as provided or permitted under the Indenture; and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Sections 4.19(a), 9.01, 9.06 and 10.03 of the Indenture, the Trustee, the Company, the Existing Subsidiary Guarantors and the New Subsidiary Guarantor are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture;

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Company, the Existing Subsidiary Guarantors, the New Subsidiary Guarantor, and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

 

1.             Definitions . (a) Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

 

(b)           For all purposes of this Third Supplemental Indenture, except as otherwise herein expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:  (i) the terms and expressions used herein shall have the same meanings as corresponding terms and expressions used in the Indenture; and (ii) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereby” and other words of similar import used in this Third Supplemental Indenture refer to this Third Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular section hereof.

 



 

2.             Agreement to Guarantee .  The New Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees, jointly and severally with all other Subsidiary Guarantors, to guarantee the Company’s obligations under the Notes on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Article 10 of the Indenture and to be bound by all other applicable provisions of the Indenture.  From and after the date hereof, the New Subsidiary Guarantor shall be a Subsidiary Guarantor for all purposes under the Indenture and the Notes.

 

3.             Ratification of Indenture; Third Supplemental Indenture Part of Indenture .  Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is, in all respects, ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect.  This Third Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby.

 

4.             Miscellaneous .

 

4.1           Governing Law .  THIS THIRD SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK BUT WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

 

4.2           Trustee Makes No Representation .  The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or sufficiency of this Third Supplemental Indenture, or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein.

 

4.3           Counterparts .  The parties may sign any number of copies of this Third Supplemental Indenture.  Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

 

4.4           Effect of Headings .  The Article and Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction thereof.

 

4.5           Conflict with TIA .  If any provision of this Third Supplemental Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with any provision of the TIA, that is required under the TIA to be part of and govern any provision of this Third Supplemental Indenture, the provision of the TIA shall control.  If any provision of this Third Supplemental Indenture modifies or excludes any provision of the TIA that may be so modified or excluded, the provisions of the TIA shall be deemed to apply to the Indenture as so modified or to be excluded by this Third Supplemental Indenture, as the case may be.

 

4.6           Severability .  In case any provision of this Third Supplemental Indenture shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

4.7           No Third Party Beneficiaries .  Nothing in this Third Supplemental Indenture, the Indenture, or the Notes, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and thereto and their successors hereunder and thereunder, and the Holders of the

 

2



 

Notes, any benefit of any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under the Indenture, this Third Supplemental Indenture or the Notes.

 

 

[ remainder of page left intentionally blank ]

 

3



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Third Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

 

Company:

 

 

 

CASCADES INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Robert F. Hall

 

 

 

Name:

Robert F. Hall

 

 

Title:

Vice President, Legal Affairs and
Corporate Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

New Subsidiary Guarantor:

 

 

 

CASCADES TISSUE GROUP - TENNESSEE INC.

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Suzanne Blanchet

 

 

 

Name:

Suzanne Blanchet

 

 

Title:

President

 

 

 

 

 

Existing Subsidiary Guarantors:

 

 

 

CADMUS AND CASCADES RECYCLING, INC.

 

CASCADES AGRI-PAK, INC.

 

CASCADES AUBURN FIBER INC.

 

CASCADES DIAMOND, INC.

 

CASCADES MOULDED PULP, INC.

 

CASCADES PLASTICS INC.

 

CASCADES SPG HOLDING INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Pierre Brochu

 

 

 

Name:

Pierre Brochu

 

 

Title:

Secretary or Assistant Secretary

 

 

 

CASCADES BOXBOARD GROUP INC.

 

CASCADES BOXBOARD U.S. HOLDINGS, INC.

 

CASCADES BOXBOARD U.S., INC.

 

CASCADES CANADA INC.

 

CASCADES FINE PAPERS GROUP (SALES) INC.

 

CASCADES FINE PAPERS GROUP (USA) INC.

 

CASCADES FINE PAPERS GROUP INC.

 

CASCADES FINE PAPERS GROUP THUNDER BAY INC.

 

CASCADES TISSUE GROUP - ARIZONA INC.

 

4



 

 

CASCADES TISSUE GROUP - IFC DISPOSABLES INC.

 

CASCADES TISSUE GROUP - MECHANICVILLE INC.

 

CASCADES TISSUE GROUP - NEW YORK INC.

 

CASCADES TISSUE GROUP - NORTH CAROLINA INC.

 

CASCADES TISSUE GROUP - OREGON INC.

 

CASCADES TISSUE GROUP - PENNSYLVANIA INC.

 

CASCADES TISSUE GROUP - WISCONSIN INC.

 

CASCADES TRANSPORT INC.

 

CASCADES USA INC.

 

MARATHON GRAPHIC ART DISTRIBUTOR INC.

 

W.H. SMITH PAPER CORPORATION

 

WOOD WYANT INC.

 

3815285 CANADA INC.

 

3815315 CANADA INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Robert F. Hall

 

 

 

Name:

Robert F. Hall

 

 

Title:

Secretary or Assistant Secretary

 

5



 

 

Trustee:

 

 

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Peter Pavlyshin

 

 

 

Name:

Peter Pavlyshin

 

 

Title:

Assistant Vice President

 

6




Exhibit 4.5

 

FOURTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

 

dated as of July 8, 2004

 

to the

 

INDENTURE

 

dated as of February 5, 2003

among

 

CASCADES INC.,

as the Company,

THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS named therein, and

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK,

 

as Trustee,

as amended

 



 

FOURTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “ Fourth Supplemental Indenture ”), dated as of July 8, 2004, among CASCADES INC. (the “ Company ”), SCIERIE LEMAY INC., a Quebec company (the “ New Subsidiary Guarantor ”), the existing Subsidiary Guarantors under the Indenture referred to below (the “ Existing Subsidiary Guarantors ”), and THE BANK OF NEW YORK, a national banking corporation, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “ Trustee ”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H :

 

WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture, dated as of February 5, 2003, as amended by the First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 20, 2003, the Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 30, 2003, and the Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 16, 2004 (as so amended, the “ Indenture ”), providing for the issuance of the Company’s 7¼% Senior Notes due 2013 (the “ Notes ”);

 

WHEREAS, the Company has issued and outstanding $550,000,000 of Notes under the Indenture;

 

WHEREAS, Section 4.19(a) of the Indenture provides that the Company shall cause each of its Canadian and U.S. Restricted Subsidiaries to execute and deliver to the Trustee Subsidiary Guarantees;

 

WHEREAS, the New Subsidiary Guarantor is a Canadian Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

 

WHEREAS, Section 9.01 of the Indenture provides that the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture without the consent of any holder of a Note to add additional Subsidiary Guarantees with respect to the Notes as provided or permitted under the Indenture; and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Sections 4.19(a), 9.01, 9.06 and 10.03 of the Indenture, the Trustee, the Company, the Existing Subsidiary Guarantors and the New Subsidiary Guarantor are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture;

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Company, the Existing Subsidiary Guarantors, the New Subsidiary Guarantor, and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

 

1.             Definitions . (a) Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

 

(b)           For all purposes of this Fourth Supplemental Indenture, except as otherwise herein expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:  (i) the terms and expressions used herein shall have the same meanings as corresponding terms and expressions used in the Indenture; and (ii) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereby” and other words of

 



 

similar import used in this Fourth Supplemental Indenture refer to this Fourth Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular section hereof.

 

2.             Agreement to Guarantee .  The New Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees, jointly and severally with all other Subsidiary Guarantors, to guarantee the Company’s obligations under the Notes on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Article 10 of the Indenture and to be bound by all other applicable provisions of the Indenture.  From and after the date hereof, the New Subsidiary Guarantor shall be a Subsidiary Guarantor for all purposes under the Indenture and the Notes.

 

3.             Ratification of Indenture; Fourth Supplemental Indenture Part of Indenture .  Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is, in all respects, ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect.  This Fourth Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby.

 

4.             Miscellaneous .

 

4.1           Governing Law .  THIS FOURTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK BUT WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

 

4.2           Trustee Makes No Representation .  The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or sufficiency of this Fourth Supplemental Indenture, or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein.

 

4.3           Counterparts .  The parties may sign any number of copies of this Fourth Supplemental Indenture.  Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

 

4.4           Effect of Headings .  The Article and Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction thereof.

 

4.5           Conflict with TIA .  If any provision of this Fourth Supplemental Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with any provision of the TIA, that is required under the TIA to be part of and govern any provision of this Fourth Supplemental Indenture, the provision of the TIA shall control.  If any provision of this Fourth Supplemental Indenture modifies or excludes any provision of the TIA that may be so modified or excluded, the provisions of the TIA shall be deemed to apply to the Indenture as so modified or to be excluded by this Fourth Supplemental Indenture, as the case may be.

 

4.6           Severability .  In case any provision of this Fourth Supplemental Indenture shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

2



 

4.7           No Third Party Beneficiaries .  Nothing in this Fourth Supplemental Indenture, the Indenture, or the Notes, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and thereto and their successors hereunder and thereunder, and the Holders of the Notes, any benefit of any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under the Indenture, this Fourth Supplemental Indenture or the Notes.

 

 

[ remainder of page left intentionally blank ]

 

3



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Fourth Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

 

Company:

 

 

 

CASCADES INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Robert F. Hall

 

 

 

Name:

Robert F. Hall

 

 

Title:

Vice President, Legal Affairs and
Corporate Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

New Subsidiary Guarantor:

 

 

 

SCIERIE LEMAY INC.

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Robert F. Hall

 

 

 

Name:

Robert F. Hall

 

 

Title:

 

 

4



 

 

Existing Subsidiary Guarantors:

 

 

 

CADMUS AND CASCADES RECYCLING, INC.

 

CASCADES AGRI-PAK, INC.

 

CASCADES AUBURN FIBER INC.

 

CASCADES BOXBOARD GROUP INC.

 

CASCADES BOXBOARD U.S. HOLDINGS, INC.

 

CASCADES BOXBOARD U.S., INC.

 

CASCADES CANADA INC.

 

CASCADES DIAMOND, INC.

 

CASCADES FINE PAPERS GROUP (SALES) INC.

 

CASCADES FINE PAPERS GROUP (USA) INC.

 

CASCADES FINE PAPERS GROUP INC.

 

CASCADES FINE PAPERS GROUP THUNDER BAY INC.

 

CASCADES MOULDED PULP, INC.

 

CASCADES PLASTICS INC.

 

CASCADES SPG HOLDING INC.

 

CASCADES TISSUE GROUP - ARIZONA INC.

 

CASCADES TISSUE GROUP - IFC DISPOSABLES INC.

 

CASCADES TISSUE GROUP - MECHANICVILLE INC.

 

CASCADES TISSUE GROUP - NEW YORK INC.

 

CASCADES TISSUE GROUP - NORTH CAROLINA INC.

 

CASCADES TISSUE GROUP - OREGON INC.

 

CASCADES TISSUE GROUP - PENNSYLVANIA INC.

 

CASCADES TISSUE GROUP - TENNESSEE INC.

 

CASCADES TISSUE GROUP - WISCONSIN INC.

 

CASCADES TRANSPORT INC.

 

CASCADES USA INC.

 

MARATHON GRAPHIC ART DISTRIBUTOR INC.

 

W.H. SMITH PAPER CORPORATION

 

WOOD WYANT INC.

 

3815285 CANADA INC.

 

3815315 CANADA INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Robert F. Hall

 

 

 

Name:

Robert F. Hall

 

 

Title:

Secretary or Assistant Secretary

 

5



 

 

Trustee:

 

 

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Luis Perez

 

 

 

Name:

Luis Perez

 

 

Title:

Assistant Vice President

 

6




Exhibit 4.6

 

FIFTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

 

dated as of August 26, 2004

 

to the

INDENTURE

 

dated as of February 5, 2003

among

 

CASCADES INC.,

as the Company,

THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS named therein, and

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK,

 

as Trustee,

as amended

 



 

FIFTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “ Fifth Supplemental Indenture ”), dated as of August 26, 2004, among CASCADES INC. (the “ Company ”), CASCADES NOVA SCOTIA COMPANY, a Nova Scotia unlimited liability company, CASCADES DELAWARE LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, DOPACO, INC., a Pennsylvania company, CASCADES TISSUE GROUP - SALES INC., a Delaware corporation, KINGSEY FALLS INVESTMENTS INC., a Canadian company, 6265642 CANADA INC., a Canadian company, CONFERENCE CUP LTD., an Ontario company, DOPACO CANADA, INC., a Canadian company, GARVEN INCORPORATED, an Ontario company, LES SÉCHOIRS ST-FRANÇOIS INC., a Quebec company, and RABOTAGE LEMAY INC., a Quebec company (the “ New Subsidiary Guarantors ”), the existing Subsidiary Guarantors under the Indenture referred to below (the “ Existing Subsidiary Guarantors ”), and THE BANK OF NEW YORK, a national banking corporation, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “ Trustee ”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H :

 

WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture, dated as of February 5, 2003, as amended by the First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 20, 2003, the Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 30, 2003, the Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 16, 2004, and the Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 8, 2004 (as so amended, the “ Indenture ”), providing for the issuance of the Company’s 7¼% Senior Notes due 2013 (the “ Notes ”);

 

WHEREAS, the Company has issued and outstanding $550,000,000 of Notes under the Indenture;

 

WHEREAS, Section 4.19(a) of the Indenture provides that the Company shall cause each of its Canadian and U.S. Restricted Subsidiaries to execute and deliver to the Trustee Subsidiary Guarantees;

 

WHEREAS, the New Subsidiary Guarantors are each Canadian or U.S. Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company;

 

WHEREAS, Section 9.01 of the Indenture provides that the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture without the consent of any holder of a Note to add additional Subsidiary Guarantees with respect to the Notes as provided or permitted under the Indenture; and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Sections 4.19(a), 9.01, 9.06 and 10.03 of the Indenture, the Trustee, the Company, the Existing Subsidiary Guarantors and the New Subsidiary Guarantors are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture;

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Company, the Existing Subsidiary Guarantors, the New Subsidiary Guarantors, and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

 

2



 

1.             Definitions . (a) Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

 

(b)           For all purposes of this Fifth Supplemental Indenture, except as otherwise herein expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:  (i) the terms and expressions used herein shall have the same meanings as corresponding terms and expressions used in the Indenture; and (ii) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereby” and other words of similar import used in this Fifth Supplemental Indenture refer to this Fifth Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular section hereof.

 

2.             Agreement to Guarantee .  The New Subsidiary Guarantors hereby agree, jointly and severally with all other Subsidiary Guarantors, to guarantee the Company’s obligations under the Notes on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Article 10 of the Indenture and to be bound by all other applicable provisions of the Indenture.  From and after the date hereof, the New Subsidiary Guarantors shall be Subsidiary Guarantors for all purposes under the Indenture and the Notes.

 

3.             Ratification of Indenture; Fifth Supplemental Indenture Part of Indenture .  Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is, in all respects, ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect.  This Fifth Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby.

 

4.             Miscellaneous .

 

4.1           Governing Law .  THIS FIFTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK BUT WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

 

4.2           Trustee Makes No Representation .  The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or sufficiency of this Fifth Supplemental Indenture, or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein.

 

4.3           Counterparts .  The parties may sign any number of copies of this Fifth Supplemental Indenture.  Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

 

4.4           Effect of Headings .  The Article and Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction thereof.

 

4.5           Conflict with TIA .  If any provision of this Fifth Supplemental Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with any provision of the TIA, that is required under the TIA to be part of and govern any provision of this Fifth Supplemental Indenture, the provision of the TIA shall control.  If any provision of this Fifth Supplemental Indenture modifies or excludes any provision of the TIA that may be so modified or excluded, the provisions of the TIA shall be

 

3



 

deemed to apply to the Indenture as so modified or to be excluded by this Fifth Supplemental Indenture, as the case may be.

 

4.6           Severability .  In case any provision of this Fifth Supplemental Indenture shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

4.7           No Third Party Beneficiaries .  Nothing in this Fifth Supplemental Indenture, the Indenture, or the Notes, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and thereto and their successors hereunder and thereunder, and the Holders of the Notes, any benefit of any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under the Indenture, this Fifth Supplemental Indenture or the Notes.

 

 

[ remainder of page left intentionally blank ]

 

4



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Fifth Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

 

Company:

 

 

 

CASCADES INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Robert F. Hall

 

 

 

Name:

Robert F. Hall

 

 

Title:

Vice President, Legal Affairs and
Corporate Secretary

 

 

 

New Subsidiary Guarantors:

 

 

 

 

 

CASCADES NOVA SCOTIA COMPANY

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Robert F. Hall

 

 

 

Name:

Robert F. Hall

 

 

Title:

Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

CASCADES DELAWARE LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Nathalie Théberge

 

 

 

Name:

Nathalie Théberge

 

 

Title:

Assistant Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

DOPACO, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Robert F. Hall

 

 

 

Name:

Robert F. Hall

 

 

Title:

Assistant Secretary

 

5



 

 

CASCADES TISSUE GROUP - SALES INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Nathalie Théberge

 

 

 

Name:

Nathalie Théberge

 

 

Title:

Assistant Secretary

 

 

 

KINGSEY FALLS INVESTMENTS INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Robert F. Hall

 

 

 

Name:

Robert F. Hall

 

 

Title:

Secretary

 

 

 

6265642 CANADA INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Robert F. Hall

 

 

 

Name:

Robert F. Hall

 

 

Title:

Secretary

 

 

 

CONFERENCE CUP LTD.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Robert F. Hall

 

 

 

Name:

Robert F. Hall

 

 

Title:

Assistant Secretary

 

 

 

DOPACO CANADA, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Robert F. Hall

 

 

 

Name:

Robert F. Hall

 

 

Title:

Assistant Secretary

 

 

 

GARVEN INCORPORATED

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Robert F. Hall

 

 

 

Name:

Robert F. Hall

 

 

Title:

Assistant Secretary

 

6



 

 

LES SÉCHOIRS ST-FRANÇOIS INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Robert F. Hall

 

 

 

Name:

Robert F. Hall

 

 

Title:

Assistant Secretary

 

 

 

RABOTAGE LEMAY INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Robert F. Hall

 

 

 

Name:

Robert F. Hall

 

 

Title:

Assistant Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

Existing Subsidiary Guarantors:

 

 

 

CADMUS AND CASCADES RECYCLING, INC.

 

CASCADES AGRI-PAK, INC.

 

CASCADES BOXBOARD GROUP INC.

 

CASCADES BOXBOARD U.S. HOLDINGS, INC.

 

CASCADES BOXBOARD U.S., INC.

 

CASCADES CANADA INC.

 

CASCADES DIAMOND, INC.

 

CASCADES FINE PAPERS GROUP INC.

 

CASCADES FINE PAPERS GROUP THUNDER BAY INC.

 

CASCADES TRANSPORT INC.

 

MARATHON GRAPHIC ART DISTRIBUTOR INC.

 

SCIERIE LEMAY INC.

 

WOOD WYANT INC.

 

3815285 CANADA INC.

 

3815315 CANADA INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Robert F. Hall

 

 

 

Name:

Robert F. Hall

 

 

Title:

Secretary or Assistant Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASCADES AUBURN FIBER INC.

 

CASCADES FINE PAPERS GROUP (SALES) INC.

 

CASCADES FINE PAPERS GROUP (USA) INC.

 

CASCADES MOULDED PULP, INC.

 

CASCADES PLASTICS INC.

 

CASCADES SPG HOLDING INC.

 

7



 

 

CASCADES TISSUE GROUP - ARIZONA INC.

 

CASCADES TISSUE GROUP - IFC DISPOSABLES INC.

 

CASCADES TISSUE GROUP - NEW YORK INC.

 

CASCADES TISSUE GROUP - NORTH CAROLINA INC.

 

CASCADES TISSUE GROUP - OREGON INC.

 

CASCADES TISSUE GROUP - PENNSYLVANIA INC.

 

CASCADES TISSUE GROUP - TENNESSEE INC.

 

CASCADES TISSUE GROUP - WISCONSIN INC.

 

CASCADES USA INC.

 

W.H. SMITH PAPER CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Nathalie Théberge

 

 

 

Name:

Nathalie Théberge

 

 

Title:

Assistant Secretary

 

8



 

 

Trustee:

 

 

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Miriam Y. Molina

 

 

 

Name:

Miriam Y. Molina

 

 

Title:

Assistant Vice President

 

9




Exhibit 4.7

 

SIXTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

 

dated as of November 30, 2004

 

to the

INDENTURE

 

dated as of February 5, 2003

among

 

CASCADES INC.,

as the Company,

THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS named therein, and

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK,

 

as Trustee,

as amended

 



 

SIXTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “ Sixth Supplemental Indenture ”), dated as of November 30, 2004, among CASCADES INC. (the “ Company ”), Dopaco Limited Partnership and Dopaco Pacific LLC (the “ New Subsidiary Guarantors ”), the existing Subsidiary Guarantors under the Indenture referred to below (the “ Existing Subsidiary Guarantors ”), and THE BANK OF NEW YORK, a New York banking corporation, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “ Trustee ”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H :

 

WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture, dated as of February 5, 2003, as amended by the First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 20, 2003, the Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 30, 2003, the Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 16, 2004, the Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 8, 2004, and the Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 26, 2004 (as so amended, the “ Indenture ”), providing for the issuance of the Company’s 7 1 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2013 (the “ Notes ”);

 

WHEREAS, the Company has issued and outstanding $550,000,000 of Notes under the Indenture;

 

WHEREAS, Section 4.19(a) of the Indenture provides that the Company shall cause each of its Canadian and U.S. Restricted Subsidiaries to execute and deliver to the Trustee Subsidiary Guarantees;

 

WHEREAS, the New Subsidiary Guarantors are U.S. Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company;

 

WHEREAS, Section 9.01 of the Indenture provides that the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture without the consent of any holder of a Note to add additional Subsidiary Guarantees with respect to the Notes as provided or permitted under the Indenture; and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Sections 4.19(a), 9.01, 9.06 and 10.03 of the Indenture, the Trustee, the Company, the Existing Subsidiary Guarantors and the New Subsidiary Guarantors are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture;

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Company, the Existing Subsidiary Guarantors, the New Subsidiary Guarantors, and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

 

1.             Definitions . (a) Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

 

(b)           For all purposes of this Sixth Supplemental Indenture, except as otherwise herein expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:  (i) the terms and expressions used herein shall have the same meanings as corresponding terms and expressions used in the

 

2



 

Indenture; and (ii) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereby” and other words of similar import used in this Sixth Supplemental Indenture refer to this Sixth Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular section hereof.

 

2.             Agreement to Guarantee .  The New Subsidiary Guarantors hereby agree, jointly and severally with all other Subsidiary Guarantors, to guarantee the Company’s obligations under the Notes on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Article 10 of the Indenture and to be bound by all other applicable provisions of the Indenture.  From and after the date hereof, the New Subsidiary Guarantors shall be Subsidiary Guarantors for all purposes under the Indenture and the Notes.

 

3.             Ratification of Indenture; Sixth Supplemental Indenture Part of Indenture .  Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is, in all respects, ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect.  This Sixth Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby.

 

4.             Miscellaneous .

 

4.1           Governing Law .  THIS SIXTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK BUT WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

 

4.2           Trustee Makes No Representation .  The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or sufficiency of this Sixth Supplemental Indenture, or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein.

 

4.3           Counterparts .  The parties may sign any number of copies of this Sixth Supplemental Indenture.  Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

 

4.4           Effect of Headings .  The Article and Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction thereof.

 

4.5           Conflict with TIA .  If any provision of this Sixth Supplemental Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with any provision of the TIA, that is required under the TIA to be part of and govern any provision of this Sixth Supplemental Indenture, the provision of the TIA shall control.  If any provision of this Sixth Supplemental Indenture modifies or excludes any provision of the TIA that may be so modified or excluded, the provisions of the TIA shall be deemed to apply to the Indenture as so modified or to be excluded by this Sixth Supplemental Indenture, as the case may be.

 

4.6           Severability .  In case any provision of this Sixth Supplemental Indenture shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

3



 

4.7           No Third Party Beneficiaries .  Nothing in this Sixth Supplemental Indenture, the Indenture, or the Notes, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and thereto and their successors hereunder and thereunder, and the Holders of the Notes, any benefit of any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under the Indenture, this Sixth Supplemental Indenture or the Notes.

 

 

[ remainder of page left intentionally blank ]

 

4



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Sixth Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

 

Company:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASCADES INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Robert F. Hall

 

 

 

Name:

Robert F. Hall

 

 

Title:

Vice President, Legal Affairs and
Corporate Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

New Subsidiary Guarantors:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DOPACO LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Dopaco Pacific LLC

 

 

 

 

Its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Lois A. Meeth

 

 

 

Name:

Lois A. Meeth

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DOPACO PACIFIC LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Lois A. Meeth

 

 

 

Name:

Lois A. Meeth

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

5



 

 

Existing Subsidiary Guarantors:

 

 

 

CADMUS AND CASCADES RECYCLING, INC.

 

CASCADES AGRI-PAK, INC.

 

CASCADES BOXBOARD GROUP INC.

 

CASCADES BOXBOARD U.S. HOLDINGS, INC.

 

CASCADES BOXBOARD U.S., INC.

 

CASCADES CANADA INC.

 

CASCADES DIAMOND, INC.

 

CASCADES FINE PAPERS GROUP INC.

 

CASCADES FINE PAPERS GROUP THUNDER BAY INC.

 

CASCADES NOVA SCOTIA COMPANY

 

CASCADES TRANSPORT INC.

 

CONFERENCE CUP LTD.

 

DOPACO, INC.

 

DOPACO CANADA, INC.

 

GARVEN INCORPORATED

 

KINGSEY FALLS INVESTMENTS INC.

 

LES SÉCHOIRS ST-FRANCOIS INC.

 

MARATHON GRAPHIC ART DISTRIBUTOR INC.

 

RABOTAGE LEMAY INC.

 

SCIERIE LEMAY INC.

 

WOOD WYANT INC.

 

3815285 CANADA INC.

 

3815315 CANADA INC.

 

6265642 CANADA INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Robert F. Hall

 

 

 

Name:

Robert F. Hall

 

 

Title:

Secretary or Assistant Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

CASCADES AUBURN FIBER INC.

 

CASCADES DELAWARE LLC

 

CASCADES FINE PAPERS GROUP (SALES) INC.

 

CASCADES FINE PAPERS GROUP (USA) INC.

 

CASCADES MOULDED PULP, INC.

 

CASCADES PLASTICS INC.

 

CASCADES SPG HOLDING INC.

 

CASCADES TISSUE GROUP - ARIZONA INC.

 

6



 

 

CASCADES TISSUE GROUP - IFC DISPOSABLES INC.

 

CASCADES TISSUE GROUP - NEW YORK INC.

 

CASCADES TISSUE GROUP - NORTH CAROLINA INC.

 

CASCADES TISSUE GROUP - OREGON INC.

 

CASCADES TISSUE GROUP - PENNSYLVANIA INC.

 

CASCADES TISSUE GROUP - SALES INC.

 

CASCADES TISSUE GROUP - TENNESSEE INC.

 

CASCADES TISSUE GROUP - WISCONSIN INC.

 

CASCADES USA INC.

 

W.H. SMITH PAPER CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Nathalie Théberge

 

 

 

Name:

Nathalie Théberge

 

 

Title:

Assistant Secretary

 

7



 

 

Trustee:

 

 

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Luis Perez

 

 

 

Name:

Luis Perez

 

 

Title:

Assistant Vice President

 

8




Exhibit 10.2

 

FIRST AMENDING AGREEMENT DATED AS OF MARCH 31, 2003.

 

                THIS FIRST AMENDING AGREEMENT is made as of March 31, 2003 among CASCADES INC., a corporation incorporated under the laws of the province of Quebec (“Cascades”), CASCADES BOXBOARD GROUP INC., a corporation incorporated under the laws of Canada (“Boxboard”), CASCADES SPG HOLDING INC., a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware (“Cascades US”), CASCADES BOXBOARD U.S., INC., a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware (“Boxboard US”), CASCADES G.P.S. S.A., a corporation incorporated under the laws of France (“Cascades Europe”), CASCADES S.A., a corporation incorporated under the laws of France (“Boxboard Europe”) and CASCADES ARNSBERG GMBH, a corporation incorporated under the laws of Germany (“Boxboard Germany”) (each a “Borrower” and, collectively the “Borrowers”), THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA, a Canadian bank, as administrative agent and collateral agent (in such capacity, the “Agent”), and the financial institutions parties to the Credit Agreement referred to below as Lenders.

 

RECITALS

 

A.             Each of the Borrowers, the Agent and the Lenders is party to a credit agreement dated as of February 5, 2003 (the “ Credit Agreement ”).

 

B.             The parties wish to amend the Credit Agreement to provide that Boxboard, Boxboard US and Boxboard Europe will cease to be “Borrowers” thereunder and also to remove the provisions limiting the amount of certain obligations of the members of the Boxboard Group.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

 

1.              Interpretation

 

1.1            Capitalized terms used herein and defined in the Credit Agreement have the meanings ascribed to them in the Credit Agreement unless otherwise defined herein.

 

1.2            Any reference to the Credit Agreement in any Credit Document refers to the Credit Agreement as amended hereby.

 



 

2.              Amendments to the Credit Agreement

 

2.1            Each of Boxboard, Boxboard US and Boxboard Europe is no longer entitled to borrow under the Credit Agreement. Therefore:

 

(a)            Tranche A ceases to be available to Boxboard, Tranche B ceases to be available to Boxboard US and Tranche C ceases to be available to Boxboard Europe, and the applicable provisions of the Credit Agreement are amended accordingly; and

 

(b)            Subject to Section 2.4 hereof, the term Borrowers as used in the Credit Agreement no longer includes or refers to Boxboard, Boxboard US and Boxboard Europe.

 

2.2            Each of Boxboard and Boxboard US becomes a Designated Subsidiary, and Schedule ”B” to the Credit Agreement is amended by adding their name to the List of Designated Subsidiaries.

 

2.3            Sections 2.1(d), 2.5(b) and 10.7(a) of the Credit Agreement are deleted.

 

2.4            For greater certainty, Section 2.1 hereof is not intended to amend or reduce the scope of the provisions of the Credit Agreement and of any other Credit Document relating to the obligations of Boxboard and Boxboard US with respect to Security granted or to be granted by them for the obligations of the other Borrowers. Accordingly, any such provision and any Security granted by Boxboard and Boxboard US remain in full force and effect, notwithstanding that any Security Document may have been executed by any of them as “Borrower” or that any applicable provision of any Credit Document makes reference to or describes either of them as a “Borrower”.

 

3.              Liability of the Boxboard Group

 

Boxboard represents and warrants to the Agent and the Lenders that all notes which were outstanding under the Boxboard Indenture have been redeemed or repaid. Accordingly, Boxboard confirms that the provisions of the Security Documents that correspond to Section 10.7(a) of the Credit Agreement are no longer in effect.

 

4.              Conditions Precedent

 

Prior to or concurrently upon the execution of this Agreement, each of the Borrowers must have delivered to the Agent a copy of the documents evidencing the authority of the persons herein acting on behalf of such Borrower.

 

2



 

5.              Cost and Expenses

 

The Borrowers agree to pay on demand all reasonable costs and expenses of the Agent in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery and administration of this Agreement including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the Agent.

 

6.              Execution by the Agent

 

This Agreement is executed by the Agent on behalf of the Lenders. The Agent confirms that all Lenders have consented to the provision hereof.

 

7.              Counterparts

 

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered will be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together will constitute but one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement by telecopier will be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

 

8.              Governing Law

 

This Agreement is governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the Province of Quebec and of the laws of Canada applicable therein.

 

9.              Effectiveness

 

This Agreement will be effective as of March 31, 2003, except that for the purposes of Article 15 of the Credit Agreement, Section 2.1 hereof will be deemed to have come into effect as of February 28, 2003.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date and year first above written.

 

 

 

CASCADES INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per:

  (s) Laurent Lemaire

 

3



 

 

 

 

CASCADES BOXBOARD GROUP INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per:

  (s)  Laurent Lemaire

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASCADES SPG HOLDING INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per:

  (s)  Mario Plourde

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASCADES BOXBOARD U.S., INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per:

  (s)  Laurent Lemaire

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASCADES G.P.S. S.A.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per:

  (s)  Mario Plourde

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASCADES S.A.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per:

  (s)  Laurent Lemaire

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASCADES ARNSBERG GMBH

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per:

  (s)  Laurent Lemaire

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA , as Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per:

  (s)  Anuj Dhawan

 

4


 



Exhibit 10.3

 

 

December  17, 2003

 

TO:

The Bank of Nova Scotia , as Agent and to each
Lender under the Credit Agreement referred to below

 

 

Re:                              Request for amendment - Definition of Interest Expense

 

Dear Sirs:

 

Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of February 3, 2003 among Cascades Inc., Cascades Boxboard Group Inc., Cascades SPG Holding Inc., Cascades Boxboard U.S., Inc., Cascades G.P.S. S.A., Cascades S.A., and Cascades Arnsberg GmbH, as Borrowers, The Bank of Nova Scotia, as Agent and the Lenders from time to time party thereto (as amended by a first amending agreement dated March 31, 2003) (the ”Credit Agreement”).

 

We are requesting an amendment to the definition of Interest Expense in Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement, so that such definition may be replaced by the following:

 

““ Interest Expense ” means, for any period, the aggregate amount of interest and other financing expenses during such period in each case determined in accordance with GAAP, but (i) including interest and other financing charges which have been capitalized, and (ii) excluding amortization of financing expenses and deferred gains or losses on the translation of any debt payable in foreign currency.”

 

The effect of this amendment on our Interest Coverage Ratio as of December 31, 2003 is estimated at 0,1x.  We believe that the amended definition will reflect more accurately the objective of the ratio to measure the cash flow capacity to cover the cash interests and is also in line with the definition established for our joint venture Norampac Inc.  For your reference, the amortization of deferred financing costs at present is approximately C$3 million per annum.

 

At our annual review meeting to be held in February or March, we intend to discuss further our projections for 2004 and their impact on our Interest Coverage Ratio.

 

Please indicate your consent of this amendment by signing in the space below, and return to the Agent by 12:00 noon, Thursday, January 15, 2004. Please send your response to the attention of Anuj Dhawan by fax at (416) 866-3329.

 

Upon receipt of the consent of the Majority Lenders, this amendment will be effective from December 31, 2003.

 



 

Yours very truly,

 

CASCADES INC.
CASCADES SPG HOLDING INC.
CASCADES G.P.S. S.A.
CASCADES ARNSBERG GmbH

 

 

 

 

 

Per:

  (s)  André Belzile

 

 

 

(Form of consent on the following pages)

 

2



 

WE AGREE TO THE ABOVE AMENDMENT:

 

 

THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA , as
Lender

 

NATIONAL BANK OF CANADA ,
as Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per:

  (s) David Angel

 

 

Per:

  (s) Roch Ledoux

 

 

 

Per:

  (s) Réjean Guévremont

 

 

 

 

 

CANADIAN IMPERIAL BANK OF
COMMERCE
, as Lender

 

CIBC INC. , as designated Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per:

  (s) Mark Chandler, Executive Director

 

 

Per:

   (s) Geraldine Kerr

 

Per:

   (s) Geoff Bond, Managing Director

 

 

 

  Executive Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CITIBANK, N.A. Canadian Branch ,
as Lender

 

CITICORP NORTH AMERICA,
INC.
, as designated Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per:

   (s)  Isabelle Côté

 

 

Per:

   (s) Daniel Brill

 

 

 

 

 

 

   Managing Director

 

 

 

 

BNP PARIBAS (CANADA) ,
as Lender

 

BNP PARIBAS , as designated Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per:

  (s)  Frank L. Shaw

 

 

Per:

   (s) Frank L. Shaw

 

Per:

   (s)  Edouard Sinor

 

 

Per:

  (s) Edouard Sinor

 

 

 

 

COMERICA BANK , as Lender

 

SOCIÉTÉ GÉNÉRALE (CANADA) ,
as Lender

 

 

 

Per:

  (s)  Monica Lewis

 

 

Per:

   (s) David Daldoni

 

Per:

   (s)  Robert

 

 

Per:

   (s) Cynthia Hansen

 

 

3



 

SOCIÉTÉ GÉNÉRALE , as
designated Lender

 

BANK OF MONTREAL , as Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per:

 

 

 

Per:

  (s) Bruno Jarry

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CAISSE CENTRALE
DESJARDINS
, as Lender

 

THE TORONTO-DOMINION
BANK
, as Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per:

   (s) Pierre Tremblay

 

 

Per:

 

 

 

  (s) Francine Champoux

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TORONTO-DOMINION (TEXAS)
INC.
, as designated Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per:

 

 

 

 

 

4


 



Exhibit 10.4

 

 

January 22, 2004

 

TO:          THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA , as Agent
and to each Lender under the Credit Agreement
referred to below:

 

RE:          February 3, 2003 Credit Agreement between Cascades Inc. and the other parties thereto - Interest Expense

 

Dear Sirs:

 

We are writing further to our request for amendment dated December 17, 2003 regarding the definition of Interest Expense.  Firstly, we thank you for your consent to our request.

 

In addition, we would like to confirm our interpretation of the calculation of Interest Expense (under the new definition) for the purposes of the Credit Agreement.  In connection with the closing of our $500,000,000 credit facility and the US $550,000,000 issuance of notes on February 5, 2003, we paid various upfront and other similar non-recurrent issuer fees which have been capitalized.  These fees represented an amount of $24,608,000.

 

We intend to continue to exclude such fees from the calculation of Interest Expense.  In our view, the expressions “financing expenses” or “financing charges” are intended to capture financing costs which, in the strict sense, are not interest but are incurred on an ongoing basis.  However, these expressions are not meant in our view to include the non-recurrent upfront or issuer fees referred to above.

 

Consequently, could you kindly confirm that you agree with our interpretation that non-recurrent upfront or issuer fees do not constitute Interest Expense for the purposes of the Credit Agreement.

 

Please indicate your agreement by signing a copy of this letter and returning same to the Agent by 5:00 p.m., Friday, February 6, 2004. Please send your response to the attention of Kim Snyder by fax at (416) 866-3329.

 

Yours very truly,

 

 

 

Cascades Inc.

 

Cascades SPG Holding Inc.

 

Cascades G.P.S. S.A.

 

Cascades Arnsberg GmbH

 

 

 

Per:

(s) André Belzile

 

 

André Belzile

 

 



 

WE CONFIRM OUR AGREEMENT WITH THE INTERPRETATION OF INTEREST EXPENSE SET FORTH IN CASCADES INC.’S JANUARY 22, 2004 LETTER:

 

THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA , as
Lender

 

NATIONAL BANK OF CANADA ,
as Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per:

  (s) David Angel

 

 

Per:

(s) Jeffrey Forgach

 

 

 

 

Assistant Vice President

Per:

   (s) John Santillo

 

 

Per:

(s)  Vincent Lima

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CANADIAN IMPERIAL BANK OF
COMMERCE
, as Lender

 

CIBC INC. , as designated Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per:

  (s) Mark Chandler, Executive Director

 

 

Per:

 

 

Per:

  (s) Geoff Bond, Managing Director

 

 

 

Executive Director

 

 

 

 

 

CITIBANK, N.A. Canadian Branch ,
as Lender

 

CITICORP NORTH AMERICA,
INC.
, as designated Lender

 

 

 

 

 

Per:

   (s)  Isabelle Côté

 

 

Per:

(s)  Daniel J. Brill

 

 

 

 

 

 

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

BNP PARIBAS (CANADA) , as
Lender

 

BNP PARIBAS , as designated Lender

 

 

 

 

 

Per:

 

 

 

Per:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COMERICA BANK , as Lender

 

SOCIÉTÉ GÉNÉRALE (CANADA) ,
as Lender

 

 

 

 

 

Per:

  (s)  Monica Lewis

 

 

Per:

 

 

 

2



 

SOCIÉTÉ GÉNÉRALE , as
designated Lender

 

BANK OF MONTREAL , as Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per:

 

 

 

Per:

(s)  Bruno Jarry

 

 

 

 

 

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

CAISSE CENTRALE
DESJARDINS
, as Lender

 

THE TORONTO-DOMINION
BANK
, as Lender

 

 

 

 

 

Per:

(s)  Pierre Tremblay

 

 

Per:

(s) Yves Bergeron

 

Per:

(s)  Francine Champoux

 

 

Per:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TORONTO-DOMINION (TEXAS)
INC.
, as designated Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per:

(s)  Jill Hall

 

 

 

 

 

Per:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

3


 



Exhibit 10.5

 

 

March 26, 2004

 

TO :         The Bank of Nova Scotia ,. As Agent and to each

Lender under the Credit Agreement referred to below

 

Re:          Request for amendment – Interest Coverage Ratio

 

Dear Sirs:

 

Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of February 5, 2003 among Cascades Inc., Cascades Boxboard Group Inc., Cascades SPG Holding Inc., Cascades Boxboard U.S. Inc., Cascades G.P.S. S.A., Cascades S.A., and Cascades Arnsberg GmbH, as Borrowers, The Bank of Nova Scotia, as Agent and the Lenders from time to time party thereto (such agreement, as amended by a first amending agreement dated March 31, 2003 and two letters of agreement dated December 17, 2003 and January 22, 2004, respectively, and as same may be further amended, supplemented or restated from time to time, is hereinafter referred to as the “ Credit Agreement” ).

 

We hereby request that Section 14.2 of the Credit Agreement be replaced, as of and from March 31, 2004, with the following Section:

 

“14.2 Interest Coverage Ratio

 

Cascades must maintain at all times, on an adjusted consolidated basis, an Interest Coverage Ratio of not
 less than:

 

-   2.00 : 1 until March 31, 2004;

 

-   1.75 : 1 from April 1, 2004 to September 30, 2004;

 

-   2.00 : 1 from October 1, 2004 to December 31, 2004;

 

-   2.25 : 1 from January 1, 2005 to March 31, 2005;

 

-   2.50 : 1 thereafter.”

 



 

At our annual review meeting to be held on April 8, 2004, we intend to discuss further our projections for 2004 and their impact on our Interest Coverage Ratio.

 

Upon execution of this Agreement, Cascades shall pay to the Agent an amendment fee of 5 basis points calculated on the aggregate of the total Commitments of the Lenders who shall have consented in writing to this Agreement on or before 12:00 noon April 22, 2004 (such fee to be distributed so such Lenders pro rata to their total Commitments).

 

Please indicate your consent to this amendment by signing in the space below, and kindly return same to the Agent by 12:00 noon, April 22, 2004.  Please send your response to the attention of Kim Snyder by fax at (416) 866-3329.

 

Upon receipt of the consent of the Majority Lenders, this amendment will be effective as of and from March 31, 2004.

 

Yours very truly,

 

CASCADES INC.

CASCADES SPG HOLDING INC.

CASCADES G.P.S. S.A.

CASCADES ARNSBERG GmbH

 

 

Per:

(s) André Belzile

 

 

  André Belzile

 

  Vice-President and Chief Financial

 

  Officer

 

(Form of consent on the following pages)

 

2



 

WE AGREE TO THE ABOVE

 

THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA , as
Lender

 

NATIONAL BANK OF CANADA , as
Lender

 

 

 

Per:

  (s) David Angel

 

Per:

  (s) Yvon Laplante

 

  Director

 

 

  Vice President and Manager

 

 

Per:

  (s) Jeffrey Forgach

 

 

 

  Assistant Vice President

 

 

CANADIAN IMPERIAL BANK OF
COMMERCE
, as Lender

 

CIBC INC. , as designated Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per:

  (s)  Scott Curtis

 

Per:

  (s) Geraldine Kerr

 

  Executive Director

 

 

  Executive Director

 

 

 

 

 

CITIBANK, N.A. Canadian Branch ,
as Lender

 

CITICORP NORTH AMERICA, INC. ,
as designated Lender

 

 

 

Per:

  (s) Isabelle Côté

 

Per:

  (s)  Daniel J. Brill

 

 

 

 

  Managing Director

 

 

BNP PARIBAS (CANADA) , as Lender

 

BNP PARIBAS , as designated Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per:

  (s) Frank L. Shaw

 

Per:

  (s) Frank L. Shaw

Per:

  (s) Edouard Sinor

 

Per:

  (s) Edouard Sinor

 

 

COMERICA BANK , as Lender

 

SOCIÉTÉ GÉNÉRALE (CANADA) , as Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per:

  (s) Monica Lewis

 

Per:

  (s) David Daldoni

 

 

 

 

  (s) Cynthia Hansen

 

3



 

SOCIÉTÉ GÉNÉRALE , as designated
Lender

 

BANK OF MONTREAL , as Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per:

  (s) Maria Jackiccio

 

Per:

  (s) Bruno Jarry

 

  Vice President

 

 

  Director

 

 

CAISSE CENTRALE DESJARDINS ,
as Lender

 

THE TORONTO-DOMINION BANK ,
as Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per:

  (s) Pierre Tremblay

 

Per:

  (s) Yves Bergeron

Per:

  (s) Francine Champoux

 

 

 

 

 

TORONTO-DOMINION (TEXAS)
INC.
, as designated Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per:

  (s) Jill Hall

 

 

 

 

  Vice President

 

 

 

 

4


 



Exhibit 10.6

 

Execution copy

 

FIFTH AMENDING AGREEMENT DATED AS OF DECEMBER 27, 2004.

 

This Fifth Amending Agreement is made as of December 27, 2004 among Cascades Inc. (“Cascades”), Cascades SPG Holding Inc . (“Cascades SPG”), Cascades USA Inc. (“Cascades USA”), Cascades Europe SAS (formerly Cascades GPS S.A.) (“Cascades Europe”) and Cascades Arnsberg GmbH (“Cascades Germany”) (each a “Borrower” and, collectively the “Borrowers”), The Bank of Nova Scotia, a Canadian bank, as administrative agent and collateral agent (in such capacity, the “Agent”), and the financial institutions parties to the Credit Agreement referred to below as Lenders.

 

Recitals

 

A.                                    Each of Cascades, Cascades SPG, Cascades Europe and Cascades Germany, as borrowers, the Agent and the Lenders is party to a credit agreement dated as of February 5, 2003 (such agreement, as amended by a first amending agreement dated March 31, 2003 and three letters of agreement dated December 17, 2003, January 22, 2004 and March 26, 2004, the “ Credit Agreement ”).

 

B.                                      Each of Cascades, Cascades SPG and Cascades USA has informed the Agent and the Lenders that Cascades SPG will transfer all of its properties and assets to Cascades USA as of December 28, 2004 and will thereafter dissolve.

 

C.                                      The parties wish to amend the Credit Agreement to provide that Cascades SPG will cease to be, and will be replaced by, Cascades USA as “Borrower” under the Credit Agreement.

 

Now, therefore, the parties agree as follows :

 

1.                                       Interpretation

 

1.1                                  Capitalized terms used herein and defined in the Credit Agreement have the meanings ascribed to them in the Credit Agreement unless otherwise defined herein.

 

1.2                                  Any reference to the Credit Agreement in any Credit Document refers to the Credit Agreement as amended hereby.

 



 

2.                                       Amendments to the Credit Agreement

 

2.1                                  Cascades SPG is no longer entitled to obtain Borrowings or otherwise use the Facility under the Credit Agreement and is replaced as Borrower by Cascades USA. Therefore:

 

(a)                                   Tranche B ceases to be available to Cascades SPG and is now available to Cascades USA, and the applicable provisions of the Credit Agreement are amended accordingly;

 

(b)                                  Subject to Section 2.3 hereof, the term Borrowers as used in the Credit Agreement no longer includes or refers to Cascades SPG, but, however, now includes and refers to Cascades USA and all applicable provisions of the Credit Agreement are amended accordingly; and

 

(c)                                   Cascades USA acknowledges that it is liable as Borrower for all obligations in respect of which Cascades SPG was liable as Borrower, including all Borrowings made to Cascades SPG and outstanding as at the date hereof, as if such obligations had been incurred by Cascades USA.

 

2.2                                  From the date of this Agreement, Cascades SPG will constitute a Designated Subsidiary, and Schedule ”B” to the Credit Agreement is amended by adding its name to the List of Designated Subsidiaries.

 

2.3                                  For greater certainty, Section 2.1 hereof is not intended to amend or reduce the scope of the provisions of the Credit Agreement and of any other Credit Document relating to the obligations of Cascades SPG with respect to Security granted or to be granted by it for the obligations of the Borrowers. Accordingly, any such provision and any Security granted by Cascades SPG remain in full force and effect, notwithstanding that any Credit Document may also have been executed by it as “Borrower” or that any applicable provision of any Credit Document makes reference to or describes it as a “Borrower”.

 

2.4                                  The Lenders acknowledge that Section 13.3(b)(ii) permits the winding-up or dissolution of a Credit Party (other than a Borrower) that has previously transferred substantially all of its properties and assets to another Credit Party and, relying on the information stated in Recital B hereof, acknowledge that Cascades SPG will be entitled to dissolve.

 

3.                                       Intervention of Designated Subsidiaries

 

3.1                                  To the extent necessary or useful, each Designated Subsidiary hereby confirms its acceptance that the Credit Agreement be amended according to the terms and conditions provided for herein.

 

2



 

3.2                                  Each Designated Subsidiary confirms that the Security is not affected or reduced by this Agreement and continues to secure and guarantee the obligations of the Borrowers (including, for greater certainty, the obligations of Cascades USA, as Borrower) under or arising from (i) the Credit Agreement, (ii) any Hedging Agreement, (iii) the Guarantee Agreement dated February 5, 2003 or (iv) any instrument relating to same, in each case as said obligations may be amended, restated or supplemented from time to time.

 

4.                                       Conditions Precedent

 

Prior to or concurrently upon the execution of this Agreement, each of the Borrowers must have delivered to the Agent a copy of the documents evidencing the authority of the persons herein acting on behalf of such Borrower.

 

5.                                       Cost and Expenses

 

The Borrowers agree to pay on demand all reasonable costs and expenses of the Agent in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery and administration of this Agreement including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the Agent.

 

6.                                       Execution by the Agent

 

This Agreement is executed by the Agent on behalf of the Lenders. The Agent confirms that all Lenders have consented to the provision hereof.

 

7.                                       Counterparts

 

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered will be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together will constitute but one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement by telecopier will be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

 

8.                                       Governing Law

 

This Agreement is governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the Province of Quebec and of the laws of Canada applicable therein.

 

9.                                       Effectiveness

 

This Agreement will be effective as of December 28, 2004.

 

3



 

In witness whereof the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date and year first above written.

 

 

Cascades Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per:

  (s) Robert F. Hall

 

 

 

 

Name:

  Robert F. Hall

 

 

 

Title:

  Vice President, Legal Affairs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cascades SPG Holding Inc.
Cascades USA Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per:

  (s) Nathalie Théberge

 

 

 

 

Name:

  Nathalie Théberge

 

 

 

Title:

  Assistant Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cascades Europe SAS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per:

  (s) Mario Plourde

 

 

 

Name:

  Mario Plourde

 

 

Title:

  President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cascades Arnsberg GmbH

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per:

  (s) Vincent Lestringant

 

 

 

Name:

  Vincent Lestringant

 

 

Title:

  Authorized Representative

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Bank of Nova Scotia , as Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per:

  (s) Robert Booomhour

 

 

 

 

Name:

  Robert Boomhour

 

 

 

Title:

  Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per:

  (s) Peter Crawford

 

 

 

 

Name:

  Peter Crawford

 

 

 

Title:

  Associate Director

 

4



 

 

 

 

Cascades Canada Inc.

Cascades Nova Scotia Company

Cascades Transport Inc.

Kingsey Falls Investments Inc.

3815285 Canada Inc.

3815315 Canada Inc.

6265642 Canada Inc.

Cascades Boxboard U.S. Holdings, Inc.

Cascades Boxboard U.S., Inc.

Cascades Fjordcell Inc.

Cascades Boxboard Group Inc.

Conference Cup Ltd.

Dopaco Canada, Inc.

Dopaco, Inc.

Dopaco Limited Partnership

Dopaco Pacific LLC

Garven Incorporated

Rabotage Lemay Inc.

Scierie Lemay Inc.

Les Séchoirs St-François Inc.

Cadmus and Cascades Recycling, Inc.

Cascades Agri-Pak, Inc.

Cascades Diamond, Inc.

Cascades Fine Papers Group Inc.

Cascades Fine Papers Group Thunder Bay Inc.

Marathon Graphic Art Distributor Inc.

Wood Wyant Inc.

as Intervenors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per:

  (s)  Robert F. Hall

 

 

 

 

Name:

  Robert F. Hall

 

 

 

Title:

  Secretary or Assistant Secretary

 

5



 

 

 

 

Cascades Auburn Fiber Inc.

Cascades Delaware LLC

Cascades Moulded Pulp, Inc.

Cascades Plastics Inc.

Cascades Fine Papers Group (Sales) Inc.

Cascades Fine Papers Group (USA) Inc.

W.H. Smith Paper Corporation

Cascades Tissue Group – Arizona Inc.

Cascades Tissue Group – IFC Disposables Inc.

Cascades Tissue Group – New York Inc.

Cascades Tissue Group – North Carolina Inc.

Cascades Tissue Group – Oregon Inc.

Cascades Tissue Group – Pennsylvania Inc.

Cascades Tissue Group – Sales Inc.

Cascades Tissue Group – Tennessee Inc.

Cascades Tissue Group – Wisconsin Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per:

  (s) Nathalie Théberge

 

 

 

 

Name:

  Nathalie Théberge

 

 

 

Title:

  Assistant Secretary

 

6


 

 



Exhibit 13.1

 

 

 

 

ANNUAL INFORMATION FORM

 

For the year ended December 31, 2004

 

 

 

March 24, 2005

 



 

Table of contents

 

Annual Information Form for the year ended December 31, 2004

 

Documents incorporated by reference

Forward Looking Statements

 

Item 1 - Date of the Annual Information Form

 

 

 

 

Item 2 - Corporate Structure

 

 

2.1 Name and Incorporation of the Company

 

 

2.2 Intercorporate Relationships

 

 

 

 

Item 3 - General Development of the Business

 

 

3.1 Company profile

 

 

3.2 Three year history

 

 

3.3 Significant Acquisitions

 

 

 

 

Item 4 - Description of the Business

 

 

4.1 General

 

 

4.2 Industry sectors information

 

 

4.2.1 Packaging

 

 

4.2.1.1 Boxboard Group

 

 

4.2.1.2 Containerboard and Corrugated Products Group

 

 

4.2.1.3 Specialty Products Group

 

 

4.2.2 Fine Papers

 

 

4.2.3 Tissue Papers

 

 

4.3 Research and development

 

 

4.4 Competitive conditions

 

 

4.5 Cycle components

 

 

4.6 Environment

 

 

4.7 Reorganizations

 

 

4.8 Social policies

 

 

4.9 Business Risks

 

 

 

 

Item 5 - Dividends

 

 

 

 

Item 6 - Capital Structure

 

 

6.1 General description of capital structure

 

 

6.2 Ratings

 

 

 

 

Item 7 - Market for Securities

 

 

7.1 Trading price and volume

 

 

 

 

Item 8 - Directors and Officers

 

 

8.1 Information concerning Directors

 

 



 

 

8.2 Information concerning non-director officers

 

 

 

 

Item 9 - Legal Proceedings

 

 

 

Item 10 - Transfer Agent and Registrar

 

 

 

 

Item 11 - Material Contracts

 

 

 

 

Item 12 - Interests of Experts

 

 

 

 

Item 13 - Audit Committee

 

 

13.1 Composition and mandate

 

 

13.2 Relevant education and experience of the members

 

 

13.3 External auditors services fees

 

 

13.4 Policies and procedures for the engagement of audit and non-audit services

 

 

 

 

Item 14 - Additional Information

 

 



 

Documents Incorporated by reference

 

The documents in the table below contain information that is incorporated by reference into this annual information form. (AIF)

 

Documents

 

Where they are incorporated in this Annual Information Form

 

 

 

2004 Annual Report — Management’s discussion   and analysis, Quantitative and qualitative   disclosures regarding market risks, pages 31 to 33

 

Item 4.9

 

In this Annual Information Form, the terms “We”, “Us”, “Our”, and “Cascades” refer to Cascades Inc., its subsidiaries, divisions and joint ventures. All dollar amounts are expressed in Canadian dollars, unless stated otherwise. The information in this AIF is as of March 24, 2005, unless stated otherwise, and except for information in documents incorporated by reference that have a different date.

 

Forward-Looking Statements

 

Securities laws encourage companies to disclose forward-looking information so that investors can better understand the company’s future prospects and make informed investment decisions.

 

Certain statements in this notice or in documents incorporated by reference are forward-looking statements (as such term is defined under the United States Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995) based on current expectations. The accuracy of such statements is subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions that may cause actual results to differ materially from those projected, including, but not limited to, the effect of general economic conditions, decreases in demand for the Company’s products, increases in raw material costs, changes in the relative values of certain currencies, fluctuations in selling prices, adverse changes in general market and industry conditions. (See Business risks).

 



 

 

Annual Information Form

 

Item 1 — Date of the Annual Information Form

 

This Annual Information Form (the “Form”) is dated as of March 24, 2005.  Except as otherwise indicated, the information contained in this Form is stated as at December 31, 2004.

 

Item 2 - Corporate Structure

 

2.1          Name and Incorporation of the Company

 

Cascades Inc. (hereinafter referred to as “Cascades” or the “Company”) was incorporated under the name Paper Cascades Inc./Cascades Paper Inc. under the laws of the Province of Quebec by letters patent issued on March 26, 1964.  Supplementary letters patent were issued on March 11, 1968, July 4, 1979 and October 19, 1979 to amend the authorized capital stock and the restrictions and privileges attached to certain classes of shares of the Company.

 

Cascades was continued under the name Cascades Inc. under Part 1A of the Companies Act (Quebec) by Certificate of Continuance dated October 26, 1982.  Certificates of Amendment were issued on July 5, 1984, September 16, 1985 and May 13, 1986 to permit the subdivision of the Company’s Common Shares, as well as on July 15, 1992, July 24, 1992, December 17, 1992 and July 20, 1993 in order to modify the authorized share-capital and the restrictions and privileges of certain classes of shares of the Company.

 

On December 30, 2003, in accordance with Article 123.129 of the Companies Act (Québec), Cascades, by simplified amalgamation, merged with 9135-2591 Québec Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.  The articles of amalgamation and schedules as well as the composition of the Board of Directors of the new company following the amalgamation are exactly the same as those of Cascades Inc. prior to the amalgamation.

 

The head office and corporate offices of Cascades are located at 404 Marie-Victorin Blvd., Kingsey Falls, Québec, J0A 1B0.  Cascades also has administrative offices located at 772 Sherbrooke West, Suite 100, Montréal, Québec, H3A 1G1.

 

2.2          Intercorporate Relationships

 

The following list sets out the principal subsidiaries and joint ventures of Cascades, their respective jurisdiction of incorporation and the percentage of voting rights held as of December 31, 2004:

 

Corporate Name

 

Jurisdiction of
Incorporation

 

% of the Voting
Shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cascades Arnsberg GmbH

 

Germany

 

100

%

Cascades Canada Inc.

 

Canada

 

100

%

Cascades Fine Papers Group Inc.

 

Canada

 

100

%

Cascades S.A.

 

France

 

100

%

Cascades Tissue Group - Pennsylvania Inc.

 

Delaware

 

100

%

Cascades Tissue Group — Wisconsin Inc.

 

Delaware

 

100

%

Cascades USA Inc.

 

Delaware

 

100

%

Dopaco, Inc.

 

Pennsylvania

 

100

%

Norampac Inc.

 

Canada

 

50

%

 



 

Item 3 - General Development of the Business

 

3.1          Company profile

 

Established in 1964,Cascades is the parent company of a North American and European group of companies involved in the production, conversion and marketing of packaging products, fine specialty papers and tissue papers principally composed of recycled fibres. Cascades conducts its business principally through three operating sectors: Packaging, Fine Papers and Tissue Papers.

 

The Packaging sector includes :

The Boxboard Group , a manufacturer of premium coated boxboard and folding cartons;

The Containerboard and Corrugated Products Group , held through Norampac Inc., a joint venture company, is a maker of containerboard and a leading converter of corrugated carton; and

The Specialty Products Group produces and markets uncoated board, kraft paper, moulded pulp, plastics, converted products, construction materials, and is active in waste paper recovery and de-inking.

 

The Fine Papers sector manufactures and markets high-end uncoated fine papers, the content of which is in large part recycled.

 

The Tissue Paper sector is a major producer of tissue paper for the retail, commercial and institutional markets.

 

The following paragraphs describe significant events and important transactions in the development of the Company’s business over the last three years.

 

3.2          Three year history

 

2004

 

On February 18, 2004 and June 3, 2004, the Company acquired the 50% participations held by its partners in Cascades Sonoco S.A. for a nominal consideration and in Greenfield S.A.S. for a cash consideration of $2 million (€1.5 million).

 

On March 11, 2004, the Company acquired a tissue mill in Memphis, Tennessee, from American Tissue or some of its affiliated companies for a monetary consideration of $15 million (US$11.4 million), extending its presence in the Southern United States.

 

On April 2, 2004, Norampac Inc. (“Norampac”) a joint venture of the Company, announced the acquisition of a corrugated products plant from Johnson Products Corrugated Corp. situated in Thompson, Connecticut, for an approximate cash consideration of $15 million (US$ 11.7 million).  The 50% share of the Company in the acquisition price amounts to $8 million (US$5.9 million).  This investment allowed Norampac to increase its integration level and its North American presence.

 

On August 24, 2004, the Company acquired the remaining outstanding shares (50%) of Dopaco, Inc., a United States producer of packaging products for the quick service restaurant industry for an approximate consideration of $139 million (US$106.5 million) of which $82 million (US$63 million) has been paid in cash at the closing date and a balance estimated at $57 million (US$43.5 million) will be payable in May 2005 based on a financial formula, allowing the Company to benefit from increased integration opportunities for its packaging and tissue operations.

 

On August 27, 2004, Norampac acquired the assets of Aim Corrugated Container Corp., a corrugated products plant situated in Lancaster, New York, for an approximate money consideration of $21 million

 

2



 

(US$16 million),  The 50% share of the Company in the acquisition price amounts to $10 million (US$8 million).  This investment allowed Norampac to increase its presence in the North-East American.

 

On December 2, 2004, the Company completed a private placement of US$125 million of 7.25% Senior Notes due in 2013, which are treated as part of the same series of 7.25% Senior Notes due in 2013 that were issued in February 2003.  The issuance of these Senior Notes was completed at a price of 105.50%, or an effective interest rate of 6.376%.  The net proceeds of $156 million of this financing were used to reduce indebtedness under the Company’s revolving credit facility.

 

2003

 

On February 5, 2003, the Company completed a series of transactions to substantially refinance all of its credit facilities, excluding those of its joint ventures. The Company secured a new four-year revolving credit facility for $500 million. The obligations under this facility are secured by all inventory and receivables of the Company and its North American subsidiaries, excluding its joint ventures, and by the property, plant and equipment of three of its mills.

 

In addition, the Company issued new unsecured 7.25% Senior Notes, maturing in 2013, for an aggregate amount of US$450 million.

 

As well, the Company also redeemed US$125 million 8.375% Senior Notes, due in 2007, issued by a subsidiary for a total consideration of $192 million. Finally, in October 2003, the Company completed an additional financing of US$100 million 7.25% Senior Notes, maturing in 2013, at a price of 104.50%, for an effective interest rate of 6.61%.

 

On April 14, 2003, Norampac announced the purchase of Georgia Pacific’s converting plant in Schenectady, New York.  The monetary consideration for this transaction, subject to adjustments, amounted to $32 million (US$22 million) in cash in addition to all of the operating assets of its unit situated in Dallas, Fort Worth, Texas, evaluated at $12 million (US$8 million).  The 50% share of the Company in the acquisition price represents an amount of $10 million (US$7 million).  Through this acquisition, Norampac increased its presence in the corrugated packaging market in the Northeastern United States.

 

On October 1, 2003, Cascades increased its participation from 40% to 50% in Dopaco, Inc., a North American leader in packaging for the quick-service restaurant industry at an investment cost of $17 million (US$ 12.4 million).

 

2002

 

On January 2, 2002, Norampac increased its participation in Metro Waste Paper Recovery Inc., another joint venture of the Company, in exchange of net value assets of $6 million.

 

On January 21, 2002, Norampac acquired a corrugated products plant in Leominster, Massachusetts from Star Container Corporation, for a total consideration of $50 million (US$31 million).  The 50% share of the Company in the acquisition price represents an amount of $25 million (US$15.5 million) This plant with an annual production capacity of over one billion square feet allowed Norampac to pursue its acquisition strategy of increasing its converting capacity.

 

On March 27, 2002, Cascades announced the acquisition of 33 converting lines located in Waterford, New York, and in Calexico, California. These assets with a total capacity of eight million cases were acquired for a global amount of $30 million (US$19 million).

 

3



 

On June 6, 2002, the American Bankruptcy Court approved the purchase by Cascades of a tissue paper mill, two conversion sites located in Mechanicville, New York and in St-Helens, Oregon and a paper machine. These sites with a total combined annual production capacity of 100,000 short tons together with the other assets were bought for $66 million (US$43 million).

 

On June 11, 2002, Cascades announced a $14 million investment by Cascades Conversion Inc., a joint venture with Sonoco Products Company to extend the conversion plant in Kingsey Falls, Québec and for the installation of a new co-extrusion coating machine.

 

3.3          Significant Acquisitions

 

Other than what is indicated above under item 3.2 “Three Year History”, Cascades did not enter into any other significant acquisition of assets as of the date of the present notice.

 

Item 4 - Description of the Business

 

4.1          General

 

Cascades operates businesses in Canada, the United States, France, England, Germany, Sweden, and through joint ventures, in China, Indonesia and Australia.

 

Each of the operating sectors includes industrial groups and subgroups that may include subsidiaries or divisions, the whole as described below:

 

PACKAGING

 

BOXBOARD GROUP

•       Manufacturing

•       Converting

 

CONTAINERBOARD AND CORRUGATED PRODUCTS GROUP — Norampac inc. (50%)

 

SPECIALTY PRODUCTS GROUP

                    Manufacturing and/or converting of :

                    Kraft paper

                    Moulded pulp products

                    Plastic products

                    Converting products

                    Building materials

                    Waste paper recovery

                    De-inking

 

FINE PAPERS

                    Manufacturing

                    Converting

                    Distribution

 

TISSUE PAPERS

                    Manufacturing

                    Converting

                    Distribution

 

4



 

These three sectors include 150 operating units located in North America and Europe and employ approximately 15,800 people.  This structure decentralizes authority while allowing continuous exchanges between sectors and a better coordination of all of the operations.  Cascades sets strategic guidelines and ensures that corporate policies concerning acquisition and financing strategies, legal affairs, human resources management and environmental protection are applied by the subsidiaries, divisions and affiliated companies.

 

4.2          Industry sectors information

 

4.2.1       Packaging

 

This sector includes three industrial groups : the Boxboard Group, the Containerboard and Corrugated Products Group and the Specialty Products Group.

 

4.2.1.1    Boxboard Group

 

The Boxboard Group is a leading maker of coated boxboard and folding cartons in Canada.  The Boxboard Group operates seven mills that produce coated boxboard for conversion into folding cartons and micro-flute packaging, with a total annual production capacity of 865,000 metric tons.  Three of these mills are located in Canada, two in France, one in Sweden, and one in Germany.

 

Approximately 63% of the Boxboard Group’s production of boxboard is made of entirely recycled fibre, and 15% of its output is produced with a high content of recycled fibre and the balance of virgin fibre. Vertically integrated upstream, Boxboard Group operates two de-inking units, one in Canada and the other in France, and obtains its supply of wastepaper through its own recovery networks, joint ventures and affiliates, as well as through long-term agreements with independent suppliers.  To secure its supply of virgin fibre, the Boxboard Group operates three mechanical pulp mills in Québec, France and Sweden and one chemical pulp mill in Québec as well as a sawmill, Scierie Lemay Inc., having completed the acquisition of the outstanding shares in 2003.

 

In North America, Boxboard Group is also vertically integrated downstream via its Folding Carton Division. The division’s six plants, two in Québec, two in Ontario, one in Manitoba and one in Kentucky in the United States annually convert some 165,000 metric tons of boxboard or 2.4 billion boxes per year, supplied mainly by its boxboard mills. These plants design, develop and produce packaging solutions that meet the specific needs of companies operating mainly in the food, fast food, cosmetics, pharmaceutical and distillation industries. Dopaco, Inc. operates seven plants (two in Ontario and five in the United States) converting some 200,000 tons of boxboard a year into folding cartons and cups.  It also has joint venture interests in the United States, Australia, Indonesia and China.

 

In 2004, the Boxboard Group had net sales of $1.2 billion as compared to $1 billion in 2003.  The sales of cartonboard geographically were as follows:  i) for the European mills : 81% in France, Germany and Sweden, and 19% elsewhere; ii) for the North American mills : 50% in Canada, 48% in the United States and 2% elsewhere.  Globally in 2004, 33%, 27%, 32% and 8% of the sales of this Group were generated in Europe, Canada, the United States and other countries.

 

As of December 31, 2004, the Boxboard Group employed more than 4,200 people in 24 facilities and 10 sales offices throughout the world.

 

The following table lists the major plants owned by the Boxboard Group, the approximate annual production capacity of the facilities and the products manufactured or the operations carried out therein, as the case may be, in 2004 :

 

5



 

Facilities

 

Products / Services

 

Annual capacity in
metric tons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Manufacturing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Toronto (Ontario)

 

100% recycled coated boxboard

 

150,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jonquière (Québec)

 

Coated (from 100% virgin to 100% recycled) boxboard

 

130,000

 

 

 

Thermomechanical pulp

 

60,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

East Angus (Québec)

 

100% recycled coated boxboard

 

65,000

 

 

 

De-inked pulp

 

10,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cascades LaRochette (France)

 

Coated grease resistant boxboard, virgin fibre

 

130,000

 

 

 

Thermomechanical pulp

 

80,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cascades Blendecques (France)

 

Coated, non coated grease resistant boxboard, recycled fibre

 

145,000

 

 

 

De-inked pulp

 

60,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cascades Djupafors A.B. (Sweden)

 

Light-weight coated boxboard, virgin fibre

 

60,000

 

 

 

Thermomechanical pulp

 

50,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cascades Arnsberg GmbH (Germany)

 

Coated boxboard, recycled fibre

 

185,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cascades FjordCell (Québec)

 

Bleached softwood kraft pulp

 

82,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Scierie Lemay Inc. (Québec)

 

Sawmill

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Converting

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

• Montréal (Québec)

 

Printing, embossing, debossing, thermobossing, ultra-violet drying services

 

35,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

• Mississauga (Ontario)

 

Printing and infrared drying services

 

40,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

• Cobourg (Ontario)

 

Processing and printing of boxboard for folding cartons

 

15,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

• Winnipeg (Manitoba)

 

Processing and printing of boxboard for folding cartons

 

30,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lachute (Québec)

 

Processing and printing of boxboard for folding   cartons

 

15,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hebron (Kentucky)

 

Processing and printing of boxboard for folding   cartons

 

40,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dopaco, Inc. (Pennsylvania)

 

Packaging products for quick-service restaurant industry

 

200,000

 

 

6



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cascades Cartonboard UK Ltd (Great Britain)

 

Sheeting, distribution and resale services

 

N/A

 

 

4.2.1.2    Containerboard and Corrugated Products Group

 

The Containerboard and Corrugated Products Group, represented by Norampac Inc. (“Norampac”), a joint venture company owned equally with Domtar Inc., employs more than 5,000 people in its 34 containerboard mills and corrugated products converting plants in Canada, the United States and France.

 

Norampac has a total of eight linerboard and corrugated medium mills in Canada, the United States and France.  These facilities have a combined annual production capacity of 1.6 million short tons, a growing percentage of which is dedicated to specialty papers such as white-top or colored-top linerboard. The products manufactured by the eight manufacturing mills consist of 52% linerboard and 48% corrugating medium. Approximately 65% of their North American output is converted by Norampac’s 26 corrugated products plants, strategically located across Canada and the United States.

 

In 2004, consolidated sales of this group remained unchanged compared to 2003 which amounted to $1.3 billion, mainly allocated as follows : 65% in Canada, 27% in the United States and 8% outside of North America. The sales of this group are carried out by its own sales force and sales agents for export purposes.

 

The containerboard group purchases all of its needs in virgin fibre in Québec and Ontario, and purchases its recycled fibre in the United States (50%) and in Canada (50%).  The corrugated products group purchases nearly all of its raw material needs directly from the containerboard group’s mills.

 

The following table lists the mills and converting plants of the Containerboard and Corrugated Products Group and the approximate annual production capacity or shipments of each facility as well as the products manufactured or, where applicable, their activities in 2004 :

 

Facilities

 

Products / Services

 

Annual capacity or
Shipments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Containerboard

 

 

 

Capacity in
short tons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Niagara Falls Division   (New York)

 

100% recycled corrugating medium

 

225,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Norampac Avot Vallée S.A.S.   (France)

 

100% recycled corrugating medium and   linerboard

 

140,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Division Kingsey Falls (Québec)

 

100% recycled linerboard

 

94,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Division Cabano (Québec)

 

Corrugating medium

 

233,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trenton Division (Ontario)

 

Corrugating medium in various basis weights

 

199,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mississauga Division (Ontario)

 

100% recycled linerboard

 

156,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Red Rock Division (Ontario)

 

Unbleached kraft linerboard

 

450,000

 

 

7



 

Burnaby Division   (British Columbia)

 

100% recycled corrugating medium and   gypsum paper

 

127,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corrugated Products

 

 

 

Shipments in
Square feet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Etobicoke Division (Ontario)

 

Variety of corrugated packaging containers

 

517,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jellco Division (Ontario)

 

Variety of corrugated packaging containers

 

142,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Division Montréal (Québec)

 

Variety of corrugated packaging containers

 

713,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Moncton Division   (New Brunswick)

 

Corrugated packaging

 

502,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Calgary Division (Alberta)

 

Die cut boxes

 

571,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Concord Division (Ontario)

 

Variety of corrugated packaging containers

 

409,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Division Québec (Québec)

 

Variety of corrugated packaging containers

 

493,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Peterborough Division (Ontario)

 

Corrugated sheets, packaging and pallets

 

88,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Richmond Division   (British Columbia)

 

Corrugated packaging

 

492,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

St-Mary’s Division (Ontario)

 

Corrugated packaging

 

848,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Winnipeg Division (Manitoba)

 

Waxed corrugated containers

 

603,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Division Drummondville   (Québec)

 

Corrugated packaging containers for   medium or heavy volume

 

743,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Division Victoriaville (Québec)

 

Corrugated packaging of all sizes

 

367,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Division Vaudreuil (Québec)

 

Variety of corrugated packaging containers

 

774,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OCD Division (Ontario)

 

Corrugated packaging

 

1,038,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vaughan Division (Ontario)

 

Corrugated sheets

 

1,781,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Saskatoon Division   (Saskatchewan)

 

Corrugated product packaging

 

37,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Norampac New York City Inc.   (New York)

 

Graphic packaging and industrial box mix

 

1,007,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Norampac Leominster Inc.   (Massachusetts)

 

Industrial box mix

 

759,000,000

 

 

8



 

Norampac Schenectady Inc.   (New York)

 

Variety of corrugated packaging containers

 

661,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lancaster Division   (New York)

 

Variety of corrugated packaging containers

 

113,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Norampac Thompson Inc.   (Connecticut)

 

Variety of corrugated packaging containers

 

140,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Newfoundland Containers Limited (Newfoundland)

 

Corrugated sheets and products

 

185,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Montcorr Packaging Ltd.   (Québec)

 

Corrugated sheets

 

288,120,000

(*)

 

 

 

 

 

 

North York Division (Ontario)

 

Single face sheets, co-packaging and   display operations

 

43,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Buffalo Division (New York)

 

Custom boxes, specialized packaging

 

390,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lithothech Division (Ontario)

 

Single face laminate

 

190,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Art & Die Division (Ontario)

 

Graphic art and printing plates

 

5,367,000
square inches

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Metro Waste Paper Recovery   Inc. (Ontario)

 

Recovery of recycled fibres

 

265,000

(**)

 


(*)  Norampac holds 50% in Montcorr Packaging Ltd. and for this reason the Corporation only accounts for 50% of the total annual shipments.

(**)  Norampac holds 46% and Cascades holds 27% of Metro Waste Paper Recovery Inc.  Consequently, Norampac accounts for 46% of the total annual shipments.

 

4.2.1.3    Specialty Products Group

 

The Specialty Products Group employs more than 1,600 people in 27 operating units located in North America and Europe.  The specialty products group is active in eight subgroups, namely : the manufacture and marketing of uncoated board, kraft papers, moulded pulp products, plastic products, converting products, building materials and waste paper recovery and de-inking. Net sales for this Group amounted to $509 million in 2004 compared to $484 million in 2003.

 

a.               Uncoated board

 

Cascades Papier Kingsey Falls (Québec), produces uncoated board using 100% recycled fibre. This board is used mainly by converters specializing in commercial and industrial packaging such as headers and wrappers for the paper industry as well as spacers and partitions used to package products. This division produces approximately 85,000 metric tons of which 39.6% is sold to affiliated companies while the balance is sold to third parties of which three represent respectively 25%, 5.6% and 4.3% of sales. 64% of total sales are made to customers located in the province of Québec.  Raw material is sourced principally in the province of Québec (74.7%), in Ontario (12.5%), Maine (6.1%) and Connecticut (2.1%).  Products are delivered principally by, in order of importance : trucks, rail and ships.

 

9



 

b.               Kraft paper

 

The Cascades East Angus mill manufactures multiply kraft paper for various bags as well as many types of specialized papers such as butcher paper, paper for envelopes and paper which withstand grease or moisture.

 

Incidentally, these types of specialty paper allow this unit to maintain a competitive share in this market.  The annual capacity of this mill is 95,000 metric tons.  The majority of its sales are in the United States (71.9% in 2004 compared to 67% in 2003). Its most important customer accounts for 11% of sales. Its products may contain 0% to 100% of recycled fibre depending on customer requirements.  The supply of recycled fibres, which is stable comes from Québec (25%) and the United States (75%) and the virgin fibre comes mostly from Québec.  Products are delivered principally by trucks and rail.

 

c.                Moulded pulp products

 

Cascades Forma-Pak in Kingsey Falls (Québec), Cascades Moulded Pulp, Inc., in North Carolina (United States) and Cascades Moulded Pulp-Brantford (Ontario) (a division that started operations in August 2004), manufacture moulded pulp products of 100% recycled material and are primarily destined for poultry farms and the quick-service restaurant business in Canada (40%) and the United States (60%).  This subgroup of the Specialty Products Group produces mainly filler flats designed for egg processors, trays and specialty packaging products.  Five customers of this group purchase 80% of sales.

 

Raw material for these moulded pulp products is composed of 100% recycled material.  The availability on the market is stable due to the corporate purchasing program.  Competition in this subgroup comes principally from Canada and the United States.

 

The following table lists the principal mills in the moulded pulp products subgroup and the approximate annual production capacity of each facility as well as the products manufactured or, where applicable, their activities in 2004 :

 

Facilities

 

Products

 

Annual capacity
in units

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cascades Forma-Pak (Québec)

 

Disposable products for medical sector and filler flats

 

220,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cascades Moulded Pulp, Inc. (North Carolina)

 

Trays and specialty packaging products

 

70,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cascades Moulded Pulp —   Brantford (Ontario)

 

Trays

 

100,000

 

 

d.               Plastic products

 

This subgroup manufactures a variety of plastic products in four plants, three located in Québec and one in the United States. These plants specialize in industrial and food packaging products. The packaging is manufactured using extrusion, thermal compression and thermal molding by injection.  The principal raw material used is polystyrene

 

Plastiques Cascades, located in Kingsey Falls, Québec and Warrenton, Missouri specializes in the food industry, notably, and packaging for the quick-service restaurant business and specialized containers for

 

10



 

the meat processing industry.  Sales representatives and a network of sales agents serve Canada and the United States.

 

Plastiques Cascades - Re-Plast, located in Notre-Dame-Du-Bon-Conseil, Québec, recycles waste plastic generated by selective collection and industrial waste. The supply of raw materials is becoming increasingly difficult due to export prices (Asia).  The principal products are building construction boards, 100% recycled plastic or wood-plastic composite commercialized under the names Permadeck® and Permadeck WPC® are manufactured from post-consumer recycled plastic and industrial raw materials.  A variety of outdoor furnishings for outdoor use completes this list.  Products are sold through sales agents, manufacturing agents and distributors.  Competition comes mainly from the United States and Ontario.

 

Cascades Inopak located in Drummondville, Québec, specializes in the thermo moulding of rigid sheets of plastic and moulding by injection. Its principle products are wrappers for packaging coins sold under the trade name Plastichange® and a complete line of multi-use containers known under the trade name Benpac™ and Vu Pack™ for the retail sale and packaging of food and industrial products such as products under the trade name Frig-O-Seal®.  Products are sold through distributors and agents.  The principal raw materials used are P.E.T., polypropylene, clear polystyrene and PVC.  Competitively, five principal players in the United States and Canada share in a highly consolidated market while pressure is being felt from Asia.

 

Sales are as follows :

 

Territory

 

2003

 

2004

 

Québec

 

38%

 

39%

 

Ontario

 

20%

 

18%

 

The rest of Canada

 

3%

 

4%

 

Etats-Unis

 

39%

 

39%

 

 

The following table lists the main mills in the plastic products subgroup and the approximate annual production capacity of each facility as well as the products manufactured or, where applicable, their activities in 2004 :

 

Facilities

 

Products

 

Annual capacity
in kilograms

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Plastiques Cascades (Québec)

 

Polystyrene foam containers

 

9,500,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Plastiques Cascades — Re-Plast (Québec)

 

Profilés multi-usages , urban furniture, patio and balcony planks

 

7,500,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cascades Inopak (Québec)

 

Coin wrappers, multi-use packaging

 

5,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cascades Plastics Inc.   (Missouri)

 

Polystyrene foam containers

 

5,000,000

 

 

e.                Converting products

 

This subgroup of the Specialty Products Group’s operations mainly consists in converting uncoated board, obtained principally within the Cascades network into industrial packaging materials for the pulp

 

 

11



 

and paper industry, such as roll headers, roll-edge protectors and paperboard packaging for rolls of paper.  The converting subgroup of the Specialty Products Group is the leader in the North American market.

 

Cascades Multi-Pro, located in Drummondville, Québec manufactures laminated boards used in many industrial sectors as well as honeycomb paperbord. The Cascades Enviropac Berthierville, Québec and Toronto, Ontario plants manufacture honeycomb paperboard used as industrial packaging in general.  Converdis Inc., also located in Berthierville, manufactures packaging products. Cascades Conversion Inc. in Kingsey Falls, Québec, manufactures roll headers and a unique model of heat plate for sealing roll edges.  All these boards are also manufactured by Cascades Sonoco Inc., a joint venture located in Washington and Alabama, United States.

 

The sales for these mills are made either through an independent agent or by their own sales force.  In 2004, one customer accounted for 15.04% of sales and the principal geographic market is the United States with 42%, followed by the province of Québec at 34% and by other Canadian provinces at 24%.

 

The following table lists the main mills in the converting products subgroup and the approximate annual production capacity of each facility as well as the products manufactured or, where applicable, their activities in 2004 :

 

Facilities

 

Products

 

Annual capacity in
metric tons or square
feet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cascades Conversion Inc. (*)   (Québec)

 

Roll headers and packaging products

 

55,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cascades Multi-Pro (Québec)

 

Sheeting, dividers, laminated board and   honeycomb packaging products

 

26,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Converdis inc. (Québec) (*)

 

Packaging products

 

55,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cascades Sonoco Inc. (*)
- Birmingham (Alabama)

 

Roll headers and packaging products

 

44,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- Tacoma (Washington)

 

Roll headers and packaging products

 

30,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cascades Enviropac Berthierville (Québec)

 

Honeycomb packaging products

 

7,200

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cascades Enviropac Toronto   (Ontario)

 

Honeycomb packaging products

 

6,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cascades Rollpack S.A.S.   (France)

 

Roll headers and reams

 

20,000

 

 


(*) These units are held 50% by Cascades

 

 

12



 

f.                   Building Materials

 

Cascades Lupel, located in Cap-de-la-Madeleine, Québec, manufactures backing for vinyl flooring traded under the trademarks Endorex®, Absorbak® and Guardflo®.  Sales for these units were made primarily in the United States (58%), in Canada (41%) and in Mexico (1%).  The products are delivered principally by trucks and rail. Two major customers represent respectively 52% and 41% of sales.  The mill’s annual production capacity is 58,000 metric tons.  The raw materials are easily available and the mill sources 70% of its needs from the United States, the remainder is sourced in Canada.

 

Cascades Sainte-Marie SAS, located in Boissy-Le-Châtel, France, principally manufactures backing for vinyl flooring primarly for the North-America market (84%), which represents 78% of the sales.  This unit also manufactures mineral bases to make fireproof and facing for insulation panel.

 

g.               Waste paper recovery

 

In 2004, Cascades Recovery has handled more than 247,000 metric tons of waste paper.  In this same period, 78% of its sales were in Canada, with 22% in export, principally in Asia.  50% of its business is done within the Cascades Group.  Waste paper is obtained from industrial and commercial users as well as curbside collection in municipalities.

 

h.     De-inking

 

The mill in Auburn, Maine, with an annual capacity of 75,000 metric tons, manufactures from waste paper material a high-gloss de-inked pulp used for the production of tissue and fine paper.  63% of sales are made in the United States and 37% are made in Canada.  The three most important customers account for 34%, 22% and 7% of sales respectively.

 

Cascades Greenfield S.A.S. situated at Château-Thierry, in France, manufactures from waste paper material a high gloss de-inked pulp used for the production of fine paper and tissue.  This plant has an annual capacity of 120,000 metric tons.  The products are distributed in the European market (98%), in Japan and in Australia.  The three principal customers account for 15%, 8% and 8% of sales respectively.

 

Désencrage CMD, situated in Cap-de-la-Madeleine, Québec, with an annual capacity of 125,000 metric tons of de-inked pulp used for the production of newspaper ceased its operations in March 2003.

 

4.2.2                      Fine Papers

 

Cascades Fine Papers Group, with sales of $714 million in 2004 compared to $734 million in 2003, regroups five divisions which employ more than 1,700 people . In 2004, the consolidated sales of the Fine Papers Group were 75% in Canada and 24% in the United States.

 

The Rolland Division operates a plant in St-Jérôme, Québec, and manufactures over 100 types of uncoated fine paper.  Aside from paper destined for copying, business forms and envelopes, this division is increasingly involved in the niche markets for high-end recycled paper and specialty paper for commercial and security printing. The Rolland Division paper products are made principally from recycled material. The products are marketed under such names as Superfine Linen Record™, Colonial Bond™, ReproPlus™, Rockland™, Rolland Opaque™, Nouvelle-Vie Opaque™, Rolland Motif™, Rolland Laser Hi-Tech™, Nouvelle-Vie DP100™, Rolland Evolution™, Make Your Mark™, Enviro 30, 50 and 100™ and Rolland Digital CC™.  This division sells 45% of its products in the United States through sales representatives located in St-Jérôme and Québec, Québec, Toronto and Ottawa, Ontario and Vancouver, British Columbia as well as in Milford and Ellington, Connecticut and Chicago, Illinois, through Cascades Fine Papers Group (Sales) Inc.

 

The Breakey Fibres Division, located in Breakeyville, Québec operates a mill specializing in the production of high-end de-inked kraft pulp, a product that meets an increasing demand for uncoated fine

 

 

13



 

papers containing recycled fibre. Breakey Fibres Division is supplied with waste paper coming from Eastern Canada and from the United States.  In 2004, almost 57% of the output of Breakey Fibres’ facility was used at the St-Jérôme mill, approximately 11% at the Thunder Bay, Ontario facility and 28% at different Cascades Group companies. The remaining production is sold on the open market.

 

Cascades Resources is one of the largest Canadian distributors of fine papers and graphic art products.  This division has a network of wholesalers in Québec and elsewhere in Canada It also owns a conversion and distribution plant in Mississauga, Ontario operating under the name of Roll-O-Vert Paper Sales and another operating in Winnipeg, Manitoba.  With 14 sales offices and warehouses situated in strategic centres in Ontario, Québec, British Columbia, Alberta, Manitoba and Nova Scotia, this division covers 95% of Canada’s fine paper market in which it has an estimated market share of 23%.  Each branch operates as an independent profit centre. The core market of this division is the graphic arts industry of which 83% is made of printing business papers, 15% in graphic art products, and 2% of diversified products.  The Fine Papers Group supplies the distribution division with about 10% of its paper purchases.

 

The Converting Centre Division, located in St-Jérôme, Québec, owns and operates a sheeting centre having an annual capacity of 110,000 short tons.  The Centre offers warehousing services with a capacity of 7,000 short tons.  It offers sheeting, warehousing and distribution services to other divisions of the Fine Papers Group as well as outside customers.

 

Cascades Fine Papers Group Thunder Bay Inc. operates a coated fine paper mill, with an annual production capacity of 175,000 short tons. The paper mill provides for 100% of its hardwood mechanical pulp needs, manufacturing some 40,000 metric tons annually on its own premises.  About 63% of its sales are in the United States and the remainder in Canada. The products manufactured are marketed under the trademarks Jenson™, Beta™, Gamma™, North 49 Matte™, Dividend Gloss™, Lakecard™, Route 88™, Eco Return Card™, Provincial C1S™, Provincial SWS™ and Provincial MWS™.

 

In light of European and Asian imports, the Canadian and American markets for fine papers products are extremely competitive.  The coated and uncoated fine papers segment has experienced sales prices in 2003 and 2004 clearly below the last ten years average.

 

In 2004, fibre represented approximately 37% of total operating costs in its plants.  The Fine Papers Group is fully integrated for mechanical and recycled pulp and partially integrated for softwood kraft pulp.  Its primary source for softwood and hardwood kraft pulp needs is Canada.

 

The pulp and paper industry is recognized for its cyclical character.  The coated and uncoated fine papers segment is no exception.

 

The fine papers sector has become a global market.  Important additional capacity emanating from Europe and Asia and a decline in exports are responsible for the imbalance in demand on the North-American continent.

 

The following table lists the major plants of the Fine Papers Group and the approximate annual production capacity of each facility as well as the products manufactured or, where applicable, their activities in 2004 :

 

14



 

Facilities

 

Products / Services

 

Annual capacity
in short tons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Manufacturing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rolland Division   (Québec)

 

Uncoated fine paper

 

166,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Breakey Fibres Division   (Québec)

 

De-inked kraft pulp

 

51,000
(metric tons)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cascades Fine Papers Group   Thunder Bay Inc. (Ontario)

 

Coated fine papers

 

175,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Distribution /   Converting

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Converting Center Division   (Québec)

 

Converting of fine papers

 

110,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cascades Resources   (Canada)

 

Distribution of fine papers and graphic arts   Products; converting, packaging and   warehousing

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cascades Fine Papers Group (Sales) Inc. (USA)

 

Sales

 

N/A

 

 

4.2.3       Tissue Papers

 

The Tissue Group manufactures, converts and markets a vast array of products mainly made with recycled fibre and intended for the commercial, industrial and retail markets.  Its lines of bathroom tissue, facial tissue, paper towels, paper hand towels, paper napkins and other related products are sold under private labels and under its own brand names in the commercial and industrial Canadian and American markets such as North River® New Horizon®, Decor®, Collection Moka® and Wiping Solutions , and Perkins® in Canada.  In the retail market, products are marketed under Cascades® and Doucelle®, in Canada and Pert® and Best Value® in the United States.  In 2004, two clients accounted for 38.9% of retail sales with 21.9% and 17%. In addition, Tissue Group also sells parent rolls of bathroom tissue, paper towels, paper hand towels and specialty papers to a large number of converters.  One client accounts for 97.1% of parent roll sales.  In 2004, one client accounted for 20.3% of overall sales in the retail, commercial and industrial markets and parent rolls.   Products are sold through distributors and agents in the United States and in Canada primarily through sales representatives and the merchandise is delivered by trucks and by rail.

 

The Tissue Group consolidated sales for 2004 amounted to $717 million compared to $686 million in 2003.  In 2004, Tissue Group’s production was sold as follows : in the United States, 68% and in Canada, 32%. The Canadian mills generated 68% of the total revenue in Canada and 32% in the United States.  The American mills generated 98% of the total revenue in the United States.  1 5 manufacturing and converting plants and 13 distribution centers employ more than 2,000 people.

 

The Candiac plant in Québec manufactures tissue paper made from recycled fibres and converts it into paper towels and bathroom tissue.  These products are mainly sold in the retail market as well as the commercial and industrial markets, both in Canada and the United States.  The production not converted at the Candiac mill is transferred to the Laval and Waterford plants and to Wood Wyant Inc. or is sold in parent rolls to other converters.

 

The Lachute Plant in Québec specializes in the manufacturing and converting of industrial use paper hand towels.  These products are mainly destined to the Canadian and American commercial and industrial markets.  The production not converted is transferred to the North Carolina plant.

 

15



 

The Laval Plant in Québec specializes in the converting of tissue paper into paper napkins for the Canadian and American fast food and food industries.

 

The Kingsey Falls plant in Québec manufactures tissue paper made from recycled fibres and converts it into bathroom tissue, paper towels and facial tissue These products are mainly sold in the retail market as well as the commercial and industrial markets, both in Canada and the United States.  The production not converted is transferred to the Laval and Waterford plants and to Wood Wyant Inc. or is sold in parent rolls to other converters.

 

The Calgary plant in Alberta converts tissue papers into paper towels and bathroom tissue for the Canadian retail, commercial and industrial markets.

 

Cascades Tissue Group - North Carolina Inc manufactures tissue paper made from recycled fibres and converts it into facial tissue, paper towels and bathroom tissue.  These products are mainly sold in the commercial and industrial markets, both in Canada and the United States.  The production not converted is transferred to the Waterford plant or is sold in parent rolls to other converters.

 

Cascades Tissue Group - IFC Diposables Inc. specializes in the manufacturing of commercial and institutional wiping products as well as the distribution of paper towels, bathroom tissue and incontinence products.  These products are sold in the commercial and industrial markets in the United States.

 

Cascades Tissue Group - Wisconsin Inc manufactures tissue paper made from recycled fibres and converts it into paper napkins, facial tissue, paper towels and bathroom tissue.  These products are mainly sold in the retail market in the United States.  The production not converted is transferred to the Waterford and Calgary plants or is sold in parent rolls to other converters.

 

Cascades Tissue Group - Pennsylvania Inc manufactures tissue paper made from recycled fibres and converts it into paper napkins, facial tissue, paper towels and bathroom tissue.  These products are mainly sold in the retail market in the United States.  The production not converted is transferred to the Waterford and IFC Disposables plants or is sold in parent rolls to other converters.

 

Cascades Tissue Group - Oregon Inc. produces parent rolls made of 100% virgin fibres.  The production is transferred to the Arizona plant or is sold to other converters.

 

Cascades Tissue Group - New York Inc., Waterford Division, specializes in the conversion of tissue paper into bathroom tissue, paper towels, paper napkins and industrial use paper hand towels.  These products are mainly sold in the retail market as well as the commercial and industrial markets in the United States.  The production not converted is transferred to the Waterford and Calgary plants or is sold in parent rolls to other converters.

 

Cascades Tissue Group - New York Inc., Mechanicville Division, produces parent rolls made from recycled fibres. The production is transferred to the Waterford Division and Wood Wyant Inc. or is sold to other converters.

 

Cascades Tissue Group - Arizona Inc. specializes in the conversion of tissue paper into bathroom tissue, paper towels, paper hand towels and paper napkins.  These products are mainly sold in the retail market in the United States.

 

Cascades Tissue Group - Tennessee Inc., which started its operation at the end of 2004, produces parent rolls made from recycled fibres. The production is sold to other converters.

 

16



 

 

 

Wood Wyant Inc. specializes in the manufacturing of chemical products, in the distribution of sanitation and facility maintenance supplies, and in the converting of tissue paper into paper towels, paper hand towels and bathroom tissue.  These products are sold in the commercial and industrial markets throughout Canada.

 

The following table lists the major plants of the Tissue Group and the approximate annual production capacity of each facility as well as the products manufactured or, where applicable, their activities in 2004 :

 

Facilities

 

Products

 

Annual capacity
In short tons

 

Manufacturing / Converting

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Candiac (Québec)

 

Paper towels, bathroom tissue

 

77,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lachute (Québec)

 

Paper hand towels

 

33,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Kingsey Falls (Québec)

 

Paper towels, facial tissue, bathroom tissue

 

97,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cascades Tissue Group —
North Carolina Inc.

 

Paper towels, facial tissue, bathroom tissue

 

55,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cascades Tissue Group —
Wisconsin Inc.

 

Paper towels, bathroom tissue, facial tissue   and paper napkins

 

55,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cascades Tissue Group —
Pennsylvania Inc.

 

Paper towels, bathroom tissue, facial tissue and paper napkins

 

55,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Manufacturing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cascades Tissue Group —
Oregon Inc.

 

Parent rolls

 

75,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cascades Tissue Group —
New York Inc. (Mechanicville)

 

Parent rolls

 

50,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cascades Tissue Group —
Tennessee Inc.

 

Parent rolls

 

35,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Converting

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Calgary (Alberta)

 

Paper towels, bathroom tissue

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Laval (Québec)

 

Paper napkins

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cascades Tissue Group —
Arizona Inc.

 

Paper towels, bathroom tissue, paper hand   towels, paper napkins

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cascades Tissue Group —
New York Inc. (Waterford)

 

Paper towels, bathroom tissue, paper hand   towels, paper napkins

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Manufacturing / Converting /   Distribution

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cascades Tissue Group —
IFC
  Disposables Inc. (Tennessee)

 

Manufacturing industrial wipes

Distribution incontinence products, bathroom   tissue and paper towels

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wood Wyant Inc. (Québec)

 

Manufacturing chemical products

Converting paper towels, paper hand towels   and bathroom tissue

Distribution sanitary products

 

N/A

 

 

4.3          Research and development

 

Cascades has its own research and development centre («the Centre») in Kingsey Falls, Québec, with a staff of 48.  The Centre provides the Cascades Group with product design and development services in addition to technical support for solving production problems and improving quality.  In addition to these services, the Centre also supplies environmental consultation and expertise.

 

Inaugurated on March 26, 2004 in Kingsey Falls, Québec, Cascades has a new Information Technology Centre (the “IT Centre”).  Cascades develops its own software in many spheres of activity such as accounting, finance, human resources, warehouse logistics, transport management and production management.  The IT Centre presently employs 103 people and has been in operation since February 10, 2004.

 

4.4          Competitive conditions

 

The markets for the products are highly competitive. In some of the markets in which Cascades competes, particularly in boxboard, tissue and specialty products, the Company competes with a small number of other producers. Other markets, such as for containerboard, are extremely fragmented. In some businesses, such as in the containerboard and fine papers industries, competition tends to be global. In others, such as the tissue industry, competition tends to be regional.  In the packaging products activities, Cascades also faces competition from alternative packaging materials, such as vinyl, plastic and styrofoam, which can lead to excess capacity, decreased demand and pricing pressures.

 

Competition in the markets is primarily based upon the quality, breadth and performance characteristics of the products, customer service and price. The ability to compete successfully depends upon a variety of factors, including : 1) the ability to maintain high plant efficiencies and operating rates and lower manufacturing costs; 2) the availability, quality and cost of raw materials, particularly recycled and virgin fibre, and labor; and 3) the cost of energy.

 

Some of competitors may, at times, have lower fibre, energy and labor costs and less restrictive environmental and governmental regulations to comply with in comparison to Cascades. For example, fully integrated manufacturers, which are those manufacturers whose requirements for pulp or other fibre are met fully from their internal sources, may have some competitive advantages over manufacturers that are not fully integrated, such as Cascades, in periods of relatively high prices for raw materials, in that the former are able to ensure a steady source of these raw materials at costs that may be lower than prices in the prevailing market.  In contrast, competitors that are less integrated than the Company may have cost advantages in periods of relatively low pulp and fibre prices because they may be able to purchase pulp or fibre at prices lower than the costs Cascades incurs in the production process.  Other competitors may be larger in size or scope than is the Company, which may allow them to achieve greater economies of

 

18



 

scale on a global basis or allow them to better withstand periods of declining prices and adverse operating conditions.

 

In addition, there has been an increasing trend among Cascades’ customer towards consolidation. With fewer customers in the market for products, the strength of negotiating position with these customers could be weakened, which could have an adverse effect on pricing, margins and profitability

 

4.5          Cycle components

 

Cascades is a diversified producer of packaging products, tissue paper and fine papers with operations in Canada, the United States and Europe. The Company has leading market positions for many of its products in North America and is one of the foremost producers of coated boxboard in Europe.

 

Although the Company believes that its product, integration level, market and geographical diversification help to mitigate the adverse effects of industry conditions, the markets for some of its products are highly cyclical. These markets are heavily influenced by changes in the North American and global economies, industry capacity and inventory levels maintained by customers, all of which affect selling prices and profitability. The Company is also affected by the variation of the Canadian dollar against the U.S. dollar and the euro.

 

4.6          Environment

 

The Company is subject to environmental laws and regulations imposed by various governmental and regulatory authorities in all the countries where it operates.  The Company complies with all applicable environmental legislation and regulations.  However, ongoing capital and operating expenses are expected to be incurred to achieve and maintain compliance with applicable environmental requirements.

 

In 2004, environmental protection requirements and the application of the business’ environmental mission required investments and led to operating costs in the following amounts :

 

Country

 

Investments

 

Operatings Costs

 

Canada

 

15,315,651

 

40,534,548

 

United States

 

13,173,632

 

20,189,170

 

Europe

 

  1,362,310

 

22,170,681

 

Total

 

    29,851,593(*)

 

    82,894,399(*)

 

 


(*) These amounts include 100% investments and costs of Norampac Inc.

 

Cascades recycles more than 2.5 million of short tons of waste paper, which represents more than two thirds of its total sourcing in fibre.

 

4.7          Reorganizations

 

During the year ended December 31, 2003, the Company reorganized its Canadian subsidiaries.  At the end of December 2003, the Company proceeded by way of asset and share transfers and amalgamation to regroup into one entity its subsidiaries and divisions related to its Canadian production activities, Cascades Canada Inc.  Following the reorganization, the Company’s subsidiaries and divisions were given new names, reflecting their activities, namely : Cascades Boxboard Group, Cascades Tissue Group and Cascades Specialty Products Group.  Cascades Fine Papers Group Inc. was excluded from this reorganization.  Cascades also transferred its transport activities to a new company, Cascades Transport Inc.

 

4.8          Social Policies

 

 

 

19



 

The Company has adopted a Code of Ethics (the “Code”) which is meant to provide directors, officers and employees with general guidelines for acceptable behaviour in all relationships with each other, customers, suppliers, partners and the communities where the Company operates its activities.  A copy of the Code is available upon written request to the Corporate Secretary at the following address :

 

Cascades inc.

Corporate Secretary

404, Marie-Victorin Street, P.O. Box 30

Kingsey Falls (Québec) J0A 1B0

 

The Code and the Corporate policies referred to in the document are also available on the Company’s Website at www.cascades.com.

 

4.9          Business Risks

 

We refer the reader to Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Position and Operating Results in the 2004 Annual Report, specifically under the heading “Quantitative and Qualitative disclosures regarding market risk on pages 31 to 33 incorporated by reference herein.

 

Item 5 - Dividends

 

In 2002, Cascades has paid a dividend on its common shares of $0.03 in the first quarter and a dividend of $0.04 in the last three quarters of the fiscal year.  In 2003, Cascades has paid dividends on its common shares at the current rate of $0.04 per common share per quarter.  Other than pursuant to the Company’s Indenture, which governs the 7.25% Senior Notes due 2013, and the Credit Agreement, there are no material contractual restrictions on Cascades’ ability to declare and pay dividends on its common shares.

 

The dividend amount is reviewed annually by the Board of Directors and is determined taking into account Cascades’ financial situation, its results from operations, its capital requirements and any other factor deemed pertinent by the Board.

 

On May 4, 2004, Cascades announced an annual quarterly dividend of $ 0.04 per Common Share. The dividend was payable as follows:

 

Record Date

 

Payment date

May 31, 2004

 

June 14, 2004

September 3, 2004

 

September 17, 2004

December 3, 2004

 

December 17, 2004

March 3, 2005

 

March 17, 2005

 

Item 6 - Capital Structure

 

6.1          General description of capital structure

 

The share capital of the Company is composed of an unlimited number of Common Shares without par value, an unlimited number of Class ”A” Preferred Shares without par value which may be issued in series and an unlimited number of Class ”B” Preferred Shares without par value which may be issued in series.

 

The holders of common shares are entitled to the right to vote on the basis of one vote per share a any meetings of shareholders and the right to receive dividends and to share in the remaining assets in the

 

20



 

event of a liquidation of the Company. As at March 10, 2005, 81,374,140 common shares were issued and outstanding. The Class ”A” and “B” preferred shares are issuable in series and rank equally within their respective classes as to dividends and capital. Registered holders of any series of Class ”A” or Class ”B” are entitled to receive, in each fiscal year of the Company or on any other basis, cumulative or non-cumulative preferred dividends payable at the time, at the rates and for such amounts and at the place or places determined by the directors with respect to each series prior to the issuance of any Class ”A” or Class ”B” preferred shares.

 

In the event of the liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Company or any other distribution of its assets to its shareholders, the holders of Class ”A” and “B” preferred shares are entitled to receive, out of the assets of the Company, the amount paid in consideration of each share held by them.

 

The holders of Class ”A” and “B” preferred shares are not entitled as such to receive notice of or to attend or to vote at any meetings of shareholders. No Class ”A” and “B” is issued.

 

Any of the Class ”A” or “B” preferred shares of the share capital of the Company have been issued.

 

6.2          Ratings

 

Cascades outstanding Senior Notes have been rated BBB(low)p by Dominion Bond Rating Service (“DBRS”), Ba3 by Moody’s Investor Service Inc. (“Moody’s”) and BB+ by Standard’s & Poor’s Corporation (“S&P”) (each a “Rating Agency”).

 

Credit ratings are intended to provide investors with an independent measure of credit quality of an issue of securities. Rating for debt instruments are presented in ranges by each of the Rating Agencies. The highest quality of securities are rated AAA, in the case of S&P, DBRS, or Aaa, in the case of Moody’s. The lowest quality of securities are rated D, in the case of S&P, DBRS, or C, in the case of Moody’s.

 

According to the S&P rating system, notes rated BB, B, CCC, CC, and C are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. BB indicates the least degree of speculation and C the highest. While such notes will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions. Notes rated BBB are less vulnerable for non-payment than other speculative economic conditions, which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. The ratings from AAA to B may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

 

According to the Moody’s rating system, notes which are rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements; their future cannot be considered as well-assured. Often the protection of interest and principal payments may be very moderate, and thereby not well safeguarded during both good and bad times over the future. Uncertainty of position characterizes bonds in this class. Moody’s applies numerical modifiers 1, 2 and 3 in each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.

 

According to the DBRS rating system, notes rated BBB are of adequate credit quality. Protection of interest and principal is considered acceptable, but the entity is fairly susceptible to adverse changes in financial and economic conditions, or there may be other adverse conditions present which reduce the strength of the entity and its rated securities. Each rating category from AA to C is denoted by the subcategories high and low. The absence of either a high or low designation indicates the rating is in the middle of the category.

 

 

 

21



 

The credit ratings accorded to the notes by the Rating Agencies are not recommendations to purchase, hold or sell the notes inasmuch as such ratings do not comment as to market price or suitability for a particular investor. There is no assurance that any rating will remain in effect for any given period of time or that any rating will not be revised or withdrawn entirely by a Rating Agency in the future if in its judgement circumstances so warrant.

 

Item 7 - Market for Securities

 

7.1          Trading Price and Volume

 

Cascades’ Common Shares are traded on the Toronto Stock Exchange under the “CAS” symbol. The following table sets forth the market price range, in Canadian dollars, and trading volumes of the Company’s common shares on the Toronto Stock Exchange for each month of the most recently financial year completed :

 

Toronto Stock Exchange — Market price range

 

Month

 

High

 

Low

 

Closing Price

 

Trading Volumes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

January 2004

 

12.50

 

11.80

 

11.90

 

2,534,347

 

February 2004

 

12.50

 

11.62

 

12.40

 

3,036,283

 

March 2004

 

12.40

 

11.79

 

12.02

 

2,398,234

 

April 2004

 

13.25

 

12.01

 

13.25

 

1,891,281

 

May 2004

 

14.47

 

12.39

 

14.08

 

3,018,784

 

June 2004

 

14.22

 

13.35

 

14.00

 

1,511,542

 

July 2004

 

14.28

 

13.70

 

14.00

 

890,464

 

August 2004

 

14.10

 

13.51

 

14.10

 

1,372,936

 

September 2004

 

14.04

 

13.40

 

13.45

 

2,601,678

 

October 2004

 

14.04

 

13.15

 

13.55

 

1,480,359

 

November 2004

 

14.31

 

13.53

 

13.99

 

1,751,100

 

December 2004

 

14.00

 

13.11

 

13.40

 

2,121,975

 

 

In 2004, in the normal course of business, the Company renewed its redemption program of a maximum of 4,086,964 common shares with the Toronto Stock Exchange which represent approximately 5% of issued and outstanding common shares. The redemption authorization is valid from March 11, 2004 to March 10, 2005. In 2004, the Company redeemed 503,700 common shares under this program for a consideration of approximately $7 million.

 

On March 9, 2005, the Company announced that the Toronto Stock Exchange had accepted its notice of intention to begin a normal course issuer bid. Purchases began on March 11, 2005 and will continue until March 10, 2006. The notice will enable Cascades to acquire up to 4,068,707 common shares, representing approximately 5% of the issued and outstanding common shares as of March 9, 2005.

 

Item 8 — Directors and Officers

 

The Directors of the Company are elected annually to hold office until the next annual meeting or until a successor is elected or appointed.

 

8.1          Information concerning Directors

 

 

22



 

Mr. Bernard Lemaire , Québec (Canada) is the Chairman of the Company and has been a director since 1964. He serves as a member of the Administrative Committee. He is also Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Boralex Inc., an affiliate of Cascades.

 

Mr. Laurent Lemaire , Québec (Canada), is the Executive Vice-Chairman of the Board of the Company and has been a director since 1964. He is former President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company. He serves as a member of the Administrative Committee. Mr. Lemaire is a member of the Board of Directors of Junex Inc. and Scotia Bank.

 

Mr. Alain Lemaire , Québec (Canada), has been a director of the Company since 1967 and is the President and Chief Executive Officer of Cascades. He was Executive Vice-President of the Company and President and Chief Executive Officer of Norampac Inc. He serves as a member of the Administrative Committee.

 

Mr. Martin P. Pelletier , Québec (Canada), a consultant in pulp and paper, has been a director of the Company since 1982. Mr. Pelletier has been Vice-President and Chief Operating Officer, containerboard of Norampac inc. and is the former President and Chief Executive Officer of Cascades Fine Papers Group Inc. (formerly Rolland Inc.). He serves as a member of the Environmental, Health and Safety Committee.

 

Mr. Paul R. Bannerman , Québec (Canada), has been a director of Cascades since 1982. He is Chairman of the Board of Etcan International inc., a sales agency.

 

Mr. André Desaulniers , Andorre (Europe), has been a director of Cascades since 1982. He serves as a member of the Audit Committee and of the Corporate Governance Committee. His principal occupation is Director of Companies.

 

Mr. Jaques Aubert , Québec (Canada), was a director of the Company from May 1990 to August 2004. He served as a member of the Environmental, Health and Safety Committee .

 

Mr. Norman Boisvert , Québec (Canada), a director of the Company since 1992, is Vice-President, Administration of Cascades. He served as a member of the Human Resources Committee and Administrative Committee. Mr. Boisvert is not seeking re-election to the Board.

 

Mr. Louis Garneau , Québec (Canada), is President of Louis Garneau Sports Inc., a sports clothing manufacturer. He has been a director since 1996 and sits on the Human Resources Committee.

 

Ms. Sylvie Lemaire , Québec (Canada), has been a director of Cascades since 1999. She is President of Fempro Inc., a manufacturer of absorbent products.

 

Mr. Michel Desbiens , Québec (Canada), a consultant and director of companies, joined the Board of Directors of the Company in 2001. Mr. Desbiens is former President and Chief Executive Officer of Donohue and Chairman of the Board of Abitibi-Consolidated Inc. He serves as a member of the Human Resources and Corporate Governance Committees .

 

Mr. Laurent Verreault , Florida (United States), is President and Chief Executive Officer of Groupe Laperrière & Verreault Inc., a manufacturer of engineered equipment. He has been a director of Cascades since 2001 and serves as a member of the Audit Committee.

 

Mr. Robert Chevrier , Québec (Canada), has been a director of Cascades since 2003. He is President of Société de Gestion Roche Inc., a holding and investment company. He is former Chairman of the Board and President and Chief Executive Officer of Westburne inc. Mr. Chevrier serves as a member of the Audit Committee.

 

23



 

Mr. David McAusland , Québec (Canada), has been a director of the Company since 2003. He is Vice-President Director, Business Development, and Chief Legal Officer of Alcan Inc., an aluminium and packaging company. Mr. McAusland also held the position of Managing Partner of Fraser Milner Casgrain (formerly Byers Casgrain). He serves as a member of the Corporate Governance Committee.

 

Mr. James B.C. Doak , Ontario (Canada), was appointed a director of Cascades in February 2005. Mr. Doak is President and General Manager of Megantic Asset Management Inc., a Toronto investment company. He is former President of Enterprise Capital Management Inc.

 

8.2          Information concerning non-director officers

 

Non-Director Officer

 

Occupation in the Company

 

Province and
Country of
Residence

 

 

 

 

 

Alain Ducharme

 

Corporate Vice-President

 

Québec (Canada)

 

 

 

 

 

Christian Dubé

 

Vice-President and Chief Financial Officer

 

Québec (Canada)

 

 

 

 

 

Claude Cossette

 

Vice-President, Human Resources

 

Québec (Canada)

 

 

 

 

 

Jean-Luc Bellemare

 

Vice-President, Information Technologies

 

Québec (Canada)

 

 

 

 

 

Thomas Roberts

 

Vice-President, Business Development

 

Québec (Canada)

 

 

 

 

 

François Chagnon

 

Vice-President, Purchasing

 

Québec (Canada)

 

 

 

 

 

Hubert Bolduc

 

Vice-président, Communications and Public Affairs

 

Québec (Canada)

 

 

 

 

 

Robert F. Hall

 

Vice-President, Legal Affairs and Corporate   Secretary

 

Québec (Canada)

 

 

 

 

 

Allan Hogg

 

Corporate Controller and Treasurer

 

Québec (Canada)

 

 

 

 

 

Suzanne Blanchet

 

President and Chief Executive Officer, Cascades   Tissue Group

 

Québec (Canada)

 

 

 

 

 

Eric Laflamme

 

President and Chief Operating Officer, North   America, Cascades Boxboard Group

 

Québec (Canada)

 

 

 

 

 

Mario Plourde

 

President and Chief Operating Officer, Cascades   Specialty Products Group

 

Québec (Canada)

 

 

 

 

 

Denis Jean

 

President and Chief Executive Officer, Cascades   Fine Papers Group Inc.

 

Québec (Canada)

 

During the past five years, each of the non-director officers of the Company have been engaged in their present principal occupations or in other executive capacities for the Company or with related or affiliated companies indicated opposite their name, except for the following senior officers :

 

24



 

Mr. Denis Jean holds the position opposite his name since April 29, 2002. Prior thereto, he was First Vice President, Northern Operations, Pulp and Newspapers, and subsequently, First Vice-President, Eastern Operations, Newspapers, Pulp and Energy for Abitibi-Consolidated Inc.

 

Mr. François Chagnon acts as Vice-President, Purchasing of Cascades since January 5, 2004. Previously, he was Vice-President, Administration of Bell Helicopter Texon Canada; Vice-President

 

Development — Transportation Material, for Société Générale de Financement du Québec and President and Chief Executive Officer of SGF Transport inc.

 

Mr. Christian Dubé is Vice-President and Chief Financial Officer since May 17, 2004. He was Vice-President and Chief Executive Officer of Domtar inc. and a director of Norampac inc.

 

Mr. Hubert Bolduc holds the position opposite his name since October 25, 2004. He was Press Secretary, Office of the Deputy Minister and Minister for State for the Economy and Finance and Press Secretary for the Prime Minister of Québec.

 

The directors and senior officers of the Company beneficially own as a group, or exercised control or direction over, directly or indirectly, approximately 30,769,382 common shares representing 37.8% of the common shares issued and outstanding.

 

Item 9 — Legal Proceedings

 

In 2003, the Company was informed that one of its divisions, Cascades Resources, is the subject of an inquiry by the Canadian Commissioner of Competition as to whether Cascades Resources and its competitors had colluded to unduly reduce market competition between paper merchants in Canada. In 2004, The Competition Bureau increased the scope of its investigation to a larger number of products and for a longer period of time. The Competition Bureau has not informed the Company regarding the status of the inquiry or whether charges will be brought against that division. As this inquiry is still in an early stage, the Company’s management is unable to assess what further action, if any, the Competition Bureau may take or the possible impact of the outcome of the inquiry on the Company. Based on the information currently available, the Company’s is unable to determine the outcome of the investigation.

 

An action was filed against the Company on October 4, 2004, in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, Niagara County, by ServiceCore, Inc., alleging that the Company breached a Finder Agreement in respect of gypsum board dated April 1999. The Company has filed an answer denying the allegations of breach of the Finder Agreement. The Company is unable to determine the outcome of this action at this time. If the court were to find against the Corporation, management believes the amount of damages would be based on a percentage of sales of gypsum board by Norampac Inc., a joint venture, during the period between April 2, 2001 and the date of the judgement. If the judgement had been rendered in respect of the period ending December 31, 2004, management believes the total amount of damages would not have exceeded $3 million.

 

Item 10 — Transfer Agent and Registrar

 

Cascades transfer agent and registrar is Computershare Trust Company of Canada, having its place of business in Montréal at 1500 University Street, 7 th Floor. The register of transfers of the common shares of the Company maintained by Computershare Trust Company of Canada is located in the same office.

 

Item 11 — Material Contracts

 

The only material contracts entered into during the year ended December 31, 2004 or in prior years that are still in effect are :

25



 

 

On February 5, 2003, the Company completed a series of transactions to refinance substantially all of its existing credit facilities, except those of its joint ventures. It secured a new four-year revolving credit facility of $500 million (the “Credit Agreement”). Its obligations under this new revolving credit facility are secured by all inventory and receivables of Cascades and its North American subsidiaries and by the property, plant and equipment of three of its mills. In addition, it issued new unsecured senior notes for an aggregate amount of US$450 million which were subsequently registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission of the United States (the “Indenture”). These notes, bearing a 7.25% coupon, will mature in 2013 and are redeemable all or in part at the option of the Company under certain conditions and subject to payment of a redemption premium. The aggregate proceeds of these two transactions, combined with its available cash on hand, were used by the Company to repay substantially all of the existing credit facilities. On march 12, 2003, the Company also redeemed the $125 million 8.375% senior notes originally due in 2007 issued by its subsidiary, Cascades Boxboard Group Inc.

 

On July 8, 2003, the Company completed a private placement of US$100 million of 7.25% senior notes due in 2013, which are treated as part of the same series of 7.25% senior notes due in 2013 issued in February, as described above. These senior notes were subsequently registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission of the United States. The issuance of these senior notes was completed at a price of 104.50% or an effective interest rate of 6.61%. The proceeds of this financing were used to reduce indebtedness under the revolving credit facility of the Company.

 

On December 2, 2004, the Company completed a private placement of US$125 million of 7.25% senior notes due in 2013, which are treated as part of the same series of 7.25% senior notes due in 2013 that were issued in February 2003.. The issuance of these senior notes was completed at a price of 105.50%, or an effective interest rate of 6.376%. The net proceeds of $156 million of this financing were used to reduce indebtedness under the Company’s revolving credit facility.

 

The above mentioned contracts are filed with this Annual Information Form.

 

Item 12 — Interests of Experts

 

The audited annual statements of Cascades for the year ending December 31, 2004, filed with the Canadian Securities Administrators were audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Chartered Accountants. The Partners of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Chartered Accountants, the auditors of Cascades, beneficially own, directly or indirectly, no securities of Cascades.

 

Item 13 — Audit Committee

 

13.1        Composition and mandate

 

The Company has an Audit Committee (the “Committee”) which consists of Messrs. Robert Chevrier (chairman), André Desaulniers and Laurent Verreault. The Committee is governed by a mandate which is attached to this Annual Information Form as Exhibit 1. The Company also adopted a Code of Ethics (the “Code”) that applies to all directors, officers and employees. The Code is posted on Cascades’ website at www.cascades.com. All the members of the Committee are “independent” within the meaning of Multilateral Instrument 52-110 — Audit Committees of the Canadian Securities Administrators, by the “Securities and Exchange Commission of the United States (“SEC”). Messrs. Chevrier and Desaulniers are considered « financial experts of Audit Committees » within the meaning of Section 407 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and of the meaning of “Audit Committee Financial Expert” by the SEC.

 

13.2        Relevant education and experience of the members

 

26



 

 

The following is a brief summary of the education and experience of each member of the Audit Committee that is relevant to the performance of their responsibilities, including any education or experience that has provided the member with an understanding of the accounting principles used by the Company to prepare its annual and interim financial statements.

 

Name of Committee
member

 

Relevant education and experience

 

 

 

Robert Chevrier

 

Mr. Chevrier is President of Société de gestion Roche Inc., a holding and investment company. Fellow of the “Ordre des Comptables Agréés”, Mr. Chevrier previously held the office of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Westburne Inc. He is also a member of the Board of Directors of the Bank of Montréal, of Transcontinental Inc., of Groupe CGI Inc. and of Quincaillerie Richelieu Ltd.

 

 

 

Laurent Verreault

 

Mr. Verreault is President and Chief Executive Officer of Groupe Laperrière et Verreault Inc., a manufacturer of engineered equipment, particularly specialized in the pulp and paper sector. He is a director of Groupe TVA Inc. and of the Montreal Stock Exchange.

 

 

 

André Desaulniers

 

Mr. Desaulniers is a director of Companies. He was Chairman of the Board of Directors of McNeil, Mantha, Inc., a stock broker, from 1974 to 1991. He also sat on many Audit Committees such as, among others, as President of the Audit Committee of the Montreal Stock Exchange.

 

13.3        External Auditors Services fees

 

The following table shows fees paid to PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP in Canadian dollars in the past two fiscal years for various services provided to the Company and its subsidiaries :

 

 

 

Fees

 

Services

 

December 31, 2003

 

December 31, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Audit Fees (1)

 

$

1,114,200

 

$

1,525,000

 

Audit-Related Fees (2)

 

$

1,050,074

 

$

288,267

 

Tax Fees (3)

 

$

146,456

 

$

293,370

 

Other Fees (4)

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

Total

 

$

2,310,730

 

$

2,106,637

 

 


(1)           Professional services provided in connection with statutory and regulatory filings and audit of the annual statements of the Company.

(2)           Professional services provided in connection with the Company’s issuance of Senior Notes as well as consultations on accounting and regulatory matters.

(3)           Professional services mainly for tax compliance.

(4)           Non applicable

 

13.4        Policies and procedures for the engagement of audit and non-audit services

 

The Company’s Audit Committee (the “Committee”) has adopted a Pre-approval Policy and Procedures for services provided by external auditors which sets forth the procedures and the conditions pursuant to which permissible services proposed to be performed by external auditors are pre-approved. Under the terms of the policy, services which involve annual fees of less than $35,000 are pre-approved. The

 

27



 

Committee has delegated to the Chairman of the Committee pre-approval authority for any services not previously approved by the Committee which involve the payment of unbudgeted fees in excess of $35,000 up to a maximum of $50,000. Services which involve fees of more than $50,000 require pre-approval of all the members of the Committee.

 

Item 14 - Additional information

 

Additional information, including Directors’ and Senior Officers’ remuneration and indebtedness, principal holders of the securities of Cascades and options to purchase securities, and interests of insiders in material transactions, if any, is contained in the Management Proxy Circular dated March 10, 2005 for the annual shareholders meeting.

 

Also, additional financial information pertaining to the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 is contained in Cascades’ 2004 Annual Report.

 

In addition, the following documents may be obtained, upon written request, from the Company’s Corporate Secretary:

 

(a)           When Cascades is in the course of a distribution of its securities pursuant to a short form prospectus or has filed a preliminary short form prospectus in respect of a proposed distribution of its securities:

 

i)              one copy of the latest Annual Information Form of the Company, together with one copy of any document, or the pertinent pages of any document, incorporated by reference in the Annual Information Form;

 

ii)             one copy of the latest Annual Report of the Company, a copy of the comparative financial statements of the Company for its most recently completed financial year for which financial statements have been filed together with the accompanying Auditors’ report, and the Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Position and Operating Results and one copy of any interim financial statements of the Company that have been filed, if any, for any period after the end of its most recently completed financial year;

 

iii)            one copy of the Company’s Management Proxy Circular in respect of its most recent Annual Meeting of Shareholders during which Directors were elected; and

 

iv)           one copy of any other documents which are incorporated by reference into the preliminary short form prospectus or the short form prospectus; or

 

(b)           at any other time, the documents referred to above, provided the Company reserves the right to request the payment of a reasonable fee if the request is made by a person or company who is not a security holder of Cascades.

 

The documents mentioned above are available from the Corporate Secretary of the Company at the following address:

 

28



 

Cascades Inc.

Corporate Secretary

404 Marie-Victorin Street, P.O. Box 30

Kingsey Falls, Québec

J0A 1B0

 

Telephone:

(819) 363-5100

Telecopier:

(819) 363-5127

or on the Company’s web site address: www.cascades.com

or on SEDAR: www.sedar.com

 

29



Schedule 1

 

CHARTER OF THE

AUDIT COMMITTEE

 

OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF CASCADES INC. ( the Company )

 

1.             Purpose

 

The purpose of this charter is to describe the role of the Audit Committee (the Committee ) as well as its duties and responsibilities delegated by the Board of Directors ( the Board ”) .  The main duty of the Committee is to assist the Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities with respect to the following issues: the quality and integrity of the Company’s financial statements;

 

              accounting and financial reporting process;

 

              systems of internal accounting and financial controls;

 

              external auditors qualifications, independence and performance;

 

              internal audit function and  process;

 

              the Company’s compliance with legal and regulatory requirements;

 

              fulfill any other responsibilities assigned to it from time to time by the Board.

 

2.             Division of Responsibilities

 

In carrying out the duties of the Committee described in this charter, the members of the Committee recognize that its function is to oversee the Company’s financial reporting process on behalf of the Board as well as to report its activities regularly to the Board.  Management of the Company is responsible for the preparation, the presentation and the integrity of the Company’s financial statements and for the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting.

 

Management and the internal audit service are responsible for maintaining appropriate accounting and financial reporting principles and policies as well as internal controls and procedures that provide for compliance with accounting standards and applicable laws and regulations.  The auditors are responsible for planning and carrying out audits of the Company’s annual and interim financial statements and annually auditing management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting and other auditing procedures.

 

In performing their duties, the members of the Committee must have open and free discussions with the Board, the external auditors, the internal auditor and management of the Company.

 

3.             Composition and Organization

 

The Committee shall be composed of a minimum of  three directors, as appointed by the Board at its first meeting following the annual shareholders meeting.  Each member must be an unrelated or independent director.

 

Each Committee member must be financially literate and at least one member must have accounting or related financial management expertise, as determined by the Board.

 

The Committee will appoint one of its members as Chairman and the Secretary or Assistant-Secretary of the Company or the person designated as Secretary will be secretary for all meetings of the Committee and will keep minutes of the Committee’s deliberations.

 

4.             Meetings and Resources

 

The Committee shall meet at least four times a year, or more frequently if circumstances so dictate. By virtue of its mandate to foster open relations, the Committee shall also meet separately and in camera for discussions with the internal auditor, management and with the external auditors, as required.

 

The Committee shall establish its own rules and procedures (subject to any specific guidelines from the Board) and shall meet at the place and in accordance with the terms prescribed by its rules. A quorum shall not be less than a majority of  the members of the Committee.

 

The Chairperson of the Committee determines the agenda for each meeting in consultation with the Vice-President and Chief Financial Officer, the Secretary and the Internal Auditor.  The agenda and supporting documentation are distributed to the

 

 



 

members of the Committee within a reasonable timeframe prior to the meetings.

 

The Chairman of the Committee shall report quarterly and when required  to the Board on the Committee’s activities and will make recommendations concerning all matters it deems necessary or appropriate.

 

The Committee shall at all times have direct access to management, to the internal auditor and to the external auditors in order to seek explanations or information on specific questions.

 

The Committee shall have the resources and the authority appropriate to carry out its duties, including the authority to retain, as it deems necessary, counsel and other external consultants and to set and pay their compensation, without further Board approval.

 

In carrying out its duties and to meet its responsibilities, the Committee shall examine the books and relevant accounts of the Company, its divisions and its subsidiaries.

 

5.             Duties and Responsibilities

 

In addition to, the above-mentioned responsibilities, the Committee shall address the following questions:

 

5.1           Financial reporting

 

                    Monitor the quality and integrity of the Company’s accounting and financial reporting system through discussions with management, the external auditors and the internal auditor;

 

                    Review with management and the external auditors the annual audited financial statements of the Company, including the information contained in management’s discussion and analysis, related press releases and the external auditors report on the annual financial statements prior to public disclosure and filing with the Securities Administrators;

 

                    Review the unaudited interim financial statements, including management’s discussion and analysis for each interim period of the fiscal year and related press releases prior to public disclosure and filing with the Securities Administrators;

 

                    Review the financial information contained in prospectuses, offering memoranda, the annual information form and other reports that include audited or unaudited financial information submitted for approval by the Board;

 

                    Review with the external auditors and management, the quality, appropriateness and disclosure of the Company’s accounting principles and policies, the underlying assumptions and reporting practices, and any proposed changes thereto;

 

                    Review financial analyses and other written communications prepared by management, the internal auditor or external auditors, setting forth significant financial reporting issues and judgments made in connection with the preparation of the financial statements, including analyses of the effects of alternative generally accepted accounting principles methods ( GAAP ) on the financial statements;

 

                    Verify the compliance of management certification of financial reports with applicable legislation;

 

                    Review important litigation and any regulatory or accounting initiatives that could have a material effect upon the Company’s financial situation or operating results and the appropriateness of the disclosure thereof in the documents  reviewed by the Committee;

 

                    Review the results of the external audit, and any significant problems encountered in the performance of the audit, and management’s response or action plan related to any management letter issued by the external auditors.

 

5.2           Risk management and internal control

 

                    Periodically receive management’s report assessing the adequacy and effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and systems of  internal control;

 

                    Review insurance coverage for the Company annually and as may otherwise be appropriate;

 

                    Review the Company’s risk assessment and risk management policies, including the Company’s policies regarding hedging, investment and

 

 

 

2



 

credit; review significant capital costs and other major expenditures, related party transactions and any other transactions which could alter the Company’s financial or corporate structure, including off-balance sheet items;

 

                    Assist the Board in carrying out its responsibility for ensuring that the Company is compliant with applicable legal and regulatory requirements;

 

                    While ensuring confidentiality and anonymity, establish procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by the Company regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters, including employee concerns regarding accounting or auditing matters.

 

5.3           Internal Audit Function

 

                    Review with management, the internal audit staff qualifications and experience and, if required, recommend the appointment or replacement of the internal auditor;

 

                    Regularly assess the internal audit function’s performance, its responsibilities, its staffing, budget and the compensation of its members;

 

                    Annually review the internal audit plan;

 

                    Undertake private discussions with the internal auditor to establish internal audit independence, the level of co-operation received from management, the degree of interaction with the external auditors, and any unresolved differences of opinion or disputes.

 

5.4           External Auditors

 

                    Recommend to the Board, the appointment of the external auditors and, if appropriate, their removal (in both cases, subject to shareholder approval), evaluate and compensate them and assess their qualifications, performance and independence;

 

                    Ensure that as representatives of the shareholders, the external auditors report to the Committee and to the Board;

 

                    Approve all auditing services provided by the external auditors and determine and approve in advance non audit services provided, in compliance with applicable legal and regulatory requirements;

 

                    Discuss with the external auditors the quality and not just the acceptability of the Company’s accounting principles but also the quality of those principles, including: i) all critical accounting policies and practices used; ii) any alternative treatments of financial information that have been discussed with management, the ramification of their use as well as; iii) any other material written communications  between the Company and the external auditors, including any disagreement or unresolved differences of opinion between management and the external auditors that could have an impact on the financial statements;

 

                    Review at least once a year the external auditors report stating all relationships the external auditors have with the Company and confirming their independence, and holding discussions with the external auditors as to any relationship or services that may impact the quality of the audit services or their objectivity and independence;

 

                    Review the Company’s hiring policies for  employees or former employees of the external auditors.

 

5.5           Performance Evaluation of the Committee

 

                    Prepare and review, with the Board, an annual performance evaluation of the Committee and its members and assess once a year, the adequacy of its mandate and, if required, make recommendations to the Board.

 

 

 

3


 

 



Exhibit 13.2

 

Management’s and Auditors’ Reports

 

Management’s Report

 

The consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, are the responsibility of the management of Cascades Inc., and have been reviewed by the Audit Committee and approved by the Board of Directors. They were prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in Canada and include some amounts, which are based on management’s estimates and judgement. Management is also responsible for all other information included in this Annual Report and for ensuring that this information is consistent with the Company’s consolidated financial statements and business activities.

 

The Management of the Company is responsible for the design, establishment and maintenance of appropriate internal controls and procedures for financial reporting, to ensure that financial statements for external purposes are fairly presented in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. Such internal controls systems are designed to provide reasonable assurance on the reliability of the financial information and the safeguarding of assets.

 

External and internal auditors have free and independent access to the Audit Committee, which is comprised of outside independent directors. The Audit Committee, which meets regularly throughout the year with members of the financial management and the external and internal auditors, reviews the consolidated financial statements and recommends their approval to the Board of Directors.

 

The financial statements have been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, whose report is provided below.

 

 

/s/ Alain Lemaire

 

/s/ Christian Dubé

 

Alain Lemaire

Christian Dubé

President and Chief Executive Officer

Vice-President and Chief Financial Officer

Kingsey Falls, Canada

Kingsey Falls, Canada

February 24, 2005

February 24, 2005

 

 

Auditors’ Report to the Shareholders of Cascades Inc.

 

We have audited the consolidated balance sheets of Cascades Inc. (the “Company”) as at December 31, 2004 and 2003 and the consolidated statements of earnings, retained earnings and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2004. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform an audit to obtain reasonable assurance whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.

 

In our opinion, these consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as at December 31, 2004 and 2003 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2004 in accordance with Canadian generally accepted accounting principles.

 

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 

Chartered Accountants

Montreal, Canada

February 24, 2005

 

39



 

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets
As at December 31, 2004 and 2003

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

 

 

 

Note

 

2004

 

2003

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

30

 

27

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

 

527

 

494

 

Inventories

 

6

 

559

 

501

 

 

 

 

 

1,116

 

1,022

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

7

 

1,700

 

1,636

 

Other assets

 

8

 

215

 

186

 

Goodwill

 

8

 

113

 

83

 

 

 

 

 

3,144

 

2,927

 

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bank loans and advances

 

 

 

47

 

43

 

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

 

 

 

509

 

453

 

Current portion of long-term debt

 

9

 

58

 

18

 

 

 

 

 

614

 

514

 

Long-term debt

 

9

 

1,168

 

1,092

 

Other liabilities

 

10

 

303

 

265

 

 

 

 

 

2,085

 

1,871

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital stock

 

11

 

265

 

264

 

Retained earnings

 

 

 

783

 

778

 

Cumulative translation adjustments

 

21

 

11

 

14

 

 

 

 

 

1,059

 

1,056

 

 

 

 

 

3,144

 

2,927

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 

Approved by the Board of Directors

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Bernard Lemaire

 

/s/ Robert Chevrier

 

Bernard Lemaire
Director

Robert Chevrier
Director

 

40



 

Consolidated Statements of Retained Earnings
For the three-year period ended December 31, 2004

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

 

 

Note

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

Balance–Beginning of year

 

 

 

778

 

749

 

594

 

Net earnings for the year

 

 

 

23

 

55

 

169

 

Dividends on common shares

 

 

 

(13

)

(13

)

(10

)

Dividends on preferred shares

 

 

 

 

(1

)

(1

)

Excess of common share redemption price over paid-up capital

 

11 d)

 

(5

)

(2

)

(3

)

Excess of redemption price of preferred shares of a subsidiary over recorded capital

 

11 b)

 

 

(10

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance–End of year

 

 

 

783

 

778

 

749

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Earnings
For the three-year period ended December 31, 2004

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

 

 

Note

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(note 4)

 

(note 4)

 

Sales

 

 

 

3,254

 

2,995

 

3,118

 

Cost of sales and expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of sales (exclusive of depreciation shown below)

 

17 c)

 

2,691

 

2,463

 

2,414

 

Selling and administrative expenses

 

 

 

313

 

294

 

289

 

Impairment loss on property, plant and equipment

 

14

 

18

 

 

 

Loss (gain) on derivative financial instruments

 

15

 

(2

)

1

 

 

Unusual losses (gains)

 

13

 

(4

)

 

4

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

 

159

 

143

 

137

 

 

 

 

 

3,175

 

2,901

 

2,844

 

Operating income from continuing operations

 

 

 

79

 

94

 

274

 

Interest expense

 

17 b)

 

76

 

80

 

69

 

Foreign exchange gain on long-term debt

 

 

 

(18

)

(72

)

 

Loss on long-term debt refinancing

 

 

 

1

 

22

 

 

 

 

 

 

20

 

64

 

205

 

Provision for income taxes

 

16

 

2

 

10

 

60

 

Share of results of significantly influenced companies

 

12

 

(2

)

3

 

(22

)

Share of earnings attributed to non-controlling interests

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Net earnings from continuing operations

 

 

 

20

 

51

 

166

 

Net earnings from assets held for sale

 

4

 

3

 

4

 

3

 

Net earnings for the year

 

 

 

23

 

55

 

169

 

Basic net earnings from continuing operations per common share

 

 

 

0.25

 

0.61

 

2.04

 

Basic net earnings per common share

 

11 e)

 

0.28

 

0.66

 

2.07

 

Diluted net earnings per common share

 

11 e)

 

0.28

 

0.66

 

2.05

 

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year

 

 

 

81,678,884

 

81,720,379

 

81,482,507

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

41



 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
For the three-year period ended December 31, 2004

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

 

 

Note

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(note 4)

 

(note 4)

 

Operating activities from continuing operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net earnings from continuing operations

 

 

 

20

 

51

 

166

 

Adjustments for

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impairment loss on property, plant and equipment

 

 

 

18

 

 

 

Amortization of transitional deferred unrealized gain

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

Unusual losses (gains)

 

 

 

(4

)

 

4

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

 

159

 

143

 

137

 

Foreign exchange gain on long-term debt

 

 

 

(18

)

(72

)

 

Loss on long-term debt refinancing

 

 

 

1

 

22

 

 

Future income taxes

 

 

 

(20

)

(1

)

13

 

Share of results of significantly influenced companies

 

 

 

(2

)

3

 

(22

)

Share of earnings attributed to non-controlling interests

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Others

 

 

 

6

 

12

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

158

 

158

 

307

 

Changes in non-cash working capital components

 

17 a)

 

(2

)

(32

)

23

 

 

 

 

 

156

 

126

 

330

 

Investing activities from continuing operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

 

 

 

(129

)

(121

)

(128

)

Purchases of other assets

 

 

 

(9

)

(13

)

(21

)

Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired

 

5 a)

 

(120

)

(31

)

(127

)

Business disposal, net of cash disposed

 

5 b)

 

14

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

(244

)

(165

)

(272

)

Financing activities from continuing operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bank loans and advances

 

 

 

3

 

(50

)

 

Issuance of senior notes, net of related expenses

 

 

 

156

 

974

 

 

Change in revolving credit facilities, net of related expenses

 

 

 

(8

)

155

 

 

Increase in other long-term debt

 

 

 

10

 

52

 

77

 

Payments of other long-term debt

 

 

 

(49

)

(1,052

)

(113

)

Premium paid on redemption of long-term debt

 

 

 

(1

)

(16

)

 

Non-controlling interests

 

 

 

 

 

(7

)

Net proceeds from issuances of shares

 

 

 

2

 

2

 

3

 

Redemption of common shares and preferred shares of a subsidiary

 

11 b) d)

 

(7

)

(20

)

(3

)

Dividends

 

 

 

(13

)

(14

)

(11

)

 

 

 

 

93

 

31

 

(54

)

Change in cash and cash equivalents during the year from continuing operations

 

 

 

5

 

(8

)

4

 

Change in cash and cash equivalents from assets held for sale

 

4

 

 

 

 

Change in cash and cash equivalents during the year

 

 

 

5

 

(8

)

4

 

Translation adjustments on cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

(2

)

(3

)

3

 

Cash and cash equivalents–Beginning of year

 

 

 

27

 

38

 

31

 

Cash and cash equivalents–End of year

 

 

 

30

 

27

 

38

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

42



 

Segmented Information

For the three-year period ended December 31, 2004

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

 

The Company’s operations are organized into and managed by three segments: packaging products, tissue papers and fine papers. The classification of these operating segments is based on the primary operations of the main subsidiaries and joint ventures of the Company.

 

The Company analyzes the performance of its operating segments based on their operating income before depreciation and amortization, which is not a measure of performance under Canadian generally accepted accounting principles (“Canadian GAAP”); however, chief operating decision-makers use this performance measure for assessing the operating performance of their reportable segments. Earnings for each segment are prepared on the same basis as those of the Company. Intersegment operations are recorded on the same basis as sales to third parties, which is at fair market value.

 

Sales of the Company presented by the reportable segments are as follows:

 

Sales

 

Note

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(note 2 d)

 

(note 2 d)

 

Packaging products

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Boxboard

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Manufacturing

 

 

 

705

 

727

 

760

 

Converting

 

 

 

513

 

292

 

263

 

Eliminations and others

 

 

 

13

 

7

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

1,231

 

1,026

 

1,025

 

Containerboard( 1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Manufacturing

 

 

 

344

 

340

 

374

 

Converting

 

 

 

489

 

480

 

488

 

Eliminations and others

 

 

 

(200

)

(191

)

(204

)

 

 

 

 

633

 

629

 

658

 

Specialty products

 

 

 

509

 

484

 

477

 

Eliminations

 

 

 

(44

)

(38

)

(40

)

 

 

 

 

2,329

 

2,101

 

2,120

 

Tissue papers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Manufacturing and converting

 

 

 

665

 

620

 

663

 

Distribution( 2)

 

 

 

87

 

89

 

88

 

Eliminations

 

 

 

(35

)

(23

)

(24

)

 

 

 

 

717

 

686

 

727

 

Fine papers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Manufacturing

 

 

 

373

 

380

 

440

 

Distribution(2)

 

 

 

409

 

417

 

427

 

Eliminations

 

 

 

(68

)

(63

)

(65

)

 

 

 

 

714

 

734

 

802

 

Eliminations

 

 

 

(68

)

(72

)

(58

)

Assets held for sale

 

4

 

(438

)

(454

)

(473

)

Total

 

 

 

3,254

 

2,995

 

3,118

 

 


(1)    The Company’s containerboard sub-segment consists entirely of its interest in Norampac Inc. (“Norampac”), a joint venture.

(2)    Some or all of these sub-segments represent assets held for sale (see note 4).

 

43



 

Segmented Information

For the three-year period ended December 31, 2004

(in millions of Canadian dollars) (Continued)

 

The operating income before depreciation and amortization from continuing operation and the depreciation and amortization from continuing operation of the Company presented by the reportable segments are as follows:

 

Operating income before depreciation and
amortization and operating income
from continuing operation

 

Note

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Packaging products

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Boxboard

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Manufacturing

 

 

 

19

 

37

 

79

 

Converting

 

 

 

45

 

15

 

7

 

Others

 

 

 

3

 

3

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

67

 

55

 

89

 

Containerboard( 1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Manufacturing

 

 

 

25

 

18

 

47

 

Converting

 

 

 

54

 

52

 

50

 

Others

 

 

 

8

 

11

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

87

 

81

 

106

 

Specialty products

 

 

 

24

 

38

 

49

 

 

 

 

 

178

 

174

 

244

 

Tissue papers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Manufacturing and converting

 

 

 

74

 

72

 

130

 

Distribution( 2)

 

 

 

2

 

1

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

76

 

73

 

136

 

Fine papers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Manufacturing

 

 

 

(10

)

(5

)

27

 

Distribution(2)

 

 

 

7

 

11

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

(3

)

6

 

37

 

Corporate

 

 

 

(4

)

(3

)

3

 

Assets held for sale

 

4

 

(9

)

(13

)

(9

)

Operating income before depreciation and amortization from continuing operations

 

 

 

238

 

237

 

411

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Boxboard

 

 

 

(64

)

(49

)

(49

)

Containerboard

 

 

 

(38

)

(37

)

(37

)

Specialty products

 

 

 

(20

)

(21

)

(19

)

Tissue papers

 

 

 

(36

)

(36

)

(32

)

Fine papers

 

 

 

(11

)

(11

)

(11

)

Corporate and eliminations

 

 

 

8

 

9

 

9

 

Assets held for sale

 

4

 

2

 

2

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

(159

)

(143

)

(137

)

Operating income from continuing operations

 

 

 

79

 

94

 

274

 

 


(1)  The Company’s containerboard sub-segment consists entirely of its interest in Norampac, a joint venture.

(2)  Some or all of these sub-segments represent discontinued operations (see note 4).

 

44



 

Segmented Information

For the three-year period ended December 31, 2004

(in millions of Canadian dollars) (Continued)

 

Purchases of property, plant and equipment of the Company presented by the reportable segments are as follows:

 

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

Packaging products

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Boxboard

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Manufacturing

 

22

 

19

 

18

 

Converting

 

20

 

10

 

7

 

Others

 

6

 

5

 

3

 

 

 

48

 

34

 

28

 

Containerboard(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Manufacturing

 

13

 

14

 

18

 

Converting

 

15

 

13

 

10

 

Others

 

2

 

2

 

 

 

 

30

 

29

 

28

 

Specialty products

 

16

 

19

 

20

 

 

 

94

 

82

 

76

 

Tissue papers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Manufacturing and converting

 

20

 

25

 

31

 

Distribution( 2)

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

21

 

25

 

31

 

Fine papers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Manufacturing

 

10

 

7

 

16

 

Distribution( 2)

 

 

1

 

1

 

Others

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

10

 

10

 

17

 

Corporate

 

5

 

5

 

5

 

Assets held for sale

 

(1

)

(1

)

(1

)

Total

 

129

 

121

 

128

 

 


(1)  The Company’s containerboard sub-segment consists entirely of its interest in Norampac, a joint venture.

(2)  Some or all of these sub-segments represent assets held for sale (see note 4).

 

45



 

Segmented Information

For the three-year period ended December 31, 2004

(in millions of Canadian dollars) (Continued)

 

Identifiable assets and goodwill of the Company presented by the reportable segments are as follows:

 

Identifiable assets

 

2004

 

2003

 

Packaging products

 

 

 

 

 

Boxboard

 

997

 

946

 

Containerboard( 1)

 

744

 

717

 

Specialty products

 

438

 

390

 

 

 

2,179

 

2,053

 

Tissue papers

 

552

 

546

 

Fine papers

 

369

 

363

 

Corporate

 

190

 

114

 

Consolidation revaluation (2)

 

(178

)

(192

)

Intersegment eliminations

 

(51

)

(51

)

 

 

3,061

 

2,833

 

Investments

 

83

 

94

 

Total

 

3,144

 

2,927

 

 

Goodwill

 

2004

 

2003

 

Packaging products

 

 

 

 

 

Boxboard

 

27

 

5

 

Containerboard( 1)

 

106

 

99

 

Specialty products

 

7

 

7

 

 

 

140

 

111

 

Tissue papers

 

10

 

10

 

Fine papers

 

4

 

4

 

Consolidation revaluation (3)

 

(41

)

(42

)

Total

 

113

 

83

 

 


(1)    The Company’s Containerboard sub-segment consists entirely of its interest in Norampac, a joint venture.

(2)    Consolidation revaluation includes adjustments of assets resulting from business acquisitions.  It also includes the required adjustments resulting from the creation of Norampac, consisting mainly of reduction in property, plant and equipment and goodwill. The following table details the components of the consolidation revaluation relating to identifiable assets:

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

Privatization of subsidiaries(a)

 

(44

)

(48

)

Creation of Norampac(b)

 

(75

)

(80

)

Creation of Norampac(c)

 

(45

)

(50

)

Others

 

(14

)

(14

)

 

 

(178

)

(192

)

 


(a)    Represents the impact of the privatization of certain subsidiaries of the Company on December 31, 2000. The adjustment also reflects the accounting impact of the privatization of Cascades S.A. in 2002.

(b)    With respect to the creation of Norampac, the assets and liabilities that were contributed by the Company and Domtar Inc., the Company’s joint venture partner in Norampac, were recorded at their fair market value. However, upon proportionate consolidation of the joint venture, the Company reduced its portion of the contributed assets and liabilities to their original carrying value.

(c)    A portion of the gain realized on the creation of Norampac was recognized against property, plant and equipment and goodwill. The net book value of the deferred gain allocated against goodwill was $22 million. For the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, the net book value of the deferred gain allocated against goodwill was $16 million and $17 million, respectively.

 

(3)    The amounts shown for identifiable assets include a reduction of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003 amounting to $41 million and $42 million, respectively, which are shown separately in the table above under goodwill.

 

46



 

Segmented Information

For the three-year period ended December 31, 2004

(in millions of Canadian dollars) (Continued)

 

Sales, property, plant and equipment and goodwill of the Company presented by the geographic segments are as follows:

 

 

 

Note

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

By geographic segment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operations located in Canada

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Within Canada

 

 

 

1,571

 

1,660

 

1,747

 

To the United States

 

 

 

555

 

540

 

636

 

Offshore

 

 

 

54

 

51

 

47

 

 

 

 

 

2,180

 

2,251

 

2,430

 

Operations located in United States

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Within the United States

 

 

 

833

 

614

 

596

 

To Canada

 

 

 

94

 

36

 

20

 

Offshore

 

 

 

31

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

958

 

650

 

618

 

Operations located in Europe

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Within Europe

 

 

 

496

 

461

 

460

 

To the United States

 

 

 

5

 

8

 

10

 

To other countries

 

 

 

53

 

77

 

71

 

 

 

 

 

554

 

546

 

541

 

Operations located in Mexico

 

 

 

 

2

 

2

 

Assets held for sale —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operations located in Canada

 

4

 

(438

)

(454

)

(473

)

Total

 

 

 

3,254

 

2,995

 

3,118

 

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

 

 

 

Canada

 

993

 

1013

 

United States

 

476

 

399

 

Europe

 

231

 

224

 

Total

 

1,700

 

1,636

 

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

Goodwill

 

 

 

 

 

Canada

 

61

 

60

 

United States

 

52

 

23

 

Total

 

113

 

83

 

 

47



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

For the three-year period ended December 31, 2004

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts)

 

1 Accounting policies

 

Basis of presentation

 

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Canadian GAAP and include the significant accounting policies listed below.

 

Basis of consolidation

 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. They also include the portion of the accounts of the joint ventures accounted for through the proportionate consolidation method. Investments in significantly influenced companies are accounted for using the equity method.

 

Use of estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with Canadian GAAP requires the use of estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities in the financial statements and disclosure of contingencies at the balance sheet date, as well as the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. On a regular basis and with the available information, management reviews its estimates regarding environmental costs, useful life of property, plant and equipment, impairment of long-term assets, goodwill and pension plans. Actual results could differ from those estimates. When adjustments become necessary, they are reported in earnings in the period in which they are known.

 

Revenue recognition

 

The Company recognizes its sales when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exits, goods are shipped, significant risks and benefits of ownership are transferred, price is fixed and determinable and the collection of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured.

 

Fair market value of financial instruments

 

The Company estimates the fair market value of its financial instruments based on current interest rates, market value and current pricing of financial instruments with similar terms. Unless otherwise disclosed herein, the carrying value of these financial instruments, especially those with current maturities such as cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, bank loans and advances, accounts payable and accrued liabilities, approximates their fair market value.

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

The Company uses derivative financial instruments in the management of its foreign currency, commodity and interest rate exposures. Except for certain interest rate swap agreements, the Company’s policy is not to utilize derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.

 

The Company documents relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. This process includes linking derivatives to specific assets and liabilities on the balance sheet or to specific firm commitments or forecasted transactions. The Company also assesses whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of hedged items.

 

Foreign exchange forward contracts designated as hedging instruments   In order to reduce the potential adverse effects of currency fluctuation, the Company enters into various foreign exchange forward contracts. Gains and losses on these derivative financial instruments used to hedge anticipated sales, purchases or interest expenses denominated in foreign currencies are recognized as an adjustment of sales, cost of sales or interest expenses when the underlying sale, purchase or interest expense is recorded.

 

Foreign exchange forward contracts and currency options not designated as hedging instruments   Foreign exchange forward contracts and currency options not designated as hedging instruments are recorded at fair value. The fair value of these instruments is reviewed periodically and the resulting gains and losses are reported to earnings.

 

48



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

For the three-year period ended December 31, 2004

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) (Continued)

 

Commodity contracts designated as hedging instruments   The Company uses certain swaps and forward contracts on commodity in order to fix the price for nominal quantities of certain raw materials or finished goods to reduce the adverse effects of changes in raw material costs and sales prices of finished goods. Realized and unrealized gains and losses arising from these contracts are recognized in sales or cost of sales when the sale or purchase of the underlying commodity is recorded.

 

Commodity contracts not designated as hedging instruments   The Company also uses swaps and forward contracts on commodity that are not designated as hedging instruments. These instruments are recorded at fair value. The fair value of these contracts is reviewed periodically and the resulting gains and losses are reported to earnings.

 

Interest rate swap agreement designated as an hedging instrument   The Company enters into interest rate swap agreements in order to hedge the changes in fair value of a portion of its long-term debt. Interest expense on the debt is adjusted to include the payments made or received under the interest rate swaps.

 

Interest rate swap agreements not designated as hedging instruments   These interest rate swap agreements require the exchange of interest payments without actual exchange of the notional amount on which the payments are based. The Company adjusts the interest expense on the debt to include payments made or received under the interest rate swap agreements. These instruments are accounted for at fair value and resulting gains or losses are included in earnings under Selling and administrative expenses.

 

Others Realized and unrealized gains or losses associated with derivative financial instruments, which have been terminated or cease to be effective prior to maturity, are deferred under current or long-term assets or liabilities and recognized in earnings in the period in which the underlying original hedged transaction is recognized. In the event a designated hedged item is sold, extinguished or matures prior to the termination of the related derivative financial instrument, any realized or unrealized gain or loss on such derivative financial instrument is recognized in earnings.

 

Derivative financial instruments which are not designated as hedges or have ceased to be effective prior to maturity are recorded at their estimated fair values under current or long-term assets or liabilities with changes in their estimated fair values recorded in earnings. Estimated fair value is determined using pricing models incorporating current market prices and the contractual prices of the underlying instruments, the time value of money and yield curves.

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, bank balances and short-term liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less.

 

Inventories

 

Inventories of finished goods are valued at the lower of average production cost and net realizable value. Inventories of raw materials and supplies are valued at the lower of cost and replacement value. Cost of raw materials and supplies is determined using the average cost and the first-in, first-out methods respectively.

 

Property, plant and equipment, depreciation and amortization

 

Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost, including interest incurred during the construction period of certain property, plant and equipment. Depreciation and amortization are calculated on a straight-line basis at annual rates varying from 3% to 5% for buildings, 5% to 10% for machinery and equipment, and 15% to 20% for automotive equipment, determined according to the estimated useful life of each class of property, plant and equipment.

 

Grants and investment tax credits

 

Grants and investment tax credits are accounted for using the cost reduction method and are amortized to earnings as a reduction of depreciation and amortization, using the same rates as those used to amortize the related property, plant and equipment.

 

49



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

For the three-year period ended December 31, 2004

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) (Continued)

 

Other investments

 

Other investments are recorded at cost except when there is a decline in value which is other than temporary, in which case they are reduced to their estimated net realizable value.

 

Goodwill

 

The Company assesses periodically whether a provision for impairment in the value of goodwill is required. This is accomplished mainly by determining whether projected discounted future cash flows exceed the net book value of goodwill of the respective business units. Goodwill is tested for impairment annually on December 31 or when an event or circumstance occurs that could potentially result in a permanent decline in value.

 

Impairment of long-lived assets

 

Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment upon the concurrence of events or changes in circumstances indicating that the carrying value of the asset may not be recoverable, as measured by comparing their net book value to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows generated by their use. Impaired assets are recorded at fair value, determined principally using discounted future cash flows expected from their use and eventual disposition.

 

Deferred charges

 

Deferred charges are recorded at cost and include, in particular, the issuance costs of long-term debt, which are amortized on a straight-line basis over the anticipated period of repayment of the respective debt, and start-up costs which are amortized on a straight-line basis over a period of three to five years from the end of the start-up period.

 

Environmental costs

 

Environmental expenditures are expensed or capitalized depending upon their future economic benefit. Expenditures incurred to prevent future environmental contamination are capitalized and amortized on a straight-line basis at annual rates varying from 5% to 10%. Expenditures that relate to an existing condition caused by past operations, and which do not contribute to current or future revenue generation, are expensed. A provision for environmental costs is recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the costs can be reasonably estimated.

 

Asset retirement obligations

 

Asset retirement obligations are recognized, at fair value, in the period in which the Company incurred a legal obligation associated to the retirement of an asset. The associated costs are capitalized as part of the carrying value of the related asset and depreciated over its remaining useful life. The liability is accreted using a credit adjusted risk free interest rate of the Company.

 

Employee future benefits

 

The Company offers funded and non-funded defined benefit pension plans, some defined contribution pension plans, and group registered retirement savings plans(“RRSPs”) that provide retirement benefit payments for most of its employees. The defined benefit pension plans are usually contributory and are based on the number of years of service and, in most cases, based on the average gains at the end of career. Retirement benefits are in some cases, partially adjusted, based on inflation. The Company also provides to its employees complementary retirement benefit plans and other post-employment benefit plan, such as group life insurance and medical and dental care plans. However, these benefits, other than pension plans, are not funded.

 

The cost of pensions and other retirement benefits earned by employees is actuarially determined using the projected benefit method pro-rated on years of service and management’s best estimate of expected plan investment performance, salary escalations, retirement ages of employees and expected health care costs. The accrued benefit obligation is evaluated using the market interest rate at the evaluation date.

 

50



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

For the three-year period ended December 31, 2004

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) (Continued)

 

For the purpose of calculating the expected return on plan assets, those assets are valued at fair value. Past service costs arising from a plan amendment are amortized on a straight-line basis over the average remaining service period of the group of employees active at the date of the amendment. The excess of the net actuarial gain or loss over the greater of (a) 10% of the accrued benefit obligation at the beginning of the year and (b) 10% of the fair value of plan assets at the beginning of the year, is amortized over the average remaining service period of active employees, which may vary from 8 to 19 years (weighted average of 13 years) in 2004 depending on the plan (2003 — 8 to 19 years (weighted average of 13 years)).

 

When restructuring a plan causes a curtailment and a settlement at the same time, the curtailment is accounted for before the settlement.

 

The measurement date of most of the retirement benefit plans is December 31 of every year. An actuarial evaluation is performed at least every three years. The last evaluation took place on December 31, 2003 for almost half of the plans and on December 31, 2002 for most of the other plans.

 

Income taxes

 

The Company uses the liability method in accounting for income taxes. According to this method, future income taxes are determined using the difference between the accounting and tax bases of assets and liabilities. Future income tax assets and liabilities are measured using substantively enacted tax rates in effect in the year in which these temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. Future income tax assets are recognized when it is more likely than not that the assets will be realized.

 

Foreign currency translation

 

Foreign currency transactions   Transactions denominated in foreign currencies are recorded at the rate of exchange prevailing at the transaction date. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated at the rate of exchange prevailing at the balance sheet date. Gains and losses related to the portion of the long-term debt designated as a hedge of the net investment of the Company in self-sustaining foreign operations are recorded in cumulative translation adjustments net of related income taxes. Unrealized gains and losses on translation of other monetary assets and liabilities are reflected in the determination of the net results for the year.

 

Foreign operations   The Company’s foreign operations are defined as self-sustaining. The assets and liabilities of these operations are translated into Canadian dollars at the rate of exchange prevailing at the balance sheet date. Revenues and expenses are translated at the average exchange rate for the year. Translation gains and losses are deferred and shown as a separate component of shareholders’ equity as cumulative translation adjustments.

 

Stock-based compensation

 

The Company applies the fair value method of accounting for stock-based compensation awards granted to officers and key employees. This method consists of recording expenses to earnings based on the vesting period of the options granted. The fair value is calculated based on the Black-Scholes option pricing model. This model was developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options that have no vesting restrictions and are fully transferable. When stock options are exercised, any consideration paid by employees is credited to capital stock.

 

Amounts per common share

 

Amounts per common share are determined using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year. Diluted amounts per common share are determined using the treasury stock method to evaluate the dilutive effect of stock options, convertible instruments and equivalents, when applicable. Under this method, instruments with a dilutive effect, basically when the average market price of a share for the period exceeds the exercise price, are considered to have been exercised at the beginning of the period and the proceeds received are considered to have been used to redeem common shares of the Company at the average market price for the period.

 

51



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

For the three-year period ended December 31, 2004

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) (Continued)

 

2 Changes in accounting policies

 

New accounting standards adopted

 

a) Employee future benefits   On June 30, 2004, the Company adopted prospectively the new recommendations of the Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants (“CICA”) regarding employee future benefits that require additional disclosure about the assets, cash flows and net periodic cost of defined benefit pension plans and other employee future benefit plans. Refer to note 18 regarding the additionnal disclosure requirements.

 

b) Hedging relationships   On January 1, 2004, the Company adopted prospectively Accounting Guideline 13 (“AcG-13”) regarding hedge accounting. In compliance with the criteria required by AcG-13, hedge accounting requires the Company to document the risk management strategy used. Upon executing a hedging contract, management documents the hedged item, namely asset, liability or anticipated transaction, the characteristics of the hedging instrument used and the selected method of assessing effectiveness. The current accounting policy will be maintained for hedging relationships deemed to be effective at January 1, 2004. Consequently, realized and unrealized gains and losses on hedges will continue to be deferred until the hedged item is realized so as to allow matching of the designations in the statement of earnings. Hedge accounting was applied as at January 1, 2004 for hedging relationships existing as at December 31, 2003 that satisfied the conditions of AcG-13. Hedging relationships existing as at December 31, 2003 that did not satisfy the conditions of AcG-13 were recorded at fair value as at January 1, 2004, resulting in an increase in assets of $3.7 million and in liabilities of $0.1 million. The related unrealized gain of $3.6 million was deferred and presented under other liabilities on the balance sheet.

 

c) Asset retirement obligations   On January 1, 2004, the Company adopted retroactively, without prior period restatement, the new recommendations of the CICA relating to asset retirement obligations. This standard requires that the fair value of a liability for an asset retirement obligation be recognized in the period in which it is incurred if a reasonable estimate of fair value can be made.  The application of this standard did not have any significant impact on the financial position or results of operations of the Company.

 

d) Generally accepted accounting principles  On January 1, 2004, the Company adopted retroactively with prior period restatement CICA Section 1100, “Generally Accepted Accounting Principles” , and Section 1400, “General Standards for Financial Statement Presentation.” Section 1100 clarifies the relative authority of various accounting pronouncements and other sources of guidance within GAAP, whereas Section 1400 clarifies what constitutes a fair presentation in accordance with GAAP. In addition, under Section 1100, industry practice no longer plays a role in establishing GAAP. As a result, the cost of delivery, which had been subtracted from sales in accordance with industry practice, is no longer subtracted from sales, but rather is included in cost of goods sold. The cost of delivery for the year ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 amounted to $217 million, $208 million and $207 million respectively and have been included in the cost of good sold resulting, in the restatement of the comparative figures of 2003 and 2002.

 

e) Impairment of long-lived assets   On January 1, 2004, the Company adopted new CICA Handbook Section 3063, “Impairment of Long-lived Assets.” Section 3063 provides accounting guidance for the recognition, measurement and disclosure of impairment of long-lived assets, including property, plant and equipment and intangible assets with finite useful lives. Section 3063 requires the recognition of an impairment loss for a long-lived asset when events or changes in circumstances cause its carrying value to exceed the total undiscounted future cash flows expected from its use and eventual disposition. The impairment loss is calculated by deducting the fair value of the asset from its carrying value. This change in accounting policy has been applied prospectively and had no impact on the Company’s financial statements on January 1, 2004.

 

52



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

For the three-year period ended December 31, 2004

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) (Continued)

 

f) Guarantees   On January 1, 2003, the Company adopted prospectively the new guideline of the CICA regarding the disclosure of guarantees. Under this new guideline, entities are required to disclose key information about certain types of guarantee contracts that require payments contingent on specified types of future events. Disclosures include the nature of the guarantee, how it arose, the events or circumstances that would trigger performance under the guarantee, maximum potential future payments under the guarantee, the carrying amount of the related liability and information about recourse or collateral. Note 19(b) provides the required disclosure.

 

g) Long-lived assets and discontinued operations   The Company adopted prospectively the new guideline of the CICA regarding the disposal of long-lived assets and discontinued operations, which applies to disposal activities initiated on or after May 1, 2003.  This new section sets standards for recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of the disposal of long-lived assets.  It also sets standards for the presentation and disclosure of discontinued operations. The adoption of this standard did not impact the financial statements.

 

New accounting standards not yet adopted

 

h) Variable interest entities   In June 2003, the CICA issued Accounting Guideline 15 (“AcG-15”), “Consolidation of variable interest entities.” The new guideline requires companies to identify variable interest entities in which they have an interest to determine whether they are the primary beneficiary of such entities and, if so, to consolidate them. A variable interest entity is defined as an entity in which the equity is not sufficient to permit that entity to finance its activities without external support, or the equity investors lack either voting control and obligation to absorb future losses or the right to receive future returns. At the end of 2003, the CICA announced the deferral of the effective date of AcG-15 as it expects to make certain amendments. Previously, AcG-15 was to be effective for interim and annual periods starting on or after January 1, 2004. It will be effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after November 1, 2004. The application of this standard will not have any material impact on the financial position or results of operations of the Company.

 

i) Financial instruments, hedging, capital assets and comprehensive income   In January 2005, the CICA published four new sections: Section 1530, “Comprehensive Income;” Section 3251, “Equity;” Section 3855, “Financial Instruments — Recognition and Measurement,” and Section 3865, “Hedges.” These new standards regarding recognition and measurement of financial instruments, hedging and comprehensive income have been created to harmonize with the generally accepted accounting policies already used in the United States (U.S. GAAP). These new standards have to be adopted by the Company at the latest for the period beginning January 1, 2007, but early adoption is encouraged. The Company is presently evaluating the impact of these new standards.

 

3 Measurement uncertainty

 

The Company evaluates the net book value of its long-lived assets when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the net book value of the assets may not be recoverable. To evaluate long-lived assets, the Company determines if the undiscounted future cash flows of operating activities exceed the net book value of the assets at the valuation date. Estimate of future cash flows and fair value are based on judgment and could change.

 

During the fourth quarter of 2004, the Company performed an impairment test on long-lived assets of certain operating units due to their operating loss for the current period.

 

According to the results of the impairment tests performed, it is not necessary to record an impairment loss for these operating units with the exception of the impairment loss on property, plant and equipment disclosed in note 14. However, given the sensitivity of certain key assumptions used, such as exchange rates, selling prices and costs of raw materials, there is a measurement uncertainty regarding of certain operating units because it is reasonably possible that variations of future conditions could require a change in the stated amount of the long-lived assets when new impairment tests will be prepared.

 

53



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

For the three-year period ended December 31, 2004

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) (Continued)

 

4 Assets held for sale

 

During the fourth quarter of 2004, the Company decided to initiate a divestiture plan for its distribution activities in the Fine papers and Tissue papers segments. Consequently, the assets, liabilities, earnings and cash flows from these activities for the current period and for all comparative periods, are classified as assets held for sale. The comparative financial information of 2003 and 2002 has been restated to reflect this change. Financial information relating to these assets held for sale is as follows:

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

Condensed balance sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

126

 

126

 

 

 

Long-term assets

 

9

 

12

 

 

 

Current liabilities

 

29

 

31

 

 

 

Condensed statement of earnings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales

 

438

 

454

 

473

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

2

 

2

 

2

 

Operating income

 

7

 

11

 

7

 

Interest expenses

 

3

 

3

 

3

 

Income taxes

 

1

 

4

 

1

 

Net earnings from assets held for sale

 

3

 

4

 

3

 

Net earnings per share from assets held for sale

 

0.03

 

0.05

 

0.03

 

Condensed statement of cash flows

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from operating activities

 

1

 

14

 

(5

)

Cash flows from investing activities

 

(1

)

(1

)

(5

)

Cash flows from financing activities

 

 

(13

)

10

 

 

54



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

For the three-year period ended December 31, 2004

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) (Continued)

 

5 Business acquisitions and disposal

 

a) 2004 acquisitions   On February 18, 2004 and June 3, 2004, the Company acquired the 50% interest held by its partners in Cascades Sonoco S.A. for a nil amount and in Greenfield SAS for a cash consideration of $2 million (€1.5 million). On March 11, 2004, the Company acquired the assets of a tissue mill located in Memphis, Tennessee, from American Tissue or affiliates thereof, for a cash consideration of $15 million (US$11.4 million). On April 2, 2004, a joint venture of the Company acquired the shares of Johnson Corrugated Products Corp., a corrugated products plant in Thompson, Connecticut, for an approximate cash consideration of $15 million (US$11.7 million). The Company’s 50% share of the purchase price amounted to $8 million (US$5.9 million). On June 11, 2004, a joint venture of the Company acquired the non-controlling interest of its subsidiary for a cash consideration of $14 million. The Company’s 50% share of the purchase price amounted to $7 million.

 

On August 24, 2004, the Company acquired the remaining outstanding shares (50%) of Dopaco Inc., a U.S. producer of packaging products for the quick service restaurant industry, for an approximate consideration of $139 million (US$106.5 million), of which $82 million (US$63 million) has been paid in cash at the closing date and a balance estimated at $57 million (US$43.5 million) will be payable in May 2005 based on a financial formula. The balance sheet and results of Dopaco, Inc. are fully consolidated since that date. On August 27, 2004, a joint venture of the Company acquired the assets of AIM Corrugated Container Corp., a corrugated products plant in Lancaster, New York, for an approximate cash consideration of $21 million (US$16 million). The Company’s 50% share of the purchase price amounted to $10 million (US$8 million).

 

2003 acquisitions   On March 6, 2003, the Company acquired 50% of the assets of La Compagnie Greenfield S.A. as part of its packaging products group for $0.6 million (€0.3 million). On April 14, 2003, a joint venture of the Company acquired a corrugated products converting plant as part of its packaging products group, located in Schenectady, New York. The aggregate purchase price, subject to certain adjustments, was $32 million (US$22 million) and comprised $20 million (US$14 million) in cash and all the operating assets of its Dallas-Fort Worth, Texas plant valued at $12 million (US$8 million). The Company’s 50% share in the cash portion of the purchase price amounted to $10 million (US$7 million).

 

On October 1, 2003, the Company increased its investment in Dopaco, Inc. from 40% to 50%, for a consideration of $17 million (US$12.4 million). The balance sheet and results of Dopaco, Inc. have been proportionally consolidated since October 1, 2003.

 

On December 22, 2003, the Company completed the acquisition of all shares in Scierie P. H. Lemay Itée, a Canadian company operating a sawing and a planing plant, for a consideration of $3 million. Prior to this transaction, the Company had a 50% holding in that company.

 

2002 acquisitions   On January 2, 2002, one of the Company’s joint ventures increased its investment in Metro Waste Paper Recovery Inc. (“Metro Waste”), another joint venture, in exchange for assets having a net value of $6 million. On January 21, 2002, one of the Company’s joint ventures acquired Star Leominster as part of the packaging products segment for $50 million (US$31 million), the Company’s share amounting to $25 million (US$15.5 million). On March 27, 2002, the Company acquired converting operations from American Tissue as part of the tissue papers segment for an amount of $30 million (US$19 million). On June 14, 2002, the Company completed the acquisition of two manufacturing units of American Tissue for a consideration of $66 million (US$43 million). Other acquisitions and price adjustments on prior transactions amounted to $10 million including an acquisition realized by the distribution division of Fine Paper group for an amount of $4 million, which is classified as an asset held for sale.

 

These acquisitions have been accounted for using the purchase method and the accounts and results of operations of these entities have been included in the consolidated financial statements since their respective dates of acquisition. The following allocations of the purchase prices to the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed resulted in goodwill of $33 million as at December 31, 2004 (2003 — $7 million; 2002 — $17 million) of which $10 million was already recorded in Dopaco’s books at the date of transaction. None of the above-mentioned goodwill is expected to be deductible for tax purposes with the exception of an amount of $5 million as at December 31, 2004 (2003 — $4 million). The purchase price allocations presented in the table below for the acquisitions of Dopaco and AIM have not been completed yet mainly with respect to the identification and valuation of other potential intangible assets.

 

55



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

For the three-year period ended December 31, 2004

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) (Continued)

 

 

 

 

 

AIM &

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dopaco

 

Johnson

 

American

 

Others

 

 

 

 

 

Packaging

 

Packaging

 

Tissue

 

Packaging

 

 

 

2004

 

products

 

products

 

Tissue papers

 

products

 

Total

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

2

 

1

 

 

1

 

4

 

Accounts receivable

 

26

 

3

 

 

4

 

33

 

Inventories

 

38

 

 

 

6

 

44

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

123

 

8

 

15

 

3

 

149

 

Customer relationship and client lists

 

26

 

 

 

4

 

30

 

Goodwill

 

24

 

9

 

 

 

33

 

 

 

239

 

21

 

15

 

18

 

293

 

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

 

(27

)

(2

)

 

(8

)

(37

)

Long-term debt

 

(17

)

 

 

(3

)

(20

)

Other liabilities

 

(46

)

(1

)

 

2

 

(45

)

 

 

149

 

18

 

15

 

9

 

191

 

Less: Investments realized in prior years

 

(10

)

 

 

 

(10

)

Less: Balance of purchase price

 

(57

)

 

 

 

(57

)

Total consideration

 

82

 

18

 

15

 

9

 

124

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Greenfield

 

Schenectady

 

Dopaco

 

Scierie Lemay

 

 

 

2003

 

Packaging
products

 

Packaging
products

 

Packaging
products

 

Packaging
products

 

Total

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

2

 

19

 

4

 

25

 

Inventories

 

2

 

2

 

27

 

9

 

40

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

11

 

107

 

16

 

134

 

Other assets

 

 

 

10

 

4

 

14

 

Goodwill

 

 

2

 

4

 

1

 

7

 

 

 

2

 

17

 

167

 

34

 

220

 

Bank loans and advances

 

 

 

 

(5

)

(5

)

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

 

(1

)

(1

)

(22

)

(6

)

(30

)

Long-term debt

 

 

 

(14

)

(10

)

(24

)

Other liabilities

 

 

 

(32

)

(3

)

(35

)

 

 

1

 

16

 

99

 

10

 

126

 

Less: Fair market value of assets exchanged

 

 

(6

)

 

 

(6

)

Less: Investments realized in prior years

 

 

 

(82

)

(7

)

(89

)

Total consideration

 

1

 

10

 

17

 

3

 

31

 

 

56



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

For the three-year period ended December 31, 2004

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) (Continued)

 

 

 

 

 

Star

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

American

 

Leominster

 

Metro Waste

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tissue

 

Packaging

 

Packaging

 

 

 

 

 

2002

 

Tissue papers

 

products

 

products

 

Others

 

Total

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

3

 

2

 

6

 

11

 

Inventories

 

 

2

 

 

3

 

5

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

92

 

9

 

4

 

13

 

118

 

Other assets

 

4

 

 

 

 

4

 

Goodwill

 

 

15

 

2

 

 

17

 

 

 

96

 

29

 

8

 

22

 

155

 

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

 

 

(2

)

(2

)

(3

)

(7

)

Other liabilities

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(2

)

 

 

96

 

25

 

6

 

19

 

146

 

Less:  Fair market value of assets exchanged

 

 

 

(6

)

 

(6

)

Total compensation paid by assets held for sale

 

 

 

 

(4

)

(4

)

Less:  Investments realized in prior years

 

 

 

 

(9

)

(9

)

Total consideration

 

96

 

25

 

 

6

 

127

 

 

b) Disposals   On May 10, 2004, the Company sold the assets of two of its fiberboard panel businesses (packaging products segment) located in Canada for a total consideration of $16 million. Of this transaction price, $14 million was received at closing and $2 million will be received at the latest in 2011. The Company realized a gain of $4 million before related income taxes of $1 million.

 

In 2002, the Company sold its retail egg carton operation (packaging products segment) located in Canada for a cash consideration of $4 million, and realized a $5 million losses.

 

6 Inventories

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

Finished goods

 

284

 

260

 

Raw materials

 

130

 

104

 

Supplies

 

145

 

137

 

 

 

559

 

501

 

 

57



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

For the three-year period ended December 31, 2004

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) (Continued)

 

7 Property, plant and equipment

 

2004

 

Cost

 

Accumulated
depreciation and
amortization

 

Net

 

Lands

 

52

 

 

52

 

Buildings

 

436

 

140

 

296

 

Machinery and equipment

 

2,491

 

1,207

 

1,284

 

Automotive equipment

 

52

 

41

 

11

 

Others

 

72

 

15

 

57

 

 

 

3,103

 

1,403

 

1,700

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2003

 

Cost

 

Accumulated
depreciation and
amortization

 

Net

 

Lands

 

53

 

 

53

 

Buildings

 

431

 

129

 

302

 

Machinery and equipment

 

2,271

 

1,047

 

1,224

 

Automotive equipment

 

53

 

40

 

13

 

Others

 

51

 

7

 

44

 

 

 

2,859

 

1,223

 

1,636

 

 

Property, plant and equipment include assets under capital leases with a cost of $9 million and accumulated amortization of $3 million as at December 31, 2004 (2003 — $13 million and $4 million respectively). Other property, plant and equipment include items that are not amortized, such as machinery and equipment in the process of installation with a book value of $28 million (2003 — $23 million), deposits on purchases of property, plant and equipment amounting to $12 million (2003 — $2 million) and unused properties, machinery and equipment with a net book value of $10 million (2003 — $15 million) which do not exceed their estimated net realizable value.

 

Depreciation and amortization of property, plant and equipment amounted to $157 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 (2003 — $141 million; 2002 — $131 million).

 

58



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

For the three-year period ended December 31, 2004

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) (Continued)

 

8 Other assets and goodwill

 

a) Other assets are detailed as follows:

 

 

 

Note

 

2004

 

2003

 

Investments in significantly influenced companies

 

 

 

74

 

85

 

Other investments

 

 

 

9

 

9

 

Deferred charges

 

8 c)

 

38

 

36

 

Employee future benefits

 

18 b)

 

52

 

50

 

Fair value of derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

8

 

 

Other definite-life intangible assets

 

8 c)

 

34

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

215

 

186

 

 

b) Goodwill fluctuated as follows:

 

 

 

Packaging products

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Container-

 

Specialty

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2004

 

Boxboard

 

board

 

products

 

Sub-total

 

Tissue papers

 

Total

 

Carrying value of goodwill – Beginning of year

 

5

 

66

 

2

 

73

 

10

 

83

 

Goodwill resulting from business acquisitions

 

24

 

9

 

 

33

 

 

33

 

Amortization of a deferred gain(1)

 

 

1

 

 

1

 

 

1

 

Foreign currency translation

 

(2

)

(2

)

 

(4

)

 

(4

)

Carrying value of goodwill – End of year

 

27

 

74

 

2

 

103

 

10

 

113

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Packaging products

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Container-

 

Specialty

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2003

 

Boxboard

 

board

 

products

 

Sub-total

 

Tissue papers

 

Total

 

Carrying value of goodwill – Beginning of year

 

 

67

 

2

 

69

 

10

 

79

 

Goodwill resulting from acquisitions

 

5

 

2

 

 

7

 

 

7

 

Amortization of a deferred gain(1)

 

 

1

 

 

1

 

 

1

 

Foreign currency translation

 

 

(4

)

 

(4

)

 

(4

)

Carrying value of goodwill – End of year

 

5

 

66

 

2

 

73

 

10

 

83

 

 


(1)    On December 30, 1997, the Company and Domtar Inc. merged their respective containerboard and corrugated packaging operations to form Norampac, a 50-50 joint venture. A portion of the gain realized on the transaction was recorded against property, plant and equipment and goodwill. Under current accounting standards, the portion of the deferred gain allocated to goodwill is amortized on a straight-line basis over a period of 25 years.

 

59



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

For the three-year period ended December 31, 2004

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) (Continued)

 

c) Deferred charges and other definite-life intangible assets are detailed as follows:

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

Cost

 

Accumulated
depreciation
and
amortization

 

Net

 

Cost

 

Accumulated
depreciation
and
amortization

 

Net

 

Deferred charges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Start-up cost

 

34

 

24

 

10

 

31

 

26

 

5

 

Financing costs

 

33

 

9

 

24

 

36

 

10

 

26

 

Other

 

10

 

6

 

4

 

9

 

4

 

5

 

 

 

77

 

39

 

38

 

76

 

40

 

36

 

Other definite-life intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer relationship and client lists

 

32

 

2

 

30

 

3

 

1

 

2

 

Others

 

7

 

3

 

4

 

8

 

4

 

4

 

 

 

39

 

5

 

34

 

11

 

5

 

6

 

 

Depreciation and amortization of deferred charges and other definite-life intangible assets, calculated on a straight-line basis, amounted to $8 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 (2003 — $5 million; 2002 — $9 million).

 

The weighted average amortization period is as follows (in number of years):

 

Start-up cost

 

4

 

Financing costs

 

9

 

Other

 

4

 

Deferred charges

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

Customer relationship and client list

 

26

 

Others

 

24

 

Other definite-life intangible assets

 

26

 

 

The estimated aggregate amount of depreciation and amortization expense in each of the next five years is as follows:

 

Years ending December 31,

 

 

 

2005

 

8

 

2006

 

7

 

2007

 

5

 

2008

 

4

 

2009

 

3

 

 

60



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

For the three-year period ended December 31, 2004

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) (Continued)

 

9 Long-term debt

 

Cascades Inc. and its subsidiaries

 

Note

 

2004

 

2003

 

Revolving credit facility, weighted average rate of 3.90% as at
December 31, 2004, maturing in February 2007

 

9 a)

 

159

 

168

 

7.25% Unsecured senior notes of US$675 million
(2003–US$550 million), maturing in 2013

 

9 a) c)

 

813

 

711

 

Balance on purchase price

 

5 a)

 

52

 

 

Capital lease obligations

 

9 c) g)

 

5

 

13

 

Other debts

 

 

 

19

 

23

 

 

 

 

 

1,048

 

915

 

Less: Current portion

 

 

 

56

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

992

 

905

 

 

The Company’s proportionate share of the following debts of joint ventures do not give to their holders any recourse against the assets or general credit of Cascades Inc. and its subsidiaries.

 

Joint ventures

 

Note

 

2004

 

2003

 

Revolving credit facility, weighted average rate of 3.63% as at
December 31, 2004, maturing in May 2008

 

9 b)

 

10

 

11

 

6.75% Unsecured senior notes of US$250 million
(Cascades portion US$125 million), maturing in 2013

 

9 b) c)

 

151

 

161

 

Other debts

 

 

 

17

 

23

 

 

 

 

 

178

 

195

 

Less: Current portion

 

 

 

2

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

176

 

187

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

Long-term debt

 

 

 

1,226

 

1,110

 

Less: Current portion

 

 

 

58

 

18

 

 

 

 

 

1,168

 

1,092

 

 

a) On February 5, 2003, the Company completed a series of transactions to refinance substantially all of its existing credit facilities, except those of its joint ventures. It secured a new four-year revolving credit facility of CA$500 million. Its obligations under this new revolving credit facility are secured by all inventory and receivables of Cascades and its North American subsidiaries and by the property, plant and equipment of three of its mills. In addition, it issued new unsecured senior notes for an aggregate amount of US$450 million which were subsequently registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission of the United States. These notes, bearing a 7.25% coupon, will mature in 2013 and are redeemable all or in part at the option of the Company under certain conditions and subject to payment of a redemption premium. The aggregate proceeds of these two transactions, combined with its available cash on hand, were used by the Company to repay substantially all of the existing credit facilities. On March 12, 2003, the Company also redeemed the US$125 million 8.375% senior notes originally due in 2007 issued by its subsidiary, Cascades Boxboard Group Inc.

 

61



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

For the three-year period ended December 31, 2004

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) (Continued)

 

On July 8, 2003, the Company completed a private placement of US$100 million of 7.25% senior notes due in 2013, which are treated as part of the same series of 7.25% senior notes due in 2013 issued in February, as described above. These senior notes were subsequently registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission of the United States. The issuance of these senior notes was completed at a price of 104.50% or an effective interest rate of 6.61%. The proceeds of this financing were used to reduce indebtedness under the revolving credit facility of the Company.

 

On December 2, 2004, the Company completed a private placement of US$125 million of 7.25% senior notes due in 2013, which are treated as part of the same series of 7.25% senior notes due in 2013 issued in February 2003. The issuance of these senior notes was completed at a price of 105.50% or an effective interest rate of 6.376%. The proceeds of this financing were used to reduce indebtedness under the revolving credit facility of the Company.

 

b) On May 28, 2003, a joint venture of the Company, Norampac Inc., completed a series of transactions to substantially refinance all of its existing credit facilities. Norampac secured a new five-year revolving credit facility of CA$350 million. Its obligations under this new revolving credit facility are secured by all inventory and receivables of Norampac and its North American subsidiaries, and by the property, plant and equipment of two of its mills and three of its converting facilities. In addition, Norampac issued new unsecured senior notes for an aggregate amount of US$250 million which were subsequently registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission of the United States. These notes, bearing a 6.75% coupon, will mature in 2013 and are redeemable in all or in part at the option of the Company under certain conditions and subject to payment of a redemption premium. The aggregate proceeds of these two transactions were used by the joint venture to repay substantially all of the existing credit facilities and to redeem both its US$150 million 9.50% and CA$100 million 9.375% senior notes originally due in 2008.

 

c) As at December 31, 2004, the fair value of the senior notes and the capital lease obligations of Cascades Inc. and its subsidiaries and joint ventures was estimated at $865 million and $158 million respectively (December 31, 2003 — $759 million and $167 million respectively) based on the market value of the senior notes and on discounted future cash flows using interest rates available for issues with similar terms and average maturities.

 

d) As at December 31, 2004, the long-term debt included amounts denominated in foreign currencies of US$933 million and €31 million (December 31, 2003 — US$691 million and €22 million).

 

e) As at December 31, 2004, accounts receivable and inventories totalling approximately $589 million (2003 — $512 million) as well as property, plant and equipment totalling approximately $156 million (2003 — $160 million) were pledged as collateral for the long-term debt of Cascades Inc. and its subsidiaries.

 

Accounts receivable and inventory totalling approximately $149 million (2003 — $136 million) as well as property, plant and equipment totalling approximately $75 million (2003 — $74 million) were pledged as collateral for the long-term debt of a joint venture.

 

f) The estimated aggregate amount of repayments on long-term debt, excluding capital lease obligations, in each of the next five years is as follows:

 

Years ending December 31,

 

Cascades Inc.
and its subsidiaries

 

Joint ventures

 

2005

 

54

 

2

 

2006

 

1

 

3

 

2007

 

160

 

2

 

2008

 

 

12

 

2009

 

 

5

 

Thereafter

 

828

 

154

 

 

62



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

For the three-year period ended December 31, 2004

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) (Continued)

 

g) As at December 31, 2004, future minimum payments under capital lease obligations are as follows:

 

Years ending December 31,

 

Cascades Inc.
and its subsidiaries

 

Joint ventures

 

2005

 

2

 

 

2006

 

2

 

 

2007

 

1

 

 

2008

 

1

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

Less: Interest (weighted average rate of 6.22%)

 

1

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

Less: Current portion

 

2

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

h) As at December 31, 2004, the Company and joint ventures had unused credit facilities of $334 million and $168 million respectively (December 31, 2003 — $330 million and $181 million respectively).

 

10 Other liabilities

 

 

 

Note

 

2004

 

2003

 

Employee future benefits

 

18 b)

 

84

 

80

 

Future income taxes

 

16 c)

 

214

 

182

 

Unrealized gain on derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

5

 

 

Non-controlling interests

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

303

 

265

 

 

11 Capital stock

 

 

 

Note

 

2004

 

2003

 

Common shares

 

11 a)

 

261

 

262

 

Adjustment relating to stock options and others

 

11 c)

 

4

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

265

 

264

 

 

a) The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of an unlimited number of common shares, without nominal value, and an unlimited number of Class A and B shares issuable in series without nominal value. Over the past two years, the common shares have fluctuated as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

Note

 

Number of shares

 

$

 

Number of shares

 

$

 

Balance–Beginning of year

 

 

 

81,731,387

 

262

 

81,826,272

 

261

 

Shares issued on exercise of stock options

 

11 c)

 

133,893

 

1

 

180,115

 

2

 

Redemption of common shares

 

11 d)

 

(503,700

)

(2

)

(275,000

)

(1

)

Balance–End of year

 

 

 

81,361,580

 

261

 

81,731,387

 

262

 

 

63



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

For the three-year period ended December 31, 2004

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) (Continued)

 

b) In 2003, the Company purchased the totality of 4,300,000 Class B preferred shares of a subsidiary for a consideration of $16 million. The excess of the redemption price of $10 million over the recorded capital is included in retained earnings.

 

c) Under the terms of a share option plan adopted on December 15, 1998 for officers and key employees of the Company and its joint ventures, 6,547,261 common shares have been specifically reserved for issuance. Each option will expire at a date not to exceed ten years following the date the option was granted. The exercise price of an option shall not be lower than the market value of the share at the date of grant, determined as the average of the closing price of the share on the Toronto Stock Exchange on the five trading days preceding the date of grant. The terms for exercising the options granted before December 31, 2003 are 25% of the number of shares under option within twelve months after the date of grant, and up to an additional 25% each twelve months after the first, second and third anniversary dates of grant. The terms for exercising the option granted in 2004 and thereafter are 25% of the number of shares within the first anniversary date of grant, and up to an additional 25% each twelve months after the second, third and fourth anniversary date of grant. The options cannot be exercised if the market value of the share is lower than its book value at the date of grant.

 

Changes in the number of options outstanding as at December 31 are as follows:

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

Number
of options

 

Weighted average
exercise price ($)

 

Number
of options

 

Weighted average
exercise price ($)

 

Number
of options

 

Weighted average
exercise price ($)

 

Beginning of year

 

1,494,942

 

9.83

 

1,378,610

 

8.82

 

1,492,652

 

7.44

 

Granted

 

407,723

 

13.02

 

321,596

 

13.04

 

324,113

 

13.24

 

Exercised

 

(133,893

)

8.27

 

(180,115

)

7.92

 

(407,062

)

7.13

 

Forfeited

 

(11,786

)

13.10

 

(25,149

)

8.99

 

(31,093

)

10.79

 

End of year

 

1,756,986

 

10.67

 

1,494,942

 

9.83

 

1,378,610

 

8.82

 

Options exercisable–End of year

 

1,131,655

 

9.35

 

935,011

 

8.55

 

886,413

 

8.19

 

 

The following options were outstanding as at December 31, 2004:

 

 

 

Options outstanding

 

Options exercisable

 

Year granted

 

Number of options

 

Weighted average exercise price ($)

 

Number of options

 

Weighted average exercise price ($)

 

Expiration

 

1996

 

39,320

 

6.68

 

39,320

 

6.68

 

2006

 

1999

 

327,369

 

8.54

 

327,369

 

8.54

 

2009

 

2000

 

73,976

 

7.78

 

73,976

 

7.78

 

2010

 

2001

 

337,896

 

6.82

 

337,896

 

6.82

 

2011

 

2002

 

270,810

 

13.24

 

203,108

 

13.24

 

2012

 

2003

 

299,972

 

13.04

 

149,986

 

13.04

 

2013

 

2004

 

407,643

 

13.02

 

 

 

2014

 

 

 

1,756,986

 

 

 

1,131,655

 

 

 

 

 

 

The following assumptions were used to estimate the fair value, at the date of grant, of each option issued to employees:

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

4.3

%

4.8

%

Expected dividend yield

 

1.24

%

1.21

%

Expected life of the options

 

6 years

 

6 years

 

Expected volatility

 

29

%

28

%

Weighted average fair value of issued option

 

 

$4.07

 

 

$4.36

 

 

64



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

For the three-year period ended December 31, 2004

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) (Continued)

 

d) In 2004, in the normal course of business, the Company renewed its redemption program of a maximum of 4,086,964 common shares with the Toronto Stock Exchange which represent approximately 5% of issued and outstanding common shares. The redemption authorization is valid from March 11, 2004 to March 10, 2005. In 2004, the Company redeemed 503,700 common shares under this program for a consideration of approximately $7 million.

 

e) The basic and diluted net earnings per common share for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 are calculated as follows:

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

Net earnings

 

22.6

 

54.7

 

169.5

 

Dividends–Preferred shares

 

 

(0.5

)

(1.1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net earnings available to common shareholders

 

22.6

 

54.2

 

168.4

 

Weighted average common shares

 

81.7

 

81.7

 

81.5

 

Dilution effect of stock options

 

0.3

 

0.4

 

0.8

 

Adjusted weighted average common shares

 

82.0

 

82.1

 

82.3

 

Basic net earnings per common share

 

0.28

 

0.66

 

2.07

 

Diluted net earnings per common share

 

0.28

 

0.66

 

2.05

 

 

f) The Company offered to its Canadian employees a share purchase plan of its common stock. Employees can contribute, on a voluntary basis, up to a maximum of 5% of their salary and, if certain conditions are met, the Company will contribute to the plan 25% of the employee’s contribution.

 

The shares are purchased on the market on a predetermined date each month. For the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, the Company’s contribution to the plan amounted to $0.6 million annually.

 

12 Share of earnings of significantly influenced companies

 

On February 20, 2002, a significantly influenced company, Boralex Inc., sold seven power stations to an income fund. The Company thus realized a gain of $18 million net of related future income taxes of $5 million, representing its share of the net gain realized by this significantly influenced company.

 

In 2003, this gain was subsequently adjusted by Boralex Inc. The Company thus recorded its share of that adjustment representing a loss of $3 million net of related future income taxes.

 

13 Unusual losses (gains)

 

 

 

Note

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

Loss (gain) on business disposal

 

5 b)

 

(4

)

 

5

 

Gain on dilution and disposal of an investment

 

13 a)

 

 

 

(1

)

Expenses related to business closures

 

13 b)

 

 

 

6

 

Other income

 

13 c)

 

 

 

(6

)

 

 

 

 

(4

)

 

4

 

 

a) In 2002, the Company realized a gain of $1 million resulting from the dilution of its investments in a significantly influenced company.

 

b) In 2002, the Company closed one of its converting folding boxboard units located in Ontario, incurring closing costs of $6 million.

 

c) In 2002, the Court of First Instance of the European Community reduced the amount of the fine imposed in 1994. The reduction in the fine and the related interest thereon have been recorded as a gain amounting to $6 million.

 

65



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

For the three-year period ended December 31, 2004

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) (Continued)

 

14 Impairment of property, plant and equipment

 

In 2004, the Company recorded an impairment loss of $18 million ($12 million after-tax) related to the property, plant and equipment of its de-inked pulp mill located in Cap-de-la-Madeleine, Quebec, which was temporarily closed in March 2003. The Company decided to permanently shutdown this facility. The book value of those assets has been written down to its fair value representing the present value of the estimated net proceeds from dismantling, redeployment or disposal. Those assets are part of the Specialty products group in the Packaging products segment.

 

15 Loss (gain) on derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

Realized loss on derivative financial instruments

 

 

1

 

 

Amortization of transitional deferred unrealized gain under AcG-13

 

(2

)

 

 

 

 

(2

)

1

 

 

 

16 Income taxes

 

a) The provision for income taxes is as follows:

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

Current

 

22

 

11

 

47

 

Future

 

(20

)

(1

)

13

 

 

 

2

 

10

 

60

 

 

b) The provision for income taxes based on the effective income tax rate differs from the provision for income tax expense based on the combined basic rate for the following reasons:

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

Provision for income taxes based on the combined basic Canadian and provincial income tax rate

 

9

 

26

 

88

 

Provision for income taxes (recovery) arising from the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjustment related to deduction for manufacturing and processing and income from active businesses carried on in Quebec

 

2

 

(4

)

(18

)

Difference in foreign operations’ statutory income tax rate

 

(5

)

 

(3

)

Unrecognized tax benefit arising from current losses of subsidiaries

 

1

 

2

 

2

 

Non-taxable portion of foreign exchange gain on long-term debt

 

(3

)

(18

)

 

Recognized tax benefit arising from previously incurred losses of subsidiaries

 

(5

)

(9

)

(10

)

Permanent differences

 

1

 

1

 

2

 

Large corporations tax

 

4

 

4

 

2

 

Increase (decrease) in future income taxes resulting from a substantively enacted change in tax rates

 

 

5

 

(1

)

Others

 

(2

)

3

 

(2

)

 

 

(7

)

(16

)

(28

)

Provision for income taxes

 

2

 

10

 

60

 

 

66



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

For the three-year period ended December 31, 2004

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) (Continued)

 

c) Future income taxes include the following items:

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

Future income tax assets

 

 

 

 

 

Tax benefit arising from income tax losses

 

113

 

108

 

Employee future benefits

 

21

 

19

 

Unused tax credits

 

6

 

9

 

Others

 

13

 

10

 

Valuation allowance

 

(25

)

(28

)

 

 

128

 

118

 

Future income tax liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

262

 

247

 

Exchange gain on long-term debt

 

36

 

23

 

Employee future benefits

 

15

 

12

 

Other assets

 

26

 

14

 

Others

 

3

 

4

 

 

 

342

 

300

 

Future income taxes

 

214

 

182

 

 

d) Certain subsidiaries have accumulated losses for income tax purposes amounting to approximately $319 million which may be carried forward to reduce taxable income in future years. The future tax benefit resulting from the deferral of $264 million of these losses has been recognized in the accounts as a future income tax asset. These unused losses for income tax purposes may be claimed in years ending no later than 2024 for an amount of $184 million and indefinitely for an amount of $135 million.

 

17 Additional information

 

a) Changes in non-cash working capital components are detailed as follows:

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

Accounts receivable

 

(16

)

6

 

36

 

Inventories

 

(24

)

5

 

(20

)

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

 

38

 

(43

)

7

 

 

 

(2

)

(32

)

23

 

 

b) Additional information

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

Amortization of deferred financing costs included in interest expense

 

4

 

4

 

1

 

Interest paid

 

76

 

73

 

78

 

Income taxes paid

 

9

 

37

 

62

 

Business acquisition in exchange for non-monetary consideration

 

 

6

 

6

 

Settlement with dissenting shareholders by issuance of common share

 

 

 

5

 

 

c) Cost of sales

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

Foreign exchange gain (loss)

 

4

 

(9

)

3

 

 

67



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

For the three-year period ended December 31, 2004

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) (Continued)

 

18 Employee future benefits

 

a) The expense for employee future benefits as at December 31 is as follows:

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

Pension plans

 

Other plans

 

Pension plans

 

Other plans

 

Current service cost

 

14

 

5

 

12

 

2

 

Interest cost

 

31

 

4

 

30

 

4

 

Past service costs

 

3

 

2

 

3

 

2

 

Actual return on plan assets

 

(48

)

 

(60

)

 

Actuarial losses on accrued benefit obligation

 

24

 

3

 

8

 

4

 

Others

 

4

 

(1

)

3

 

2

 

Benefits costs before adjustments to recognize the long-term nature of employee future benefit costs

 

28

 

13

 

(4

)

14

 

Difference between expected return and actual return on plan assets for the year

 

15

 

 

29

 

 

Difference between actuarial loss the year of and actuarial loss on accrued benefit obligation for the year

 

(22

)

(2

)

(6

)

(4

)

Difference between amortization of past service costs and actual plan amendments for the year

 

(2

)

(1

)

(2

)

(1

)

Others

 

(4

)

 

(3

)

 

Adjustments to recognize the long-term nature of employee future benefits costs

 

(13

)

(3

)

18

 

(5

)

Recognized costs for defined benefit pension plans

 

15

 

10

 

14

 

9

 

Recognized costs for defined contribution pension plans

 

2

 

 

2

 

 

Total expense for employee future benefits

 

17

 

10

 

16

 

9

 

 

Total cash payments for employee future benefits for 2004, consisting of cash contributed by Cascades to its funded pension plans, including its define contribution plans and cash payments directly to beneficiaries for its unfunded other benefit plans, excepted collective RRSPs are $26 million (2003 — $16 million and 2002 — $14 million). Total estimated cash payments for employee future benefits are $24 million for 2005.

 

Actuarial valuation for capitalization purpose is done at least every three years in order to determine the actuarial value of pension plan benefits and other benefit plan. More than half of the pension plan were evaluated as of December 31, 2003.

 

68



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

For the three-year period ended December 31, 2004

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) (Continued)

 

b) The funded status of the defined benefit plans and the other complementary retirement benefit plans and post-employment benefit plans as at December 31 are as follows:

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

Pension plans

 

Other plans

 

Pension plans

 

Other plans

 

Accrued benefit obligation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning of year

 

480

 

78

 

440

 

66

 

Current service cost

 

14

 

5

 

12

 

2

 

Interest cost

 

31

 

4

 

30

 

4

 

Employees’ contributions

 

6

 

 

6

 

 

Actuarial losses

 

24

 

3

 

8

 

4

 

Benefits paid

 

(29

)

(6

)

(24

)

(2

)

Business acquisitions and disposals

 

10

 

(1

)

7

 

 

Past service costs

 

3

 

2

 

3

 

2

 

Others

 

(3

)

 

(2

)

2

 

End of year

 

536

 

85

 

480

 

78

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Plan assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning of year

 

468

 

 

411

 

 

Actual return on plan assets

 

48

 

 

60

 

 

Employer’s contributions

 

18

 

6

 

11

 

2

 

Employees’ contributions

 

6

 

 

6

 

 

Benefits paid

 

(29

)

(6

)

(24

)

(2

)

Business acquisitions and disposals

 

5

 

 

4

 

 

 

Others

 

(2

)

 

 

 

End of year

 

514

 

 

468

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reconciliation of funded status

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets

 

514

 

 

468

 

 

Accrued benefit obligation

 

536

 

85

 

480

 

78

 

Funded status of plan–deficit

 

(22

)

(85

)

(12

)

(78

)

Unrecognized net actuarial loss

 

58

 

8

 

51

 

6

 

Unamortized transitional balance

 

(2

)

 

(2

)

 

Unamortized past service costs

 

9

 

4

 

3

 

2

 

Others

 

(1

)

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued benefit asset (liability)–End of year

 

42

 

(74

)

40

 

(70

)

 

69



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

For the three-year period ended December 31, 2004

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) (Continued)

 

The net amount recognized on the balance sheet as at December 31 is detailed as follows:

 

 

 

2004

 

 

 

Pension plans

 

Other plans

 

Total

 

Employee future benefit asset, included in Other assets

 

52

 

 

52

 

Employee future benefit liability, included in Other liabilities

 

(10

)

(74

)

(84

)

 

 

42

 

(74

)

(32

)

 

 

 

2003

 

 

 

Pension plans

 

Other plans

 

Total

 

Employee future benefit asset, included in Other assets

 

50

 

 

50

 

Employee future benefit liability, included in Other liabilities

 

(10

)

(70

)

(80

)

 

 

40

 

(70

)

(30

)

 

c) The following amounts relate to plans that are not fully funded as at December 31:

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

Pension plans

 

Other plans

 

Pension plans

 

Other plans

 

Fair value of plan asset

 

240

 

 

275

 

 

Accrued benefit obligation

 

(283

)

(85

)

(308

)

(78

)

Funded deficit

 

(43

)

(85

)

(33

)

(78

)

 

d) The main actuarial assumptions adopted in measuring the accrued benefit obligation and expenses as at December 31 are as follows:

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

Pension plans

 

Other plans

 

Pension plans

 

Other plans

 

Accrued benefit obligation as at December 31

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate

 

6.00

%

6.00

%

6.25

%

6.25

%

Rate of compensation increase

 

2.50–4.25

%

2.50–4.25

%

2.50–4.25

%

2.50–4.25

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit costs for years ended December 31

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate

 

6.25

%

6.25

%

6.75

%

6.75

%

Expected long-term return on assets

 

7.00

%

 

7.00

%

 

Rate of compensation increase

 

2.50–4.25

%

2.50–4.25

%

2.50–4.25

%

2.50–4.25

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assumed health care cost trend rates at December 31

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rate increase in health care costs

 

 

 

7.30–12.50

%

 

 

6.00–13.00

%

Cost trend rate decline to

 

 

 

4.70–8.00

%

 

 

4.30–8.00

%

Year the rate should stabilize

 

 

 

2012

 

 

 

2012

 

 

70



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

For the three-year period ended December 31, 2004

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) (Continued)

 

e) Assumed rate increases in health care cost have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the health-care plans. A 1% change in assumed health-care cost trend rates would have the following effects for 2004:

 

 

 

Increase of 1%

 

Decrease of 1%

 

Current service costs and interest costs

 

1

 

(1

)

Accrued benefit obligation, end of year

 

7

 

(5

)

 

f) The plan assets allocation and the investment target allocation as of December 31, is detailed as follows:

 

Plan assets allocation

 

2004

 

2003

 

Money market

 

2

%

2

%

Debt securities

 

38

%

37

%

Equity securities

 

60

%

61

%

Total

 

100

%

100

%

 

The plan assets do not includes shares of the Company. Annual benefits annuity, of an approximative value of $6 million are pledged by insurance contract established by the Company.

 

Investment target allocation

 

2004

 

2003

 

Money market

 

3

%

3

%

Debt securities

 

40

%

40

%

Equity securities

 

57

%

57

%

Total

 

100

%

100

%

 

Target allocation is established so as to maximize return while considering an acceptable level of risk in order to meet the plan obligations on a long-term basis.

 

Investment objectives for the plan assets are the following: optimizing return while considering an acceptable level of risk, maintaining an adequate diversification, controlling the risk according to different asset categories, and maintaining a long-term objective of return on investments.

 

Investment guidance is established for each investment manager. It includes parameters that must be followed by managers and presents criteria for diversification, non-eligible assets and minimum quality of investments as well as for return objectives. Unless indicated otherwise, the managers cannot use any derivative product or invest more than 10% of their assets in one particular security.

 

g) Estimated future benefit payments   Future benefit payments for defined benefit pension plans and other post-employment benefits, considering future participation, are estimated as follows:

 

 

 

Pension Plan

 

Other Plan

 

2005

 

24

 

2

 

2006

 

25

 

2

 

2007

 

26

 

2

 

2008

 

27

 

2

 

2009

 

29

 

2

 

2010–2014

 

176

 

14

 

 

71



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

For the three-year period ended December 31, 2004

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) (Continued)

 

19 Commitments and contingencies

 

a) Future minimum payments under operating leases and other commercial commitments (mainly composed of raw materials, natural gas, steam and electricity) for the next years are as follows:

 

Years ending December 31

 

Operating leases

 

Other commercial commitments

 

2005

 

42

 

97

 

2006

 

36

 

51

 

2007

 

30

 

28

 

2008

 

23

 

24

 

2009

 

17

 

15

 

Thereafter

 

41

 

76

 

 

b)  The Company has guaranteed the payment of approximately $4 million under operating leases held by third parties. The Company also guaranteed residual values at the expiration of lease contracts of certain equipment for an approximate amount of $3 million. Management of the Company does not believe that these guarantees are likely to be called and, as such, no liability has been recognized in the consolidated financial statements. In addition a subsidiary of the Company has guaranteed the debt of one of its joint venture. The maximum amount guaranteed is US$4.6 million. As at December 31, 2004, the debt of this joint venture, guaranteed by that subsidiary, amounts to US$3.5 million. Management of that subsidiary does not believe that this guarantee is likely to be called and, as a result, no liability has been recognized in the consolidated financial statements.

 

c)  In 2003, the Company was informed that one of its divisions, Cascades Resources, is the subject of an inquiry by the Canadian Commissioner of Competition as to whether Cascades Resources and its competitors had colluded to unduly reduce market competition between paper merchants in Canada. In 2004, The Competition Bureau increased the scope of its investigation to a larger number of products and for a longer period of time. The Competition Bureau has not informed the Company regarding the status of the inquiry or whether charges will be brought against that division. As this inquiry is still in an early stage, the Company’s management is unable to assess what further action, if any, the Competition Bureau may take or the possible impact of the outcome of the inquiry on the Company. Based on the information currently available, the Company’s is unable to determine the outcome of the investigation.

 

d)  An action was filed against the Company on October 4, 2004, in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, Niagara County by ServiceCore, Inc., alleging that the Company breached a Finder’s Agreement in respect of gypsum board dated April 1999. The Company has filed an answer denying the allegations of breach of the Finder’s Agreement. The Company is unable to determine the outcome of this action at this time. If the Court were to find against the Corporation, management believes the amount of damages would be based on a percentage of sales of gypsum board by Norampac Inc., a joint venture, in the period from April 2, 2001 to the date of judgement. If the judgement had been rendered in respect of the period ended December 31, 2004, management believes the total amount of damages would not have exceeded $3 million.

 

72



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

For the three-year period ended December 31, 2004

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) (Continued)

 

20 Financial instruments

 

The Company and some of its subsidiaries and some of its joint ventures utilize a variety of derivative financial instruments to limit their exposure to foreign currency and commodity fluctuations as well as changing interest rates but do not hold or issue such financial instruments for trading purposes with the exception of certain interest rate swap agreements as described below.

 

Currency risks

 

The Company is exposed to currency risks as a result of its export of goods produced in Canada, the United States, France, Germany, Sweden and England. These risks are partially covered by purchases, debt service and forward exchange contracts.

 

The Company and a joint venture entered into contracts to sell forward U.S. dollars and European currencies in exchange for Canadian dollars. As at December 31, 2004, the Company and a joint venture held foreign exchange forward contracts with a notional amount of US$72 million (2003 — US$101 million) maturing in 2005 and 2006, at a weighted average exchange rate of 1.3479. As at December 31, 2004, the fair value of these instruments represented an unrealized gain of $10.4 million. As at December 31, 2003, these instruments represented an unrealized gain of $6.8 million. However, these instruments did not represent any unrealized loss or gain as at December 31, 2002. Also, the Company entered into contracts to sell forward European currencies with a notional amount of €29 million maturing in 2005, at a weighted average exchange rate of 1.6641. The fair value of these instruments represented an unrealized gain of $1.3 million. This gain has been recognized in earnings since these contracts were not designated as hedges.

 

As at December 31, 2004, the Company held foreign exchange forward contracts with a notional amount of US$44 million maturing in 2005, at a weighted average exchange rate of 1.1796. As at December 31, 2004, the fair value of these instruments represented an unrealized gain of $0.9 million.

 

The European subsidiaries entered into foreign exchange forward contracts maturing in less than a year to hedge their currency risks resulting from sales and purchases in European currencies, U.S. dollars, British pounds and Swedish krona. As at December 31, 2004, the fair value of these instruments represented an unrealized loss of $0.2 million (2003 — unrealized gain of $0.1 million; 2002 — unrealized loss of $0.5 million) on a notional amount of $23 million (2003 — $20 million and 2002 — $25 million).

 

Furthermore, one of the joint ventures entered into various currency options. These options entered into by the joint venture are contracts whereby the joint venture has the right, but not the obligation, to sell U.S. dollars at the strike rate if the U.S. dollars trade below that rate. In addition, in accordance with the contracts, the joint venture has the obligation to sell U.S. dollars at the strike rate if the U.S. dollars trade above a specific rate. As at December 31, 2004, the currency options entered into by the joint venture for a nominal amount of US$16.8 million (the share of the Company is US$8.4 million) had strike prices varying from 1.40 to 1.45 with maturities up to 12 months. These instruments did not represent any unrealized loss or gain as at December 31, 2004.

 

Interest rate risks

 

As at December 31, 2004, approximately 17% (2003 — 18%) of the Company’s long-term debt was at variable rates. In 2002, interest rate swaps had been contracted to fix interest at a weighted average rate of 6.94% on a notional amount of $50 million. These instruments which represented an unrealized loss of $1.5 million as at December 31, 2002 were terminated in 2003.

 

In addition, a joint venture holds certain interest rate swap agreements not designated as hedges. These agreements, maturing from 2008 to 2012, have been contracted to fix interest at a weighted average rate of 8.18% on a notional amount of US$5.5 million (the share of the Company is US$2.8 million). As at December 31, 2004, these agreements are recorded as liabilities at their fair value of $0.6 million (2003 — $0.6 million).

 

In April 2004, a joint venture entered into interest rate swaps. These contracts are designated as hedges of the change in fair value of a portion of the joint venture’s long-term debt. Accordingly, the interest rate went from a fixed rate of 6.75% to an average variable rate in 2004 of 3.96% for a notional amount of US$50 million (the share of the Company is US$25 million) and mature in 2013. As at December 31, 2004, the fair value of these instruments represented an unrealized gain of $0.8 million.

 

73



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

For the three-year period ended December 31, 2004

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) (Continued)

 

Credit risks

 

The Company is exposed to credit risk on the accounts receivable from its customers. In order to reduce this risk, the Company’s credit policies include the analysis of the financial position of its customers and the regular review of their credit limits. In addition, the Company believes there is no particular concentration of credit risks due to the geographic diversity of customers and the procedures for the management of commercial risks. Derivative financial instruments include an element of credit risk should the counterparty be unable to meet its obligations. The Company reduces this risk by dealing with creditworthy financial institutions.

 

Commodity price risk

 

The Company and a joint venture entered into various derivatives financial instruments whereby it sets the price for notional quantities of sorted office papers, old corrugated containers, bleached softwood kraft, electricity, natural gas, 42-lb. kraft linerboard and 26-lb. semichemical corrugating medium. In 2003, gains and losses resulting from these contracts were applied to earnings only when they were realized. In 2004, gains and losses arising from electricity contracts are applied to earnings only when they are realized whereas all other types of contracts are accounted for at fair value. As at December 2004, the fair value of these contracts represented an unrealized gain of $6.3 million, (2003 — unrealized gain of $4.7 million, 2002 — unrealized gain of $1.5 million). In 2004, an unrealized gain of $0.5 million was recorded in earnings for contracts not designated as hedges. In addition, an amount of $1.7 million was recorded in 2004 with respect to the amortization of the transitional deferred unrealized gain under AcG-13.

 

21 Cumulative translation adjustments

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

Balance–Beginning of the period

 

14

 

48

 

16

 

Effect of charges in exchange rates during the year:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

On net investment in self sustaining foreign subsidiaries

 

(36

)

(90

)

30

 

On certain long-term debt denominated in foreign currency designated as a hedge of the net investments in self sustaining foreign subsidiaries

 

41

 

69

 

2

 

Future income taxes on net investment hedge

 

(8

)

(13

)

 

Balance–End of the period

 

11

 

14

 

48

 

 

22 Related party transactions

 

The Company entered into the following transactions with related parties:

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

Joint ventures(1) 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales

 

25

 

26

 

19

 

Revenue from services

 

12

 

21

 

22

 

Purchases

 

27

 

26

 

24

 

Significantly influenced companies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales

 

11

 

48

 

58

 

Purchases

 

15

 

15

 

13

 

Entity controlled by a related director of the Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases

 

6

 

7

 

5

 

 

These transactions occurred in the normal course of operations and are measured at the exchange amount, which is the amount of consideration established and agreed to by the related parties.

 

74



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

For the three-year period ended December 31, 2004

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) (Continued)

 

The balance sheets as at December 31 included the following balances with related parties:

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

Joint ventures( 1)

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

5

 

6

 

Accounts payable

 

5

 

3

 

Significantly influenced companies

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

1

 

 

Entity controlled by a related director of the Company

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

1

 

1

 

 


(1)   Represent the portion of transactions or balances not eliminated upon proportionate consolidation of the joint ventures.

 

23 Interests in joint ventures

 

The major components of the interests in joint ventures in the consolidated financial statements are as follows:

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

Consolidated balance sheets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

195

 

237

 

191

 

Long-term assets

 

480

 

572

 

465

 

Current liabilities

 

101

 

121

 

123

 

Long-term debt, net

 

169

 

188

 

182

 

Consolidated statements of earnings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales

 

847

 

756

 

712

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

40

 

34

 

29

 

Operating income

 

78

 

61

 

88

 

Financial expenses

 

13

 

17

 

19

 

Net earnings

 

50

 

25

 

46

 

Consolidated statements of cash flows

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating activities

 

56

 

42

 

63

 

Investing activities

 

(65

)

(44

)

(58

)

Financing activities

 

8

 

2

 

3

 

Additional information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

 

7

 

12

 

13

 

Total assets

 

675

 

809

 

656

 

Total debt(1)

 

191

 

211

 

218

 

Dividends received by the Company from joint ventures

 

19

 

16

 

17

 

 


(1)  Includes bank loans and advances, current portion of long-term debt, and long-term debt.

 

75



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

For the three-year period ended December 31, 2004

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) (Continued)

 

24 Summary of differences between Canadian and United States generally accepted accounting principles

 

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Canadian GAAP which differs in certain respects from U.S. GAAP. Such differences, as they relate to the Company, are summarized below.

 

New accounting policies under U.S. GAAP

 

a)   Variable interest entities    Effective January 1, 2004, the Company adopted FIN 46, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities”. The primary objective of this interpretation is to provide guidance on the identification of, and financial reporting for, entities over which control is achieved through means other than voting rights; such entities are known as variable interest entities (VIEs). The adoption of this standard did not have any material impact on the financial position or results of operations of the Company.

 

b)  Financial instruments    On July 1, 2003, the Company applied SFAS 150, “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Liabilities and Equity.” SFAS 150 requires mandatorily redeemable instruments to be classified as liabilities if they embody an obligation outside the control of the issuer and the holder to redeem the instrument, and if the obligation is required to be redeemed at a specified or determinable date or upon an event certain to occur. The adoption of this standard resulted in the reclassification of mandatorily redeemable preferred shares amounting to $4.2 million from other liabilities (non-controlling interest) to long-term debt. The measurement of these instruments at fair value did not result in any significant adjustment.

 

c)   Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligation    On January 1, 2003, the Company applied SFAS 143, “Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligation.” This standard requires that the fair value of a liability for an asset retirement obligation be recognized in the period in which it is incurred if a reasonable estimate of fair value can be made. The application of this standard did not have any impact on the financial position or results of operations of the Company.

 

d)   Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities    On January 1, 2003, the Company applied SFAS 146, “Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities.” The statement changes the measurement and timing of recognition for exit costs, including restructuring charges. The application of this standard did not have any impact on the financial position or results of operations of the Company.

 

e)  Guarantees    On January 1, 2003, the Company applied FIN 45, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others.” FIN 45 elaborates on the disclosure requirements of a company with respect to its obligations under certain guarantees. It also clarifies that a company is required to recognize, at the inception of a guarantee, a liability for the fair value of the obligation then undertaken whether or not payment is probable. Similar accounting guidelines exist in Canada (refer to note 2(f)) but do not require liability recognition at the inception. For U.S. GAAP purposes, no liabilities were recognized as at January 1, 2003 and December 31, 2003 as a result of the application of FIN 45.

 

Reconciliation of net earnings, shareholders’ equity and balance sheet

 

f)  The following summary sets out the material adjustments to the Company’s reported net earnings, shareholders’ equity and balance sheet which would be made in order to reconcile to U.S. GAAP. It also sets out a reconciliation of shareholders’ equity under U.S. GAAP:

 

76



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

For the three-year period ended December 31, 2004

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) (Continued)

 

Reconciliation of net earnings

 

Note

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

Net earnings under Canadian GAAP

 

 

 

23

 

55

 

169

 

U.S. GAAP adjustments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Start-up costs

 

g)

 

(2

)

 

4

 

Gain realized on formation of Norampac

 

h)

 

(5

)

(4

)

(5

)

Unrealized exchange gains (losses) arising from foreign exchange forward contracts

 

i)

 

(2

)

7

 

3

 

Unrealized gains (losses) arising from change in fair values of commodity derivative financial instruments

 

j)

 

(1

)

3

 

1

 

Provision for derivative instruments currently in default

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

Unrealized gains from interest rate swaps

 

k)

 

 

1

 

1

 

Employee future benefits

 

1)

 

1

 

2

 

1

 

Dividends on preferred shares of a subsidiary

 

n)

 

 

1

 

3

 

Excess of redemption price of Class B preferred shares on their paid up capital

 

z)

 

(1

)

 

 

Tax effect on above adjustments

 

 

 

3

 

(4

)

(3

)

Non-controlling interests

 

 

 

 

(1

)

(3

)

Net earnings under U.S. GAAP

 

 

 

16

 

60

 

173

 

Net earnings under U.S. GAAP from continuing operations

 

 

 

13

 

56

 

170

 

Net earnings under U.S. GAAP from assets held for sales

 

 

 

3

 

4

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

16

 

60

 

173

 

Basic net earnings under U.S. GAAP from continuing operations per common share

 

 

 

0.17

 

0.68

 

2.08

 

Net earnings under U.S. GAAP per common share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

 

0.20

 

0.73

 

2.11

 

Diluted

 

 

 

0.20

 

0.73

 

2.09

 

 

77



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

For the three-year period ended December 31, 2004

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) (Continued)

 

Statement of changes in shareholders’ equity

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

under U.S. GAAP

 

Number of shares

 

$

 

Number of shares

 

$

 

Number of shares

 

$

 

Common stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

81,731,387

 

262

 

81,826,272

 

261

 

80,987,466

 

254

 

Shares issued on exercise of stock options

 

133,893

 

1

 

180,115

 

2

 

407,062

 

3

 

Redemption of common shares

 

(503,700

)

(2

)

(275,000

)

(1

)

(238,400

)

(1

)

Shares issued in connection with the 2000 privatization

 

 

 

 

 

670,144

 

5

 

Balance at end of year

 

81,361,580

 

261

 

81,731,387

 

262

 

81,826,272

 

261

 

Adjustment relating to stock options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

2

 

Adjustment of the year

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

Balance at end of year

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

3

 

Retained earnings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

 

 

832

 

 

 

788

 

 

 

629

 

Net earnings for the year

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

60

 

 

 

173

 

Dividend on common shares

 

 

 

(13

)

 

 

(13

)

 

 

(10

)

Dividend on preferred shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(1

)

Excess of common share redemption price over their paid-up capital

 

 

 

(5

)

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(3

)

Balance at end of vear

 

 

 

830

 

 

 

832

 

 

 

788

 

Cumulative other comprehensive earnings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

38

 

 

 

12

 

Annual changes–net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Translation adjustments

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

(34

)

 

 

32

 

Minimum pension liability

 

 

 

(4

)

 

 

 

 

 

(6

)

Unrealized exchange gains arising from foreign exchange forward contracts designated as hedges

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reclass to earnings of cumulative net loss on adoption of SFAS 133 and 138

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

Rounding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Balance at end of year

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

38

 

Rounding

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity–End of year

 

 

 

1,101

 

 

 

1,103

 

 

 

1,090

 

 

78



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

For the three-year period ended December 31, 2004

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) (Continued)

 

Reconciliation of shareholders’ equity

 

Note

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

Shareholders’ equity under Canadian GAAP

 

 

 

1,059

 

1,056

 

1,065

 

U.S. GAAP adjustments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Start-up costs

 

g)

 

(7

)

(5

)

(5

)

Gain realized on formation of Norampac

 

h)

 

57

 

62

 

66

 

Unrealized exchange gains arising from foreign exchange forward contracts

 

i)

 

12

 

7

 

 

Unrealized gains arising from change in fair values of commodity derivative financial instruments net of provision for instruments currently in default

 

j)

 

3

 

4

 

1

 

Unrealized losses from interest rate swaps

 

k)

 

 

 

(2

)

Employee future benefits

 

1)

 

(9

)

(10

)

(12

)

Minimum pension liability

 

m)

 

(21

)

(16

)

(15

)

Privatization

 

p)

 

 

 

(1

)

Tax effect on above adjustments

 

 

 

(2

)

(5

)

(1

)

Class B preferred shares

 

z)

 

 

 

(6

)

Excess of redemption price of Class B preferred shares on their paid-up capital

 

z)

 

9

 

10

 

 

Shareholders’ equity under U.S. GAAP

 

 

 

1,101

 

1,103

 

1,090

 

 

 

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

Reconciliation of balance sheet

 

Note

 

Canadian GAAP

 

U.S. GAAP

 

Canadian GAAP

 

U.S. GAAP

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

h) p) and z)

 

1,700

 

1,742

 

1,636

 

1,684

 

Other assets and goodwill (long-term)

 

g) to l) and w)

 

328

 

354

 

269

 

297

 

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

 

i) j) and k)

 

509

 

507

 

453

 

452

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other liabilities (long-term)

 

g) h) i) j) m)
n) p) q) and z)

 

303

 

331

 

265

 

293

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

g) to p) and z)

 

1,059

 

1,101

 

1,056

 

1,103

 

 

79



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

For the three-year period ended December 31, 2004

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) (Continued)

 

The amounts shown in the above table include joint ventures accounted for by the proportionate consolidation method, as indicated in note 24 (v), in accordance with both Canadian and U.S. GAAP.

 

g) Under Canadian GAAP, start-up costs are deferred and amortized over a period not exceeding five years. Under U.S. GAAP, start-up costs are accounted for under Statement of Position (“SOP”) No. 98-5, “Reporting on the Costs of Start-up Activities,” and are included in the statement of earnings in the period they are incurred.

 

h) On December 30, 1997, the Company and Domtar Inc. merged their respective containerboard and corrugated packaging operations to form Norampac Inc., a 50-50 joint venture. Under Canadian GAAP, a portion of the gain realized on the transaction of an original amount of approximately $58 million, net of tax, was recorded against property, plant and equipment and goodwill. Under U.S. GAAP, this gain would have been recognized in earnings on December 30, 1997.

 

In addition, under U.S. GAAP, additional liabilities would have been included in the allocation of the purchase price at the date of the transaction with respect to employee future benefits with a corresponding adjustment to goodwill.

 

i) Under Canadian GAAP, gains and losses arising from foreign exchange forward contracts used to hedge anticipated sales, purchases or interests are charged to earnings as an adjustment of sales, cost of sales or financial expenses when the underlying sale, purchase or interest is recorded. Under U.S. GAAP, the foreign exchange forward contracts concluded before January 1, 2004 are not designated as hedges as defined in SFAS 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities;” therefore the unrealized gains and losses from these contracts are charged to earnings as they arise. Under U.S. GAAP, foreign exchange forward contracts entered into after January 1, 2004 are designated as hedges, as defined by SFAS 133.

 

j) Under Canadian GAAP, gains and losses arising from swap commodity contracts designated as hedging instrument are charged to earnings only when realized. Under U.S. GAAP, the unrealized gains and losses arising from these contracts, which do not meet requirements of hedging as defined in SFAS 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” are charged to earnings.

 

k) Under Canadian GAAP, unrealized gains and losses on interest rate swaps contracted before January 1, 2004 and designated as hedges are not recognized in the financial statements. Under U.S. GAAP, these contracts are not designated as hedges and therefore, the unrealized gains and losses are charged to earnings.

 

1) Before the adoption of CICA 3461, “Employee Future Benefits,” on January 1, 2000, the discount rate used in the measurement of pension costs and obligations under U.S. GAAP differed from the one used under Canadian GAAP. In addition, as allowed by Canadian GAAP before January 1, 2000, the Company recognized post-employment costs and obligations using the cash basis of accounting. Under CICA 3461, the treatment of pension costs is not materially different from U.S. GAAP. The remaining adjustments result from the amortization of actuarial losses and gains which arose prior to January 1, 2000.

 

m) Under U.S. GAAP, a minimum pension liability adjustment must be recorded when the accumulated benefit obligation of a plan is greater than the fair value of its assets. The excess of its liability over the intangible asset, which can also be recorded for the plan, is recorded in comprehensive earnings in shareholders’ equity.

 

n) Under Canadian GAAP, dividends on mandatorily redeemable preferred shares of a subsidiary are charged to earnings as interest expense. Under U.S. GAAP, declared dividends prior to July 1, 2003 are charged to earnings but as non-controlling interests. Since July 1, 2003, in accordance with SFAS 150, “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Liabilities and Equity,” dividends are charged to earnings as interest expense.

 

In addition, under U.S. GAAP, declared dividends prior to July 1, 2003 would have been shown as a financing activity in the cash flows statement. Since July 1, 2003, these dividends are shown as an operating activity, as they are under Canadian GAAP.

 

80



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

For the three-year period ended December 31, 2004

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) (Continued)

 

o) Under Canadian GAAP, income tax rates of substantively enacted tax laws can be used to calculate future income tax assets and liabilities while under U.S. GAAP, only income tax rates of enacted laws can be used.

 

p) On December 31, 2000, the Company acquired shares held by non-controlling shareholders in three of its subsidiaries (the “privatized subsidiaries”) in exchange for common shares of the Company. Under Canadian GAAP, the fair value of $6.85 attributed to the shares issued represents the quoted market value of the Company’s shares at the date of privatization. Under U.S. GAAP, the fair value attributed to the shares issued would have been $6.67 which represents the quoted market value of the Company’s shares during a reasonable period before and after the date the transaction was agreed upon and announced. Since the excess of the net book value of the non-controlling interests over their purchase price has been recorded under Canadian GAAP as a decrease of property, plant and equipment and future income tax liabilities, the adjustment resulting from a different measurement date as stated above would affect these accounts accordingly.

 

In addition, Canadian GAAP to U.S. GAAP reconciliation items described in note 24(g) to (o) and affecting the privatized subsidiaries prior to December 31, 2000 would affect the computation of the net book value of the non-controlling interests and therefore the adjustment to property, plant and equipment and future income tax liabilities at the date of the privatization.

 

q) Comprehensive earnings

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

Net earnings under U.S. GAAP

 

16

 

60

 

173

 

Translation adjustments

 

(3

)

(34

)

32

 

Minimum pension liability adjustment, net of related income taxes(1)

 

(4

)

 

(6

)

Unrealized exchange gains arising from foreign exchange forward contracts designated as hedges, net of related income taxes(2)

 

5

 

 

 

Reclass to earnings of cumulative net loss on adoption of SFAS 133 and 138, net of related income taxes

 

 

 

(1

)

Comprehensive earnings under U.S. GAAP

 

14

 

26

 

198

 

 


(1)    The minimum pension liability adjustment represents $4.4 million, $0.3 million and $6.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 respectively, net of related income taxes of $1.5 million, $0.1 million and $3.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 respectively.

(2)    The unrealized exchange gain of $5.1 million for the period ended December 31, 2004 is net of related income taxes of $2.7 million.

 

r) Accumulated other comprehensive earnings

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

Cumulative translation adjustments

 

11

 

14

 

Cumulative minimum pension liability adjustments, net of related income taxes

 

(14

)

(10

)

Cumulative unrealized exchange gains arising from foreign exchange forward contract designated as hedges, net of related income taxes

 

5

 

 

 

 

2

 

4

 

 

s) For pension plans where the accumulated benefit obligation (“ABO”) exceeds the fair value of plan assets under U.S. GAAP, the projected benefit obligation (“PBO”), ABO and fair value of plan assets are as follows:

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

PBO

 

166

 

126

 

ABO

 

154

 

120

 

Fair value of plan assets

 

122

 

102

 

 

81



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

For the three-year period ended December 31, 2004

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) (Continued)

 

t) The following disclosure is required by U.S. GAAP. However, the information presented is based on amounts published according to Canadian GAAP.

 

 

 

2004

 

 

 

Canada

 

Other countries

 

Total

 

Net earnings from continuing operations before provision for income taxes, share of results of significantly influenced companies and share of earnings attributed to non controlling interests

 

(24

)

44

 

20

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

6

 

16

 

22

 

Future

 

(14

)

(6

)

(20

)

 

 

(8

)

10

 

2

 

Net earnings from continuing operations before share of results of significantly influenced companies and share of earnings attributed to non controlling interests

 

(16

)

34

 

18

 

 

 

 

2003

 

 

 

Canada

 

Other countries

 

Total

 

Net earnings from continuing operations before provision for income taxes, share of results of significantly influenced companies and share of earnings attributed to non controlling interests

 

47

 

17

 

64

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

7

 

4

 

11

 

Future

 

 

(6

)

(6

)

Future income taxes resulting from an increase in income taxes

 

5

 

 

5

 

 

 

12

 

(2

)

10

 

Net earnings from continuing operations before share of results of significantly influenced companies and share of earnings attributed to non controlling interests

 

35

 

19

 

54

 

 

 

 

2002

 

 

 

Canada

 

Other countries

 

Total

 

Net earnings from continuing operations before provision for income taxes, share of results of significantly influenced companies and share of earnings attributed to non controlling interests

 

126

 

79

 

205

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

37

 

10

 

47

 

Future

 

 

14

 

14

 

Future income tax benefits resulting from a reduction in income taxes

 

(1

)

 

(1

)

 

 

36

 

24

 

60

 

Net earnings from continuing operations before share of results of significantly influenced companies and share of earnings attributed to non controlling interests

 

90

 

55

 

145

 

 

82



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

For the three-year period ended December 31, 2004

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) (Continued)

 

u) The disclosure of the following amounts is required by U.S. GAAP:

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

Payment on operating lease, including rent of building

 

45

 

37

 

35

 

Payment on capital lease

 

2

 

7

 

10

 

Loss (gain) on foreign currency

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Realized

 

1

 

7

 

(2

)

Unrealized

 

3

 

2

 

(1

)

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

Accounts receivable

 

452

 

434

 

Provision for bad debt

 

(13

)

(13

)

Accounts receivable from related companies

 

7

 

8

 

Other accounts receivable

 

44

 

27

 

Income tax receivable

 

19

 

23

 

Prepaid expenses

 

18

 

15

 

 

 

527

 

494

 

Accounts payable

 

351

 

300

 

Accounts payable to related companies

 

7

 

7

 

Marginal salaries and benefits payable

 

79

 

64

 

Interest payable

 

25

 

20

 

Income taxes payable on benefit

 

5

 

7

 

Capital expenses included in accounts payable

 

13

 

11

 

Others

 

28

 

44

 

 

 

509

 

453

 

 

 

 

2004

 

 

 

Balance

 

Additions

 

 

 

Balance

 

 

 

at the beginning

 

Charged

 

 

 

at the end

 

Valuation and qualifying accounts

 

of the period

 

to expenses

 

Deductions

 

of the period

 

Provision for doubtful accounts

 

13

 

6

 

(6

)

13

 

Provision for obsolete inventory

 

8

 

 

 

8

 

Valuation allowance for tax purposes(1)

 

28

 

 

(3

)

25

 

 

 

 

2003

 

 

 

Balance

 

Additions

 

 

 

Balance

 

 

 

At the beginning

 

charged

 

 

 

at the end

 

 

 

of the period

 

to expenses

 

Deductions

 

of the period

 

Provision for doubtful accounts

 

11

 

7

 

(5

)

13

 

Provision for obsolete inventory

 

11

 

 

(3

)

8

 

Valuation allowance for tax purposes(1)

 

33

 

 

(5

)

28

 

 

 

 

2002

 

 

 

Balance

 

Additions

 

 

 

Balance

 

 

 

At the beginning

 

charged

 

 

 

at the end

 

 

 

of the period

 

to expenses

 

Deductions

 

of the period

 

Provision for doubtful accounts

 

17

 

7

 

(13

)

11

 

Provision for obsolete inventory

 

9

 

2

 

 

11

 

Valuation allowance for tax purposes(1) 

 

41

 

 

(8

)

33

 

 

83



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

For the three-year period ended December 31, 2004

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) (Continued)

 

1.  The deductions in the valuation allowance for tax purposes.

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

Foreign currency translation

 

1

 

2

 

 

Unrecognized tax benefit arising from current losses of subsidiaries

 

1

 

2

 

2

 

Recognized tax benefit arising from previously incurred losses of subsidiaries

 

(5

)

(9

)

(10

)

 

 

(3

)

(5

)

(8

)

 

v) Under Canadian GAAP, investments in joint ventures are accounted for using the proportionate consolidation method. Under U.S. GAAP, investments in joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method. The different accounting treatment affects only the display and classification of financial statement items and not net earnings or shareholders’ equity. Rules prescribed by the Securities and Exchange Commission of the United States (“SEC”) permit the use of the proportionate consolidation method in the reconciliation to U.S. GAAP provided the joint venture is an operating entity and the significant financial operating policies are, by contractual arrangement, jointly controlled by all parties having an equity interest in the joint venture. In addition, the Company discloses in note 23 the major components of its financial statements resulting from the use of the proportionate consolidation method to account for its interests in joint ventures.

 

w) Under Canadian GAAP, the Company’s deferred financing costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the anticipated period of repayment of the underlying debt. Under U.S. GAAP, such costs are amortized under the interest method. Amortization under both methods was not materially different for each of the periods presented.

 

x) Under U.S. GAAP, the dilution gains of 2002 amounting to $1 million as described in note 13(a) would have been disclosed separately on the statement of earnings.

 

y) Under U.S. GAAP, the premium paid on redemption of long-term debt would be classified as an operating activity and not as cash flow used in financing activities. In addition, under U.S. GAAP, financing charges incurred in 2004 and 2003 amounting to $2 million and $29 million respectively would be classified under operating activities rather than financing activities.

 

z) Under Canadian GAAP, the Class B preferred shares of a subsidiary are included under capital stock (note ll(b)). Under U.S. GAAP, these preferred shares would be shown on the balance sheet as a non-controlling interest. As described in note ll(b), in 2003, the Company redeemed all of the outstanding Class B preferred shares of a subsidiary for a consideration of $16 million. Under Canadian GAAP, the excess of the redemption price of $10 million over the recorded capital was included in retained earnings. Under U.S. GAAP, as these preferred shares represent a non-controlling interest, the excess of $10 million would have been recorded as an increase of $15 million in property, plant and equipment and an increase of $5 million in future income tax liabilities. The adjustment of $15 million in property, plant and equipment is amortized on a straight line basis over a period of 20 years. In addition, under U.S. GAAP, the premium paid on redemption would be classified under investing activities rather than financing activities.

 

84



 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

For the three-year period ended December 31, 2004

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) (Continued)

 

Accounting pronouncement not yet implemented under U.S. GAAP

 

aa ) Inventory In November 2004, the FASB published SFAS 151 “Inventory cost an amendments to ARB No. 43, Chapter 4.” This standard imposes to inventory the allocation of fixed general manufacturing costs that exceed the costs related to a normal and stable production. It also imposes to inventory the allocation of abnormal costs related to assets not in service, freight costs, handling costs, and production of non-standard products. The SFAS 151 applies to open periods as of June 15, 2005 and its anticipated application is however permitted. The Company is presently evaluating the impact of this new standard.

 

85




Exhibit 13.3

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Position and Operating Results

 

 

Transparency of financial information is important to allow our shareholders to measure the improvement of our performances .

 

The following is management’s discussion and analysis (“MD&A”) of the operating results and the financial position of Cascades Inc. (“Cascades” or “the Company”), which should be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003. For additional information, readers are referred to the Company’s Annual Information Form (“AIF”), which is published separately. Information contained herein includes any significant developments as at February 24, 2005, the date of approval of the MD&A by the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

MD&A is intended to provide readers with the information that management believes is required to gain an understanding of Cascades’ current results and to assess the Company’s future prospects. Accordingly, certain statements in this MD&A, including statements regarding future results and performance, are forward-looking statements within the meaning of securities legislation based on current expectations. The accuracy of such statements is subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions that may cause actual results to differ materially from those projected, including, but not limited to, the effect of general economic conditions, decreases in demand for the Company’s products, increases in the cost of raw materials, changes in the relative values of certain currencies, fluctuations in selling prices and adverse changes in general market and industry conditions.

 

The financial information contained herein, including tabular amounts, is expressed in Canadian dollars unless otherwise specified, and is prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in Canada (Canadian GAAP). Unless otherwise indicated or if required by the context, the terms “we,” “our” and “us” refer to Cascades Inc. and all of its subsidiaries and joint ventures. The financial information included in this analysis also contains certain data that are not measures of performance under Canadian GAAP (“non-GAAP measures”). For example, the Company uses operating income before depreciation and amortization (“OIBD”) because it is the measure used by management to assess the operating and financial performance of the Company’s operating segments. Such information is reconciled to the most directly comparable financial measures, as set forth in the supplemental information on non-GAAP measures section.

 

16



 

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Position and Operating Results

 

The Company

 

Cascades is a diversified producer of packaging products, tissue paper and fine papers with operations in Canada, the United States and Europe. The Company has leading market positions for many of its products in North America and is one of the foremost producers of coated boxboard in Europe.

 

Although the Company believes that its product, integration level, market and geographical diversification help to mitigate the adverse effects of industry conditions, the markets for some of its products are highly cyclical. These markets are heavily influenced by changes in the North American and global economies, industry capacity and inventory levels maintained by customers, all of which affect selling prices and profitability. The Company is also affected by the variation of the Canadian dollar against the U.S. dollar and the euro.

 

Assets hold for sale

 

During the fourth quarter of 2004, the Company initiated a divestiture plan for its distribution assets in the Fine Papers and Tissue Papers segments. Consequently, the assets, liabilities, results and cash flows of the distribution activities have been reclassified for the current year and for all comparative periods as assets held for sale. Financial information relating to these assets held for sale is as follow:

 

(in millions of dollars, except amounts per share)

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

Condensed balance sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

126

 

126

 

 

 

Long-term assets

 

9

 

12

 

 

 

Current liabilities

 

29

 

31

 

 

 

Condensed statement of earnings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales

 

438

 

454

 

473

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

2

 

2

 

2

 

Operating income

 

7

 

11

 

7

 

Interest expense

 

3

 

3

 

3

 

Provision for income taxes

 

1

 

4

 

1

 

Net earnings from assets held for sale

 

3

 

4

 

3

 

Net earnings per share from assets held for sale

 

0.03

 

0.05

 

0.03

 

Condensed statement of cash flows

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flow from operating activities

 

1

 

14

 

(5

)

Cash flow from investing activities

 

(1

)

(1

)

(5

)

Cash flow from financing activities

 

 

(13

)

10

 

 

With regards to the manufacturing assets of the Fine Papers Group, the Company has made no decision and is reviewing all possible strategic alternatives.

 

Overview

 

In 2004, sales increased by 9% and operating income was 16% lower than 2003. However, if we exclude certain specific items (Note 1), operating income decreased by only 3%. Due to recent business acquisitions and an improved economy, the Company’s shipments and pricing for its products were higher in most operating business sectors. This was, however, more than offset by the 7.6% strengthening of the Canadian dollar against the U.S. dollar, when compared with 2003.

 


Note 1: For definition of specific items, refer to the supplemental information on non-GAAP measures

 

17



 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Position and Operating Results

 

Selected Consolidated Information

For the years ended December 31

(in millions of dollars, except amounts per share)

 

 

 

As reported

 

Excluding specific items(1)

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

Sales (amount net of eliminations)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Packaging

 

2,274

 

2,040

 

2,071

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tissue Papers

 

714

 

684

 

725

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fine Papers

 

704

 

725

 

795

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets held for sale

 

(438

)

(454

)

(473

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,254

 

2,995

 

3,118

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income before depreciation and amortization “OIBD”

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Packaging

 

178

 

174

 

244

 

190

 

174

 

248

 

Tissue Papers

 

76

 

73

 

136

 

76

 

73

 

136

 

Fine Papers

 

(3

)

6

 

37

 

(3

)

6

 

37

 

Corporate

 

(4

)

(3

)

3

 

(4

)

(3

)

3

 

Assets held for sale

 

(9

)

(13

)

(9

)

(9

)

(13

)

(9

)

 

 

238

 

237

 

411

 

250

 

237

 

415

 

OIBD/sales

 

7.3

%

7.9

%

13.2

%

7.7

%

7.9

%

13.3

%

Operating income

 

79

 

94

 

274

 

91

 

94

 

278

 

Net earnings

 

23

 

55

 

169

 

16

 

16

 

153

 

per common share

 

$

0.28

 

$

0.66

 

$

2.07

 

$

0.20

 

$

0.19

 

$

1.87

 

Cash flow from operations(1)

 

158

 

158

 

307

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

per common share

 

$

1.93

 

$

1.93

 

$

3.77

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)  See the supplemental information on non-GAAP measures.

 

Other Selected Information

For the years ended December 31

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

Shipments (in thousands of short tons)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Manufacturing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Packaging products

 

1,770

 

1,767

 

1,794

 

Tissue Papers

 

399

 

368

 

338

 

Fine Papers

 

289

 

279

 

313

 

 

 

2,458

 

2,414

 

2,445

 

Converted products

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Packaging/Boxboard (in thousands of folding cartons)

 

13,988

 

4,402

 

2,555

 

Packaging/Containerboard (million square feet)

 

6,802

 

6,699

 

6,378

 

Tissue (in thousands of short tons)(2)

 

244

 

218

 

208

 

Currency–average rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$Can vs $U.S.

 

$

0.768

 

$

0.714

 

$

0.637

 

$U.S. vs $Can

 

$

1.301

 

$

1.401

 

$

1.570

 

Euro vs $Can

 

$

1.617

 

$

1.582

 

$

1.484

 

 


(2)   Converted tissue products are also included in manufacturing shipments.

 

18



 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Position and Operating Results

 

The following table shows the historical movement of average benchmark list prices for some of our key products:

 

Benchmark product

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

2000

 

Packaging (US$/short ton)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recycled boxboard–20-pt. clay coated

 

686

 

653

 

584

 

595

 

598

 

Linerboard-unbleached kraft, 42 lb.–Eastern U.S.

 

468

 

421

 

424

 

444

 

467

 

Tissue papers (index 1999 = 1,000)

 

1,189

 

1,131

 

1,140

 

1,099

 

1,064

 

Fine papers (US$/short ton)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Uncoated fine paper–offset, 50 lb. rolls

 

676

 

634

 

692

 

719

 

756

 

Coated fine paper–No. 3 grade, 60 lb. rolls

 

808

 

795

 

767

 

853

 

958

 

 

Source: Cascades based on industry sources. Tissue papers index represents a mix of primary and converted products.

 

Recycled and virgin fibres are the primary raw materials used in the manufacture of our products and represent the highest production cost. List prices for these raw materials fluctuate considerably and are heavily influenced by economic conditions and foreign demand. The following table shows the historical movement of average benchmark list prices, listed in U.S. dollars, for some of the grades of recycled paper and virgin pulp used in the manufacturing process:

 

Benchmark product

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

2000

 

Recycled paper (US$/short ton)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Old corrugated containers

 

82

 

60

 

63

 

34

 

74

 

Sorted office papers

 

122

 

110

 

99

 

78

 

141

 

Virgin pulp (US$/metric tonne)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Northern bleached softwood kraft–Eastern U.S.

 

640

 

553

 

491

 

558

 

685

 

 

Source: Cascades based on industry sources.

 

Year ended December 31, 2004, compared with year ended December 31, 2003

 

Sales    Sales increased by $259 million, or 8.6%, to $3.3 billion for the year, versus $3.0 billion for 2003.

 

Net business acquisitions over the last 12 months contributed $276 million in sales during the year. On October 1, 2003, the Company increased its participation in Dopaco Inc. to 50%. Dopaco is a leading North-American provider of packaging solutions for the quick-service restaurant industry. Prior to this increase in participation, this investment was accounted for using the equity method. On August 24, 2004, the Company further increased its participation to 100%. Consequently, Dopaco’s results were consolidated proportionately between October 1, 2003, and August 24, 2004, and have been fully consolidated since that date. Given this treatment, the total contribution of Dopaco is $208 million of additional sales for 2004 compared with 2003. In addition, the acquisition of Scierie P.H. Lemay Itée, completed in December 2003 and the other businesses acquired in 2004 contributed an additional $68 million of sales during the year.

 

19



 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Position and Operating Results

 

Net average realized selling prices were weaker in the Boxboard and Fine Papers segments. This was a reflection of the 7.6% strengthening of the Canadian dollar against the U.S. dollar in comparison with 2003, and also due to the fact that North American Boxboard list prices only started their upward trend in the second half of 2004 and that their implementation was not immediate due to difficult market conditions. As for the European boxboard operations, their average selling price declined approximately 30 euros per ton as compared to 2003. In the Fine Papers segment, the uncoated and coated average price declined during the first six months of 2004 but then increased by more than US$100 per ton by the end of 2004 which was offset in part by the stronger Canadian dollar.

 

The appreciation of the Canadian dollar has had a direct impact on export prices, but has also contributed to reducing Canadian dollar prices in the domestic market, as several of the Company’s product lines are priced in U.S. dollars. Overall, shipments were better compared with 2003, generally reflecting better economic conditions, with the exception of the packaging segment’s North-American boxboard mills due to difficult market conditions and lower efficiencies in its recycled mills.

 

 

Sales

 

Property, plant

and equipment

 

 

 

Operating income before depreciation and amortization   The Company generated operating income before depreciation and amortization of $238 million for the year, compared with $237 million for 2003. Operating income before depreciation and amortization margin decreased to 7.3% for the year, compared with 7.9% for the corresponding period in 2003. Operating income before depreciation and amortization for 2004 includes a $4 million gain related to the disposition of assets in the Speciality Products Group, a $2 million unrealized gain on derivative financial instruments of certain commodity swap contracts entered into by a joint-venture Company and a $18 million impairment loss related to the property, plant and equipment of one of the Company’s de-inked pulp mills located in Cap-de-la-Madeleine, Québec, which was temporarily closed in March 2003. The Company decided to permanently shut-down this facility. Excluding these specific items, the operating income before depreciation and amortization increased by 5% to $250 million from $237 million in 2003.

 

Business acquisitions realized over the last 12 months contributed $32 million to this increase. Despite higher volumes, selling prices and improvement in cost and efficiencies, the higher cost of fibre negatively affected operating income before depreciation and amortization margins. However, the most important factor was the strengthening of the Canadian dollar combined with the pricing of several of the Company’s Canadian products in U.S. dollars which impacted negatively on operating income before depreciation and amortization by approximately $63 million.

 

In general, our primary raw material prices increased, compared with 2003 but our costs were positively offset, in part, by a stronger Canadian dollar. The monthly average list price for old corrugated containers (OCC), mostly used by our Containerboard Group, increased by approximately 37% when compared with 2003. The monthly average list price for sorted office papers (SOP), primarily used by our Tissue Paper and Boxboard Groups, was 11% higher, while the price of Northern Bleached Softwood Kraft Pulp (NBSK) mainly used by our Fine Papers Group, increased by 16% during the same period.

 

As for natural gas, the pricing reference decreased slightly by 3% in Canada and increased by 13% in the United States when compared to 2003.

 

20



 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Position and Operating Results

 

OIBD variance analysis

(in millions of dollars)

 

 

 

Packaging

 

Tissue Papers

 

Fine Papers

 

Corporate

 

Assets held
for sale

 

Consolidated

 

OIBD for the year ended December 31, 2003

 

174

 

73

 

6

 

(3

)

(13

)

237

 

Positive (negative) impact from:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales volume

 

 

19

 

 

 

 

19

 

Selling price

 

9

 

8

 

3

 

(4

)

 

16

 

Raw materials

 

(8

)

(23

)

(15

)

 

 

(46

)

Variation of the Canadian dollar(1)

 

(54

)

(10

)

(7

)

4

 

4

 

(63

)

Cost improvement and efficiencies

 

37

 

9

 

10

 

(1

)

 

55

 

Business acquisitions

 

32

 

 

 

 

 

32

 

OIBD excluding specific items

 

190

 

76

 

(3

)

(4

)

(9

)

250

 

Specific items

 

(12

)

 

 

 

 

(12

)

OIBD for the year ended December 31, 2004

 

178

 

76

 

(3

)

(4

)

(9

)

238

 

 


(1)    Foreign exchange impact is based on the Company’s national and export sales less purchases that are impacted by the $Can/$US variation.

 

Segmented analysis

 

 

 

Sales
(in millions of dollars)

 

OIBD
(in millions of dollars)

 

Shipments
(in thousands)

 

Average selling price (in dollars/unit)

 

Packaging

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

% sales

 

2003

 

% sales

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

Boxboard

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Manufacturing–North America

 

241

 

272

 

 

 

14

 

5.1

 

336

st

363

st

717

 

749

 

Manufacturing–Europe

 

464

 

455

 

19

 

4.1

 

23

 

5.1

 

521

st

493

st

889

 

923

 

Converting

 

513

 

292

 

45

 

8.8

 

15

 

5.1

 

13,988

carton

4,402

carton

 

 

 

 

Others and eliminations

 

13

 

7

 

3

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,231

 

1,026

 

67

 

5.4

 

55

 

5.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Containerboard(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Manufacturing

 

344

 

340

 

25

 

7.3

 

18

 

5.3

 

718

st

721

st 

479

 

470

 

Converting

 

489

 

480

 

54

 

11.0

 

52

 

10.8

 

6,802

msf

6,699

msf

72

 

72

 

Others and eliminations

 

(200

)

(191

)

8

 

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

633

 

629

 

87

 

13.7

 

81

 

12.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Specialty products

 

509

 

484

 

24

 

4.7

 

38

 

7.9

 

195

st(2)

190

st(2)

 

 

 

 

Eliminations

 

(44

)

(38

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,329

 

2,101

 

178

 

7.6

 

174

 

8.3

 

1,770

st

l,767

st

 

 

 

 

 


(1)    The Company’s containerboard business consists entirely of its 50% share of the results of Norampac Inc., a joint venture.

(2)    Consists of the paper manufacturing shipments only.

 

21



 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Position and Operating Results

 

Sales of the Packaging Products segment increased by $228 million, or 11%, amounting to $2.3 billion for the year, compared with $2.1 billion for the same period in 2003. The additional contribution of new businesses acquired during the last 12 months combined with price increases in the containerboard sector more than offset lower realized prices in the boxboard sector and mitigated the impact on general pricing caused by the appreciation of the Canadian dollar.

 

Sales for the Boxboard Group amounted to $1.2 billion for the year, compared with $1.0 billion for the same period in 2003. Excluding Dopaco’s and Scierie P.H. Lemay’s additional contribution of $245 million, sales actually decreased by $40 million, or 4% due to lower selling prices for our primary board mills and for our converting units. Over the course of this period, shipments by primary mills decreased by approximately 7.4% in North America, due to difficult market conditions and lower efficiencies in their recycled mills. Shipments increased by approximately 5.7% in Europe due to lower downtime compared with 2003. In addition, net selling prices were lower mainly due to the strengthening of the Canadian dollar and to a 6% decrease in the European mills’ net realization price in euros, which was due to difficult conditions in the European board market that prevailed at the end of 2003 through the first quarter of 2004.

 

Sales for the Containerboard Group increased $4 million amounting to $633 million for the year, compared with $629 million for the same period in 2003, or a 1% increase. The combined impact of the acquisition of the Thompson (Connecticut) converting plant in April 2004 and the Lancaster (New York) converting plant in August 2004 contributed $12 million of additional sales in 2004. Sales were reduced by $15 million due to the impact of a work stoppage at the Burnaby mill, which was resolved during the fourth quarter of 2004. Containerboard shipments remained flat over the period despite the Burnaby mill strike. Excluding this mill, the primary capacity utilization rate was 96%, compared with 92% in 2003.

 

Shipments of corrugated products increased slightly compared with 2003, due mainly to the additional volume generated by acquisitions. Also, market conditions allowed for the gradual implementation throughout the year of certain price increases that more than offset the negative impact of a stronger Canadian dollar. This sector’s North-American integration level, reflecting the percentage of the containerboard’s mills production sold internally to the Company’s own box or sheet plants, increased to 64% in 2004, compared with 61% in 2003. Increased integration improves profit by providing more value-added products compared with unconverted board products.

 

Due to increased economic activity in terms of volume and prices, sales for the Specialty Products Group increased by $25 million, or 5%, to $509 million for the year, compared with $484 million for the same period in 2003. Within this Group, the paper mill packaging division brought in an extra $15 million, while the paper recovery and de-inked pulp division saw its contribution increase by $34 million. The Company completed the acquisition of the remaining 50% of the Greenfield S.A.S. joint venture in France during the second quarter of 2004, which resulted in an increase in the Company’s recycling operations in Europe. The sales increases observed in the paper mill packaging and recovery and de-inked pulp divisions were offset by a $13 million reduction in the sales of moulded pulp products.

 

22



 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Position and Operating Results

 

Operating income before depreciation and amortization for the Packaging Products segment was $178 million for the year, compared with $174 million for the same period in 2003. Operating income before depreciation and amortization includes a $4 million gain related to the disposition of assets in the Speciality Products Group, a $2 million unrealized gain on derivative financial instruments of certain commodity swap contracts entered into by a Company joint-venture and a $18 million impairment loss related to the property, plant and equipment of one of the Company’s de-inked pulp mills located in Cap-de-la-Madeleine, Qu é bec, which was temporarily closed in March 2003. The Company decided to permanently shut down this facility. Excluding these specific items, the operating income before depreciation and amortization increased by 9% to $190 million from $174 million in 2003. The increase of $16 million is mainly due to price increases realized in the containerboard sector, the proportionate consolidation of the results of Dopaco between October 1, 2003, and August 24, 2004, and its full consolidation since that date. This improvement was also offset by approximately $54 million due to the strengthening of the Canadian dollar. However, the North American boxboard operations saw its contribution decrease by $14 million to zero for 2004 due to a decrease in shipments and average selling prices.

 

 

 

Sales
(in millions of dollars)

 

OIBD
(in millions of dollars)

 

Shipments
(in thousands)

 

Average selling price (in dollars/unit)

 

Tissue Papers

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

% sales

 

2003

 

% sales

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

Manufacturing & converting

 

665

 

620

 

74

 

11.1

 

72

 

11.6

 

399

st

368

st

1,553

 

1,590

 

Distribution

 

87

 

89

 

2

 

2.3

 

1

 

1.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Eliminations

 

(35

)

(23

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

717

 

686

 

76

 

10.6

 

73

 

10.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales of the Tissue Group increased by $31 million, or 4.5%, to $717 million for the year, compared with $686 million for the same period in 2003. Average net realized prices were lower during the year, in comparison with the corresponding period in 2003, as a result of the strong Canadian dollar. The gradual introduction of certain price increases in the second half of 2004 in the U.S. retail and Canadian and U.S. away-from-home markets, as well as in the parent rolls business, have mitigated the negative impact of the currency. Shipments increased by 8% in 2004, reflecting increased sales efforts, an improving North-American economy and the additional contribution from the assets acquired from American Tissue in 2002. The integration rate (i.e, converted products sold vs. parent rolls) increased from 59% at the end of 2003 to 66% at the end of 2004.

 

The Tissue Group operating income before depreciation and amortization was $76 million for the year compared with $73 million last year. Higher volumes and higher net realized selling prices more than compensated for higher average waste paper costs and the negative impact on average selling prices resulting from the strengthening of the Canadian dollar. This Canadian dollar impact amounted to approximately $10 million for the year. Operating income before depreciation and amortization was also negatively affected by approximately $6 million due to the start-up of the Memphis mill and converting plants in Arizona and Calgary.

 

23



 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Position and Operating Results

 

 

 

Sales
(in millions of dollars)

 

OIBD
(in millions of dollars)

 

Shipments
(in thousands)

 

Average selling price (in dollars/unit)

 

Fine Papers

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

% sales

 

2003

 

% sales

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

Manufacturing

 

373

 

380

 

(10

)

(2.7

)

(5

)

(1.3

)

289

st

279

st

1,140

 

1,204

 

Distribution

 

409

 

417

 

7

 

1.7

 

11

 

2.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Eliminations

 

(68

)

(63

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

714

 

734

 

(3

)

(0.4

)

6

 

0.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales of the Fine Papers Group decreased by $20 million, or 3%, to $714 million for the year, compared with $734 million for the same period in 2003. Compared with 2003, the pricing of our products increased in the second half of 2004 due to better market conditions and higher operating levels in the coated and uncoated paper markets. However, these price increases were affected by the strengthening of the Canadian dollar against the U.S. dollar. Shipments increased 3.5% when compared with 2003 as our production units took less downtime due to the better pricing of our products. The distribution division, Cascades Resources, contributed total sales of $409 million during the year, compared with $417 million in 2003. Cascades Resources shipments of paper products were 4.4% higher than last year but resale price per ton showed a reduction of 8.3% as compared with the same period in 2003.

 

Operating income before depreciation and amortization for the Fine Papers Group was negative by $3 million for the year, compared with a positive contribution of $6 million for the same period in 2003. The manufacturing segment experienced higher shipments, combined with price increases gradually implemented during the third and fourth quarters of 2004. However, the strengthening of the Canadian dollar negatively impacted profitability by approximately $7 million during the past year compared with 2003.

 

Manufacturing sector operating income before depreciation and amortization was also impacted by higher virgin fibre prices which were, however, offset in part by a stronger Canadian dollar. The distribution division’s profitability was affected by higher administrative costs related to legal expenses, bad debts and severance costs in one of its divisions.

 

Other items analysis

 

Depreciation and amortization   Depreciation and amortization increased to $159 million in 2004, from $143 million for the corresponding period of 2003, primarily as a result of recent business acquisitions.

 

Operating income   As a result of the above, operating income for the year decreased by 16% to $79 million, compared with $94 million for the same period in 2003. Operating margins decreased from 3.1% in 2003 to 2.4% in 2004.

 

Excluding specific items, operating income for the year stood at $91 million, compared with $94 million for the same period in 2003. Operating margins decreased from 3.1% in 2003 to 2.8% in 2004.

 

Interest expense   Interest expense decreased by $4 million, to $76 million for 2004, compared with $80 million for the same period in 2003. The strengthening of the Canadian dollar contributed to reducing the interest expense on the Company’s U.S.-denominated debts.

 

24



 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Position and Operating Results

 

Foreign exchange gain on long-term debt   In 2004, the Company recorded a foreign exchange gain of $18 million on its own and its joint venture U.S.-denominated debts, as the Canadian dollar went from $0.774 against the US dollar as at December 31, 2003, to $0.831 as at December 31, 2004. This compares with a gain of $72 million in 2003. This gain had no impact on the Company’s liquidity.

 

Provision for income taxes   The income tax provision for the year ended December 31, 2004, amounted to $2 million, representing an effective tax rate of 10%. Excluding the impact of specific items, the tax rate would have been approximately 25%.

 

Net earnings   As a result of the foregoing factors, net earnings decreased by $32 million to $23 million, or $0.28 per share for 2004, versus net earnings of $55 million, or $0.66 per share, for the same period in 2003.

 

Net earnings excluding specific items for 2004, remained flat at $16 million, or $0.20 per share, compared with $16 million or $0.19 in 2003.

 

Liquidity and capital resources

 

Cash flows from operating   Cash flows from operating activities totalled $156 million for 2004, compared with $126 million for the same period in 2003. In 2004, changes in non-cash working capital components amounted to a use of funds of $2 million. This compares to a use of funds of $32 million in 2003. This improvement comes from a refund of prior years’ income taxes and improved management of working capital.

 

Cash flow from operating activities, excluding the change in non-cash working capital components, amounted to $158 million in 2004 and 2003, or $1.93 per share. This cash flow measure is important for the Company in order to pursue its capital expenditures program and reduce its leverage to debt.

 

Investing activities    In 2004, investment activities required total cash resources of $244 million. The Company invested $129 million in property, plant and equipment. The major capital projects realized in 2004 for each business segment are:

 

Boxboard:

 

    $13 million in the manufacturing sector to complete the rebuilding of the wet-end section of the Larochette, France, machine #3, started in 2003 and for the parent roll storage project at the Arnsberg, Germany mill;

 

 

    $8 million for capacity improvement at Dopaco;

 

 

    $2 million for the extension of the drying section at Scierie Lemay sawmill;

Containerboard:

 

    $7 million in the manufacturing operations for waste water treatment (Mississauga mill), a bark boiler (Cabano mill) and for the completion of the steam reformer project (Trenton mill);

 

 

    $8.5 million in the converting operations for the relocation of its Concord plant to its Etobicoke site and for a six color press (Lithotech plant);

Specialty products:

 

    $7 million mainly in the automation and building extension of the Kingsey Falls plastic unit, the start-up of a new honeycomb line in Drummondville and the start-up of a new recovery center in Gatineau as well as a building extension to the Lachine recovery center;

Tissue Papers:

 

    $6 million for the start-up of the new Memphis paper machine as well as for the technological optimization of one of the Candiac paper machines;

Fine Papers:

 

    $7 million to complete the sim-sizer press project that was initiated in 2002 and to invest in a bio-gas project to reduce energy costs at the St-Jérôme mill, which started operating at the beginning of 2005.

 

25



 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Position and Operating Results

 

The Company also invested $120 million (net of cash acquired) in new businesses during the year, as follows:

 

Boxboard:

 

    $82 million (US$63 million) paid to acquire the remaining 50% of the shares of Dopaco Inc. held by a private party;

Containerboard:

 

    $10 million (US$8 million) paid by a joint-venture company to acquire a corrugated plant in Lancaster, New York;

 

 

    $8 million (US$5.9 million) paid by a joint-venture company to acquire a corrugated plant in Thompson, Connecticut;

Specialty Products:

 

    $7 million paid to acquire a non-controlling interest in one of its division;

 

 

    $2 million paid to acquire the 50% participation from our partner in a pulp mill in France;

Tissue Papers:

 

    $15 million (US$11.4 million) paid to acquire a Tissue mill located in Memphis, Tennessee.

 

During the second quarter of 2004, the Company sold the assets of two of its fibreboard panel businesses in the Specialty Products Group for a total consideration of $16 million, of which, $14 million was received at closing. The balance of the selling price, in the amount of $2 million, is payable no later than 2011.

 

Financing activities On December 2, 2004, the Company completed a private placement of US$125 million of 7.25% senior notes due in 2013, which are treated as part of the same series of 7.25% senior notes due in 2013 that were issued in February 2003. The issuance of these senior notes was completed at a price of 105.50%, or an effective interest rate of 6.376%. The net proceeds of $156 million of this financing were used to reduce indebtedness under the Company’s revolving credit facility.

 

During the year, the Company repaid $49 million of its long-term debt consisting of long-term debt of Dopaco acquired at the time of acquisition and long-term debt that was not refinanced in 2003. It also redeemed 503,700 of its common shares on the open market, pursuant to a normal course issuer bid for an amount of $6.8 million.

 

Taking into account these transactions and the $13 million in dividends paid out during 2004, financing activities generated $93 million in liquidity.

 

Consolidated financial position as at December 31, 2004

 

The Company’s working capital stood at $502 million as at December 31, 2004, a ratio of 1.82:1. At year-end 2003, working capital

stood at $508 million — a ratio of 1.99:1.

 

Long-term debt, including the current portion, increased to $1.226 billion as at December 31, 2004, following the acquisition of Dopaco, compared with $1.110 billion as at December 31, 2003. The current portion of long-term debt increased by $40 million, mainly as a result of the balance of purchase price owed for Dopaco, in the amount of $52 million. This amount is expected to be paid in the second quarter of 2005. The Company had $334 million available under its $500 million revolving credit facility at the end of the year in addition to $168 million available from its joint ventures. The net funded debt to total capitalization ratio increased from 45.5% as at December 31, 2003, to 47.3% as at December 31, 2004.

 

Including the net earnings generated during the year and the dividend paid out, shareholders’ equity increased slightly to $1.059 billion, or $13.02 per share, as at December 31, 2004.

 

During the first quarter of 2004, the Company’s lenders agreed to amendments to the revolving credit facility that will provide greater flexibility relative to the interest coverage covenant. These amendments will remain in force until the second quarter of 2005.

 

The liquidity available via the credit facilities of the Company and its joint ventures, along with the cash flow generated by the operating activities, will provide the Company sufficient funds to meet its financial obligations and fulfill its capital expenditure program, which budget estimates place at approximately $120 million for 2005 including our share of our joint venture, Norampac, estimated at $40 million. This budgeted amount may be revised during the course of this year, depending on the cash flow generated by operations.

 

26



 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Position and Operating Results

 

Capital stock information

 

As at December 31, 2004, the capital stock issued and outstanding consisted of 81,361,580 common shares (81,731,387 as at December 31, 2003). As at December 31, 2004, 1,756,986 stock options were issued and outstanding (1,494,942 as at December 31, 2003).

 

Contractual obligations and other commitments

 

The Company’s principal contractual obligations and commercial commitments relate to outstanding debt, limited amortization requirements under existing credit lines, operating leases, capital leases and purchase obligations for its normal business operations. The following table summarizes these obligations as at December 31, 2004:

 

Contractual obligations

 

Payment due by period (in millions of dollars)

 

Total

 

Year 2005

 

Years 2006 and 2007

 

Years 2008 and 2009

 

Thereafter

 

Long-term debt

 

1,221

 

56

 

166

 

17

 

982

 

Capital lease

 

6

 

2

 

3

 

1

 

 

Operating lease

 

189

 

42

 

66

 

40

 

41

 

Purchase obligations

 

291

 

97

 

79

 

39

 

76

 

Total contractual obligations

 

1,707

 

197

 

314

 

97

 

1,099

 

 

Transactions with related parties

 

The Company has also entered into various agreements with its joint ventures, significantly influenced companies and entities controlled by one or more directors for the supply of raw materials, including recycled paper, virgin pulp and energy, supply of unconverted and converted products, sale and lease of equipment and other agreements in the normal course of business. The aggregate amount of sales from the Company to its joint ventures and other affiliates was $100 million and $61 million for 2003 and 2004, respectively. The aggregate amount of sales from the joint ventures and other affiliates to the Company was $67 million and $69 million for 2003 and 2004, respectively. The aggregate amount of sales from entities controlled by one or more of our directors to us was $7 million and $6 million for 2003 and 2004, respectively.

 

Off-balance sheet arrangements

 

In the normal course of business, we finance certain of our activities off-balance sheet through leases. We enter into operating leases for buildings and equipment. Minimum future rental payments under these operating leases, determined as at December 31, 2004, are included in the contractual obligations table above.

 

Critical accounting policies

 

Some of the Company’s accounting policies require significant estimates and assumptions about future events that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and the accompanying notes. Future events and their effects cannot be determined with absolute certainty. Therefore, the determination of estimates requires the exercise of management’s judgment. Actual results could differ from those estimates, and any such differences may be material to the Company’s financial statements.

 

27



 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Position and Operating Results

 

Valuation of identifiable intangible assets and goodwill:    Business acquisitions are accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. The total cost of an acquisition is allocated to the underlying net assets based on their respective estimated fair values. As part of this allocation process, the Company must identify and attribute values and estimated lives to the intangible assets acquired. While an expert may be employed to assist the Company with these matters, these types of determinations involve considerable judgment and often involve the use of estimates and assumptions, including those with respect to future cash inflows and outflows, discount rates and asset lives. These determinations affect the amount of amortization expense recognized in future periods. The Company reviews the carrying values of all identifiable intangible assets and goodwill when certain conditions arise to determine whether any impairment has occurred. Because the valuation of identifiable intangible assets and goodwill requires significant estimates and judgment about future performance and fair value, our future results could be affected if our current estimates of future performance and fair value change.

 

Income taxes:    The Company is required to estimate the income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which it operates. This includes estimating a value for existing net operating losses based on the Company’s assessment of its ability to utilize them against future taxable income before they expire. If the Company’s assessment of its ability to use the net operating losses proves inaccurate in the future, more or less of the net operating losses might be recognized as assets, which would increase or decrease the income tax expense, and consequently affect the Company’s net earnings in the relevant year.

 

Stock-based compensation:    Stock options granted to employees after January 1, 2002, are accounted for under the fair value method, which consists of recording expenses to earnings when stock options are issued. The fair value of stock options is calculated with a financial model involving the use of various assumptions such as the risk-free interest rate, the expected volatility of the underlying stock, the expected life of the stock options and the expected dividend yield. The Company uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which was developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options that have no vesting restrictions and are fully transferable. Option-pricing models require the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the expected price volatility.  The Company uses expected volatility rates, which are based on historical volatility rates trended into future years. Changes in the subjective input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate, and therefore the existing models do not necessarily provide a reliable single measure of the fair value of the stock options. A change in the assumptions used by the Company could have an impact on the net earnings.

 

Pension and post-retirement benefit costs:    Pension and post-retirement benefit costs are developed from actuarial valuations. Inherent in these valuations are key assumptions provided by the Company to actuaries, including discount rates, expected returns on plan assets, rates of compensation increases and medical cost inflation. In selecting the rates and returns, the Company is required to consider current market conditions, including changes in interest rates. Material changes in pension and post-retirement benefit costs may occur in the future, resulting from fluctuations in headcount in addition to changes in the assumptions.

 

28



 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Position and Operating Results

 

Environmental cleanup costs:    The Company expenses environmental expenditures related to existing conditions caused by past or current operations and from which no future benefit is discernible. The Company’s estimated environmental remediation costs are based upon an evaluation of currently available facts with respect to each individual site, including the results of environmental studies and testing, and considering existing technology, applicable laws and regulations, and prior experience in remediation of contaminated sites. Expenditures that extend the life of the related property, or mitigate or prevent future environmental contamination, are capitalized. The Company determines its liability on a site-by-site basis and records a liability at the time when it is probable and can be reasonably estimated. The contingencies take into account the anticipated participation of other potentially responsible parties in those instances where it is probable that such parties are legally responsible and financially capable of paying their respective shares of the relevant costs. Actual costs to be incurred in future periods at the identified sites may vary from the estimates, given the inherent uncertainties in evaluating environmental exposures. Future information and developments may require the Company to reassess the expected impact of these environmental matters.

 

Collectibility of accounts receivable:    In order to record its accounts receivable at their net realizable value, the Company must assess their collectibility. A considerable amount of judgment is required in order to make this assessment, including a review of the aging of its receivables and the current creditworthiness of each customer. The Company has recorded allowances for receivables that it feels are uncollectible. However, if the financial condition of the Company’s customers were to deteriorate, their ability to make required payments may become further impaired, and increases in these allowances would be required.

 

Impairment of tangible assets:    At least annually, we assess whether there has been a permanent impairment in the value of assets. This is accomplished by determining whether projected undiscounted future cash flows from operations exceed the net carrying amount of the asset as of the assessment date. Estimates of future cash flows and fair values require judgment and may change.

 

Introduction of new accounting policies in 2004

 

Hedging relationships:    On January 1, 2004, the Company applied prospectively Accounting Guideline 13 (“AcG-l3”) regarding hedge accounting. In compliance with the criteria required by AcG-13, hedge accounting requires the Company to document the risk management strategy used. Upon executing a hedging contract, management documents the hedged item, namely asset, liability or anticipated transaction, the characteristics of the hedging instrument used and the selected method of assessing effectiveness. The current accounting policy will be maintained for hedging relationships deemed to be effective at January 1, 2004. Consequently, realized and unrealized gains and losses on hedges will continue to be deferred until the hedged item is realized so as to allow matching of the designations in the statement of earnings. Hedge accounting was applied as at January 1, 2004, for hedging relationships existing as at December 31, 2003, that satisfied the conditions of AcG-13. Certain hedging relationships existing as at December 31, 2003, did not meet the conditions of AcG-13 and consequently were recorded at fair value as at January 1, 2004, resulting in an increase in other assets of $3.7 million and in liabilities of $0.1 million. The related unrealized gain of $3.6 million was deferred and presented under other liabilities on the balance sheet.

 

29



 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Position and Operating Results

 

Asset retirement obligations:    On January 1, 2004, the Company adopted retroactively without prior period restatement the new recommendations of the CICA relating to asset retirement obligations. This standard requires that the fair value of a liability for an asset retirement obligation be recognized in the period in which it is incurred if a reasonable estimate of fair value can be made. The application of this standard did not have any significant impact on the financial position or results of operations of the Company.

 

Impairment of long-lived assets:    Effective January 1, 2004, the Company adopted prospectively the new Handbook Section 3063, “Impairment of Long-Lived Assets,” which establishes standards for recognition, measurement and disclosure of the impairment of non-monetary long-lived assets, including property, plant and equipment and intangible assets with finite useful lives. Under the new standard, impairment in a long-lived asset is recognized when the undiscounted cash flows expected from the use and eventual disposition of the asset are less than their carrying amount. In such situations, the asset is measured at its fair value. The adoption of this new standard had no impact on the Company’s financial statements as of January 1, 2004.

 

Generally accepted accounting principles:    On January 1, 2004, the Company adopted retroactively with prior period restatement Section 1100 “Generally Accepted Accounting Principles,” and Section 1400, “General Standards for Financial Statement Presentation”, recently issued by the CICA. Section 1100 clarifies the relative authority of various accounting pronouncements and other sources of guidance within GAAP, whereas Section 1400 clarifies what constitutes a fair presentation in accordance with GAAP. In addition, under Section 1100, industry practice no longer plays a role in establishing GAAP. As a result, the cost of delivery, which had been subtracted from sales in accordance with industry practice, is no longer subtracted from sales, but rather is included in cost of sales.

 

Employee future benefits:    The CICA amended Section 3461 “Employee Future Benefits” to require additional disclosures about the assets, cash flows and net periodic benefit cost of defined benefit pension plans and other employee future benefit plans. The new annual disclosures are included in the annual financial statements as at December 31, 2004.

 

New accounting policies not yet adopted

 

Variable interest entities:   In June 2003, the CICA issued Accounting Guideline AcG-15, “Consolidation of variable interest entities.” The new guideline requires companies to identify variable interest entities in which they have an interest to determine whether they are the primary beneficiary of such entities and, if so, to consolidate them. A variable interest entity is defined as an entity in which the equity is not sufficient to permit that entity to finance its activities without external support, or the equity investors lack either voting control, and obligation to absorb future losses, or the right to receive future returns. At the end of 2003, the CICA announced the deferral of the effective date of AcG-15. Previously, AcG-15 was to be effective for interim and annual periods starting on or after January 1, 2004. It is now effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after November 1, 2004. Early adoption is still permitted. The application of this standard will not have any material impact on the financial position or results of operations of the Company.

 

30



 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Position and Operating Results

 

Financial instruments, hedging, capital assets and comprehensive income:    In January 2005, the CICA publicized four new chapters: chapter 1530 “Comprehensive Income,” chapter 3251 “Capital assets,” chapter 3855 “Financial Instruments —accountability and evaluation,” chapter 3865 “Hedging.” These new standards about recognition, measurement of financial instruments, hedging and comprehensive income have been elaborated in respect with the generally accepted accounting policies already used in the United States (U.S. GAAP). These new standards have to be adopted by the Company at the latest for the period beginning January 1, 2007, but early adoption is accepted. The Company is presently evaluating the impact of these new standards.

 

Environmental issues

 

The Company is subject to environmental laws and regulations imposed by the various governmental and regulatory authorities in all the countries where it operates. The Company is also subject to the U.S. Federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, or CERCLA, as well as other applicable legislation in the United States, Canada and Europe that hold companies accountable for the investigation and remediation of hazardous substances.

 

The Company is in compliance, in all material respects, with all applicable environmental legislation or regulations. However, ongoing capital and operating expenses are expected to be incurred to achieve and maintain compliance with applicable environmental requirements.

 

Quantitative and qualitative disclosures regarding market risk

 

The Company is exposed to certain market risks as part of its ongoing business operations, including risks from changes in selling prices for its principal products, costs of raw materials, interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates, all of which impact the Company’s financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. The Company manages its exposure to these and other market risks through regular operating and financing activities and, on a limited basis, through the use of derivative financial instruments. The Company uses these derivative financial instruments as risk management tools and not for speculative investment purposes.

 

The following chart provides a quantitative illustration of the impact on the Company’s annual operating income before depreciation and amortization from possible changes in the prices of its principal products, the cost of raw materials and energy, and the exchange rate of the U.S. dollar. This is based on 2004 shipments done or quantity used as adjusted for expected increases in shipments as a result of recent acquisitions, assuming for each price change that all other variables remain constant. To reduce the Company’s vulnerability to selling price fluctuations, some of our operations have implemented risk management programs. The Company uses financial hedges on the selling prices of certain finished products or on the purchase cost of certain raw materials to cover part of the risk related to price fluctuations. Also, from time to time, the Company negotiates term contracts to protect itself against increases in energy prices, including natural gas, for periods of up to 24 months. In addition, by selling marketable pulp in the open market, the Company is able to limit its vulnerability to price fluctuations for this raw material.

 

31



 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Position and Operating Results

 

Sensitivity analysis(1)

 

 

 

Change

 

OIBD Impact
(in millions of dollars)

 

Selling prices (manufacturing)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Boxboard

 

USD/ST

 

$

25

 

27

 

Containerboard(2)

 

USD/ST

 

$

25

 

22

 

Specialty Products (paper only)

 

USD/ST

 

$

25

 

6

 

Tissue Papers

 

USD/ST

 

$

50

 

25

 

Fine Papers

 

USD/ST

 

$

40

 

14

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Input cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recycled papers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brown grades

 

USD/ST

 

$

15

 

(13

)

Groundwood grades

 

USD/ST

 

$

15

 

(8

)

White grades

 

USD/ST

 

$

15

 

(18

)

Commercial pulp

 

USD/MT

 

$

30

 

(5

)

Natural gas

 

USD/MMBTU

 

$

0,10

 

(2

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change of C$vs US$(3)

 

C$

 

$

(0,01

)

 

 

Sales in US from Canada

 

 

 

 

 

(3

)

Sales in Canada priced in USD

 

 

 

 

 

(4

)

US subsidiaries translation

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 


(1)    Current sensitivity calculated at 1.25 C$/USD, excluding any hedging programs.

(2)    Include our 50% share of our joint venture Norampac Inc.

(3)    As an example; from 1.25 C$/USD to 1.24 C$/USD.

 

Interest rate risk:    The Company’s principal interest rate risks relate to outstanding debt obligations. As of December 31, 2004, approximately 17% of its long-term debt accrued interest at floating rates. A 1% change in the interest rates applicable to its actual variable rate debt would have a $2.1 million effect on interest expense.

 

In addition, a joint venture holds certain interest rate swap agreements designated as hedges. These contracts have the objective of covering the variation of the fair value for part of the promissory note from our joint venture caused by the variation in interest rates. The 6.75% fixed interest rate has been subsequently change to an average variable rate in 2004 of 3.96% for a notional amount of $50 million maturing in 2013 (share of the Company is $25 million).

 

Foreign currency risk:    The Company is exposed to foreign currency risks that arise from normal business operations. These risks include the translation of local currency balances of our foreign subsidiaries, intercompany loans with foreign subsidiaries and transactions denominated in foreign currencies. A significant portion of the Company’s debt is denominated in foreign currencies and so is exposed to foreign currency risks related to interest on this debt and its repayment. The Company is also exposed to exchange rate risks when its sales are in foreign currencies and its costs are not. Fluctuations in exchange rates may adversely affect its ability to compete with non-local producers as well as to export its products. The Company’s objective is to minimize its exposure to these risks through its normal operating activities and, where appropriate, through foreign currency forward contracts. Our policy is to negotiate forward exchange contracts that can cover up to 50% of the net exposure to currency fluctuations for periods of 12 to 18 months. In 2004, approximately 25% of the Company’s total sales from its Canadian operations were made in the United States.

 

32



 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Position and Operating Results

 

The Company and a joint venture entered into contracts to sell forward U.S. dollars in exchange for Canadian dollars. As at December 31, 2004, the Company and a joint venture held foreign exchange forward contracts with a notional amount of US$72 million maturing in 2005 and 2006, at a weighted average exchange rate of 1.3479. As at December 31, 2004, the fair value of these instruments represented an unrealized gain of $10.4 million. Furthermore, the Company was engaged in forward selling contracts in euros maturing in 2005 for the notional amount of €29 million at an average exchange rate of 1.6641. The fair value of these instruments represents a non realized gain of $1.3 million as at December 31, 2004.

 

As at December 31, 2004, the Company was engaged in forward purchase contracts in U.S. dollars maturing in 2005 for the notional amount of US$44 million at an average exchange rate of 1.1796. The fair value of these instruments represents a non realized gain of $0.9 million at December 31, 2004.

 

The European subsidiaries entered into foreign exchange forward contracts maturing in less than a year to hedge their currency risks resulting from sales and purchases in European currencies, U.S. dollars, British pounds and in Swedish krona. As at December 31, 2004, the fair value of these instruments represented an unrealized loss of $0.2 million on a notional amount of $23 million.

 

Furthermore, one of our joint ventures entered into various currency options. The currency options entered into by the joint venture are contracts whereby the joint venture has the right, but not the obligation, to sell U.S. dollars at the strike rate if the U.S. dollars trade below that rate. In addition, in accordance with the contracts, the joint venture has the obligation to sell U.S. dollars at the strike rate if the U.S. dollars trade above a specific rate. As at December 31, 2004, the currency options entered into by the joint venture for a nominal amount of US$16.8 million (the share of the Company is US$8.4 million) had strike prices varying from 1.40 to 1.45 with maturities up to 12 months. These instruments did not represent any unrealized loss or gain as at December 31,2004.

 

Credit risks:   The Company is exposed to credit risk on the accounts receivable from its customers. In order to reduce this risk, the Company’s credit policies include an analysis of the financial position of its customers and a regular review of their credit limits. The Company believes there is no particular concentration of credit risks, due to the geographic diversity of its customers and its procedures for the management of commercial risks. Derivative financial instruments include an element of credit risk, should the counterparty be unable to meet its obligations. The Company reduces this risk by dealing with creditworthy financial institutions.

 

Commodity price risk:   The Company and a joint venture has also entered into cash-settled swap contracts with counterparties, maturing from 2005 to 2007, under which the Company sets the price on notional quantities of sorted office papers, old corrugated containers, bleached softwood kraft pulp, electricity, natural gas, 42-lb. kraft linerboard and 26-lb. semichemical corrugating medium. Gains and losses arising from these contracts as of December 31, 2004, represented a net unrealized gain of $6.3 million of which $0.5 million was recorded in earnings for contracts not designated as hedges. In addition, an amount of $1.7 million was recorded in 2004 with respect to the amortization of the transitional deferred unrealized gain under AcG-13.

 

33



 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Position and Operating Results

 

Outlook

 

Within the Packaging segment, the Boxboard Group will continue to optimize the Dopaco acquisition in order to further develop synergies with the other business groups. Price increases announced in North America in the second half of 2004 have been gradually implemented and should be reflected over the next few quarters. The Boxboard Group will also benefit from the Dover Industries Limited business acquisition announced at the beginning of 2005. The Containerboard Group intends to continue focusing on increasing its integration/converting rate and also maintaining the right balance between production and inventory levels. No further price increases are anticipated within this sector in the short term. The Containerboard sector should continue to benefit from a relatively stable OCC market. Slight upward pressures have been noticed in the export markets for this grade. Also, these markets have seen very volatile demand. Generation levels and inventory management policy have so far been sufficient to stabilize the price increase for our mills.

 

The Tissue Group will continue to integrate the assets acquired in recent years and optimize the recently acquired Memphis facility which began its operations at the end of 2004 and the two converting facilities in Arizona and Calgary. It also intends to further increase its integration/converted product rate to a mid-term range of more than 70%. The fundamental demand for tissue remains strong and the Company anticipates that market conditions will remain favorable.

 

The Fine Papers Group should benefit from price increases announced for its coated rolls during the fourth quarter of 2004 as larger customers had price protection, thus deferring the implementation of previous price increases. However, any further appreciation in the value of the Canadian dollar will have a negative impact on the benefits derived from these increases. On the uncoated paper side, further price increases in Canada are unlikely for the short term. In the long term, the group will also benefit from new capital investments at its Saint-J é r ô me mill, completed at the beginning of 2005, that will reduce costs and improve quality. The Thunder Bay mill should also benefit from new value-added product that will be introduced in the first quarter of 2005.

 

While market conditions remain very challenging, general economic conditions remain favourable, especially in North America. However, profitability will continue to be sensitive to selling prices and the level of the Canadian dollar. Over the course of 2005 our priorities will be to complete the divesture program of our distribution activities and the integration of recently acquired businesses while applying strict cash flow management in order to further deleverage our balance sheet.

 

34



 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Position and Operating Results

 

Quarterly results(1) , (2)

 

(in million of dollars, except amounts per share)

 

2004

 

2003

 

(unaudited)

 

March 31

 

June 30

 

Sept. 30

 

Dec. 31

 

Total

 

March 31

 

June 30

 

Sept. 30

 

Dec. 31

 

Total

 

Sales

 

763

 

831

 

854

 

806

 

3,254

 

783

 

758

 

727

 

727

 

2,995

 

OIBD

 

54

 

66

 

74

 

44

 

238

 

67

 

60

 

63

 

47

 

237

 

Operating income

 

15

 

27

 

34

 

3

 

79

 

32

 

25

 

29

 

8

 

94

 

Net earnings (loss)

 

(6

)

(3

)

27

 

5

 

23

 

16

 

29

 

4

 

6

 

55

 

per share

 

$

(0.09

)

$

(0.03

)

$

0.31

 

$

0.06

 

$

0.25

 

$

0.17

 

$

0.34

 

$

0.04

 

$

0.06

 

$

0.61

 

Cash flow from operations

 

31

 

42

 

49

 

36

 

158

 

42

 

42

 

36

 

38

 

158

 

per share

 

$

0.38

 

$

0.51

 

$

0.60

 

$

0.44

 

$

1.93

 

$

0.52

 

$

0.52

 

$

0.43

 

$

0.46

 

$

1.93

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Excluding specific items

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OIBD

 

49

 

65

 

78

 

58

 

250

 

67

 

60

 

63

 

47

 

237

 

Operating income

 

10

 

26

 

38

 

17

 

91

 

32

 

25

 

29

 

8

 

94

 

Net earnings (loss)

 

(5

)

5

 

14

 

2

 

16

 

11

 

4

 

4

 

(3

)

16

 

per share

 

$

(0.07

)

$

0.07

 

$

0.17

 

$

0.03

 

$

0.20

 

$

0.13

 

$

0.05

 

$

0.04

 

$

(0.03

)

$

0.19

 

 


(1)    Restated to take into accont the reclassification required for the assets held for sale.

(2)    The reconciliation items of the non-GAAP measures in this table are the same as those of the annual results included in the next section on pages 36, 37 and 38.

 

Comments on the results of the fourth quarter of 2004

 

Sales increased by 11% during the fourth quarter of 2004, amounting to $806 million compared with $727 million for the same period last year. The increase was due mainly to business acquisitions realized over the course of the year. Higher prices were mitigated by higher energy and fibre costs and by the impact of an increase in the Canadian dollar exchange rate. Operating income amounted to $3 million for the period compared with $8 million achieved last year.

 

Net earnings for the fourth quarter ended December 31, 2004, amounted to $5 million ($0.06 per share), or $2 million of net earnings excluding specific items ($0.03 per share), compared to net earnings of $6 million ($0.07 per share) or a loss of $3 million excluding specific items (loss of $0.03 per share), for the same period in 2003. The month of December 2004 was particularly difficult as downtime was extended to avoid building excess inventories.

 

During the fourth quarter of 2004, we recorded an impairment charge of $18 million ($12 million after tax) related to the property, plant and equipment of one of the Company’s de-inked pulp mills located in Cap-de-la-Madeleine, Qu ébec, which was temporarily closed in March 2003. The Company decided to permanently shut-down this facility.

 

35



 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Position and Operating Results

 

Supplemental information on non-GAAP measures

 

Neither operating income before depreciation and amortization, operating income, cash flow from operations or cash flow from operations per share are measures of performance under Canadian GAAP. The Company includes operating income before depreciation and amortization, operating income, cash flow from operations and cash flow from operations per share because they are the measures used by management to assess the operating and financial performance of the Company’s operating segments. Moreover, the Company believes that these items provide additional measures often used by investors to assess a company’s operating performance and its ability to meet debt service requirements. However, these measures do not represent and should not be used as a substitute for net earnings or cash flows from operating activities as determined in accordance with Canadian GAAP, and they are not necessarily an indication of whether cash flow will be sufficient to fund our cash requirements. In addition, our definition of operating income before depreciation and amortization, operating income, cash flow from operations and cash flow from operations per share may differ from those of other companies. Cash flow from operations is defined as cash flow from operating activities as determined in accordance with Canadian GAAP excluding the change in working capital components, and cash flow from operations per share is determined by dividing cash flow from operations by the weighted average number of common shares of the period.

 

Operating income before depreciation and amortization excluding specific items, operating income excluding specific items, net earnings excluding specific items, and net earnings per common share, excluding specific items are non-GAAP measures. The Company believes that it is useful for investors to be aware of specific items that adversely or positively affected its GAAP measures, and that the above mentioned non-GAAP measures provide investors with a measure of performance to compare its results between periods without regard to these specific items. The Company’s measures, excluding specific items have no standardized meaning prescribed by GAAP and are not necessarily comparable to similar measures presented by other companies and therefore should not be considered in isolation.

 

Specific items are defined as items such as charges for impairment of assets, charges for facility or machine closures, debt restructuring charges, gain or loss on sale of business units, unrealized gain or loss on derivative financial instruments that do not qualify for hedge accounting, foreign exchange gain or loss on long-term debt, and other significant items of an unusual or non-recurring nature.

 

36



 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Position and Operating Results

 

Net earnings, which is a performance measure defined by Canadian GAAP, is reconciled below to operating income, operating income excluding specific items, and operating income before depreciation and amortization excluding specific items:

 

(in millions of dollars)

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

Net earnings

 

23

 

55

 

169

 

Net earnings from assets held for sale

 

(3

)

(4

)

(3

)

Share of earnings attributed to non-controlling interests

 

 

 

1

 

Share of results of significantly influenced companies

 

(2

)

3

 

(22

)

Provision for income taxes

 

2

 

10

 

60

 

Loss on long-term debt refinancing

 

1

 

22

 

 

Foreign exchange gain on long-term debt

 

(18

)

(72

)

 

Interest expense

 

76

 

80

 

69

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income

 

79

 

94

 

274

 

Specific items:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unusual losses (gains)

 

(4

)

 

4

 

Impairment loss of property, plant and equipment

 

18

 

 

 

Unrealized gain on financial derivative instruments

 

(2

)

 

 

 

 

12

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income excluding specific items

 

91

 

94

 

278

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

159

 

143

 

137

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income before depreciation and amortization excluding specific items

 

250

 

237

 

415

 

 

The following table reconciles net earnings and net earnings per share to net earnings excluding specific items and net earnings per share excluding specific items:

 

 

 

Net earnings

 

Net earnings per share(1)

 

(in millions of dollars, except amounts per share)

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

As per GAAP

 

23

 

55

 

169

 

$

0.28

 

$

0.66

 

$

2.07

 

Specific items:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unusual losses (gains)

 

(4

)

 

4

 

$

(0.03

)

 

$

0.02

 

Impairment loss of property, plant and equipment

 

18

 

 

 

 

$

0.15

 

 

 

Unrealized gain on financial derivative instruments

 

(2

)

 

 

$

(0.02

)

 

 

Foreign exchange gain on long-term debt

 

(18

)

(72

)

 

$

(0.19

)

$

(0.77

)

 

Loss on long-term debt refinancing

 

1

 

22

 

 

$

0.01

 

$

0.18

 

 

Share of results of significantly influenced companies

 

 

4

 

(22

)

 

$

0.05

 

$

(0.22

)

Adjustment of statutory tax rate

 

 

5

 

 

 

$

0.07

 

 

Tax effect on specific items

 

(2

)

2

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

(7

)

(39

)

(16

)

$

(0.08

)

$

(0.47

)

$

(0.20

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Excluding specific items

 

16

 

16

 

153

 

$

0.20

 

$

0.19

 

$

1.87

 

 


(1)    Specific amounts per share are calculated on an after-tax basis:

 

37



 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Position and Operating Results

 

The following table reconciles the net cash provided by operating activities to operating income and operating income before depreciation and amortization:

 

(in millions of dollars)

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

Cash flow provided by operating activities

 

156

 

126

 

330

 

Changes in non-cash working capital components

 

2

 

32

 

(23

)

Depreciation and amortization

 

(159

)

(143

)

(137

)

Current income taxes

 

22

 

11

 

47

 

Interest expense (includes interest on long-term debt, other interest less interest income and capitalized interest)

 

76

 

80

 

69

 

Unusual (losses) gains

 

4

 

 

(4

)

Impairment loss of property, plant and equipment

 

(18

)

 

 

Unrealized gain on financial derivative instruments

 

2

 

 

 

Other non-cash adjustments

 

(6

)

(12

)

(8

)

Operating income

 

79

 

94

 

274

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

159

 

143

 

137

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income before depreciation and amortization

 

238

 

237

 

411

 

 

Additional information

 

Additional information relating to the Company, including the annual report and AIF, is available on SEDAR at www.sedar.com.

 

38




Exhibit 23.1

 

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ CONSENT

 

We hereby consent to the use of our audit report dated February 24, 2005 on the consolidated balance sheets of Cascades Inc. as at December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the consolidated statements of earnings, retained earnings and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2004 which is included in the Annual Report on Form 40-F of Cascades Inc. for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 and our related Comments by Auditors for U.S. Readers on Canada-U.S. Reporting Differences dated February 24, 2005 also included in this Form 40-F.

 

 

(Signed) PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 

 

Chartered Accountants

 

Montréal, Canada

February 24, 2005

 




Exhibit 31.1

 

CERTIFICATION OF THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER IN ACCORDANCE
WITH SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES – OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

I, Alain Lemaire, Chief Executive Officer of Cascades Inc., certify that:

 

1.      I have reviewed this annual report on Form 40-F of Cascades Inc.;

 

2.      Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.      Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the issuer as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.      The issuer’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the issuer and have:

 

(a)    Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the issuer, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b)    Evaluated the effectiveness of the issuer’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(c)    Disclosed in this report any change in the issuer’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the issuer’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.      The issuer’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the issuer’s auditors and the audit committee of the issuer’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions) :

 

(a)    All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the issuer’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b)    Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the issuer’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Dated March 24, 2005

 

 

 

/s/ Alain Lemaire

 

 

Name :

Alain Lemaire

 

Title :

Chief Executive Officer

 




Exhibit 31.2

 

 

CERTIFICATION OF THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER IN ACCORDANCE
WITH SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

I, Christian Dubé, Chief Financial Officer of Cascades Inc., certify that:

 

1.      I have reviewed this annual report on Form 40-F of Cascades Inc.;

 

2.      Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.      Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the issuer as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.      The issuer’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the issuer and have:

 

(a)    Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the issuer, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b)    Evaluated the effectiveness of the issuer’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(c)    Disclosed in this report any change in the issuer’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the issuer’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.      The issuer’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the issuer’s auditors and the audit committee of the issuer’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a)    All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the issuer’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b)    Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the issuer’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Dated March 24, 2005

 

 

 

/s/ Christian Dubé

 

 

Name :

Christian Dubé

 

Title :

Chief Financial Officer

 




Exhibit 32.2

 

CERTIFICATION OF THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND
OF THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER IN ACCORDANCE
WITH SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In accordance with Section 906 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002, each of the undersigned officers of Cascades Inc. (the “Company”), does hereby certify, to such officer’s knowledge, that:

 

1)              the Annual Report on Form 40-F (the “Report”) for the year ended December 31, 2004 of the Company fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

2)              that the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Dated March 24, 2005

 

 

/s/ Alain Lemaire

 

 

Name :

Alain Lemaire

 

Title :

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Christian Dubé

 

 

Name :

Christian Dubé

 

Title :

Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350 and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.

 




Exhibit 99.1

 

Comments by Auditors for U.S. Readers

on Canada-U.S. Reporting Differences

 

In the United States, reporting standards for auditors require the addition of an explanatory paragraph (following the opinion paragraph) when there is a change in accounting principles that has a material effect on the comparability of the company’s financial statements, such as the change described in note 2 to the consolidated financial statements. Our report to the Shareholders dated February 24, 2005 is expressed in accordance with Canadian reporting standards which do not require a reference to such a change in accounting principles in the auditors’ report when the change is properly accounted for and adequately disclosed in the financial statements.

 

 

(Signed) PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 

 

Chartered Accountants

 

Montréal, Canada

February 24, 2005